the second international conference on business

The Second International Conference on Business and Communication (ICBC 2018)

Jakarta, July 28th, 2018

Edited by:

Agustinus Rustanta, S.Pd., M.Si. &

Dr. Theodore A. Fernando, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Organized by

Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies

Jakarta, Indonesia

i

The Second International Conference on Business and Communication (ICBC 2018)

Edited by:

Agustinus Rustanta, S.Pd., M.Si. (Indonesia)

Dr. Theodore A. Fernando, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Sri Lanka)

Copyright and Reprint Permission:

Libraries are permitted to photocopy for private use.

Instructors are permitted to photocopy, for private use, isolated articles

for non-commercial classroom use without fee.

All rights reserved. Copyright 2018. © icbc2018

First Published: July 2018

ISBN:

iii

ForewordDirector of the Tarakanita School of Communication

In celebrating our 50th anniversary this year, the Tarakanita School has initiated a range of activities including the Second International Confer-ence on Business and Communications (2nd ICBC 2018). We would avail this academic event to welcome international scholars to put forward their views, research findings and papers on a variety of subjects. We sincerely hope this conference will broaden the horizon of the participants and help create an international environment in our academic community. We also hope to gather ideas primarily to support our efforts in preparing admin-istrative and communicative professionals for meeting the challenges of digital business communication transformations.

This is our second international conference we have had. The First In-ternational Conference on Interdisciplinary Research and Innovation (1st ICIRI) was held on 25 August 2015. We truly look forward to having such international conferences in the future.

May we use this opportunity to convey our highest appreciation to distin-guished plenary presenters and the guests for their work and participation.

Jakarta, July, 2018

Sr. Brigitta Veronica Raimundawati CB, S.Pd., M.TPd.

iv

v

ForewordThe Chairwoman of Organizing Committee

The substance of a research may vary from one institution to another but one thing that could be revealed is that research endeavors should address contemporary societal issues and at the same time advance the good of the majority. ICBC 2018 is functioned as a vehicle for dissemination, but more importantly ICBC 2018 is managed for sharing relevant research results/ findings.

Thank you for the key note speakers and all participants who are eager to gather and share knowledge in this conference. Our great appreciation and special thanks go to Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies community and all the Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies Jubilee committee members for the hard work and all the effort in supporting ICBC 2018.

God Bless us.

Jakarta, July, 2018

Dra. Maria F. Lies Ambarwati, M.M.

Foreword The Chair of Program Committee

It is a great moment where practitioners, lecturers, students are attending this special occasion where everyone might share his/her expertise or re-search. It is not only important for the presenters but we are happy to learn from each other. What more is that it is a venue in which everyone is con-necting to anybody in this world. It is time for everyone to build network between researchers, faculties, and practitioners. This event is not so big as other international conferences but at least it becomes an arena for all of us to communicate out mind. We can share and get information about different thing from other participants.

We thank you to the honorable keynote speakers who are willing to spend time the time in our campus. I also want to deliver my gratitude to all pre-senters. At last, many thanks to all committee members who work hard so that this conference may take place nicely. You are great and I am proud of you all. Keep doing research and continue working for a better future. Make as many contributions as possible to the development of science and knowledge.

We are sorry if we cannot serve you due to our limitations. We hope we can cooperate in the future.

Warmest regards

Agustinus Rustanta

vi

BOARDS OF STEERING COMMITTEE

Sr. Brigitta Veronica Raimundawati CB, S.Pd., M.TPd. (Director)

Drs. Yakin Bakhtiar Siregar, M.M. (Assistant Director of Academic Affairs)

Yoseph Hendrik Maturbongs, S.Kom., M.T.I. (Assistant Director of Administration Affairs)

Sr. Sinta Ariati CB, S.Psi., M.Si. (Assistant Director of Student Affairs)

vii

BOARDS ORGANIZING COMMITTEE

Dra. Maria F. Lies Ambarwati, M.M. (Chairwoman)

F.A. Wisnu Wirawan, S.Pd., M.Si. (Assistant to the Chairman)

Dra. Bertha Renni Pudji Mawarti, M.M. (Secretary)

Caecilia Dian Eka Retnowati, S.Pd. (Assistant Secretary)

Dra. Yulita Daru Priliantari, M.Si. (Treasurer)

Silvestra Wahtuningsih, S.E. (Assistant Treasurer)

viii

ix

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Coordinator : Agustinus Rustanta, S.Pd., M.Si.Secretary : Linus Kali Palindangan, S.S., M.Si.Treasurer : Silvestra Wahyuningsih, S.E.International Relation : Dr. Ratna T. Sinaga, M.A. Koesmaryanto Oetomo, S.Kom., M.Si. Hydriana Ananta, S.S., M.Si.Language Consultant : Drs. Andreas Mari Sudarto, M.Hum.IT Consultant : Satryantyo Andi Seputro, A.Md. Gerardus Gilang Sandi Pratama, S.Kom.Layouter : Andreas Riyanto, A.Md.Program Section : Yakobus Suharyono, S.Pd., M.Si. Matilda Ujulawa, S.Kom.Publishing Section : Jati Wahyono Agustinus, M.Pd. Rosalia Kurni Setyawati, S.Pd., M.M.Parallel Session : F.A Wisnu Wirawan, S.Pd., M.Si.Furnishings Section : Markus Sudibyo, A.Md. Ceicilia Dian Eka Retnowati, S.Pd.Receptionists : Dra. Bertha Renni Pudji Mawarti, M.M. Dra. Maria F. Lies Anbarwati, M.M. Dra. Cresensiana Widi Astuti, M.Hum. Drs. Andreas Mari Sudarto, M.Hum.Caterer : Tatiana SuryaniSecurity : Alfredo Rimper, S.Ag., M.Hum.

EDITORS

Agustinus Rustanta, S.Pd., M.Si. (Indonesia)

Dr. Theodore A. Fernando, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Sri Lanka)

x

xi

KEYNOTER SPEAKERS

Prof. Dr. Alo Liliweri, M.S.University of Nusa Cendana Kupang, Indonesia

Prof. Alvin V. Nuqui, Ph.D.La Consolation University, Malolos, Bulacan, The Philippines

Kerrie Evans AnneAdelaide International School, Australia

Jeong-Gil Choi, Ph.D.Kyung Hee University, South Korea

REVIEWERS

Name University

Prof. Dr. Johanes Basuki, M.Psi University of Mustopo Beragama, Jakarta

Prof. Dr. Rusdi Mochtar, APU LIPI

Dr. A.Y. Agung Nugroho, M.M Catholic University of Atmajaya, Jakarta

Dr. Irwansyah, M.A University of Indonesia, Jakarta

Dr Nugrahaeni, M.Si. State University of Jakarta

Dr. Sr. Yustiana Wiwiek Iswanti CB, M.Pd. Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies, Jakarta

Drs. Yakin Bakhtiar Siregar, M.M. Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies, Jakarta

Dra. Maria F. Lies Ambarwati, M.M. Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies, Jakarta

Rosalia Kurni Setyawati, S.Pd., M.M. Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies, Jakarta

Koesmaryanto Oetomo, S.Kom., M.Si. Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies, Jakarta

Yakobus Suharyono, S.Pd., M.Si Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies, Jakarta

Dra. Yulita Daru P, M.Si., Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies, Jakarta

Dra. Sr. Martha CB, M.M Tarakanita School of Communication and Secretarial Studies, Jakarta

xii

TABLE OF CONTENT

GENDER AND EDUCATION

ANALYSIS OF OFFICE ADMINISTRATION PROBLEMS WHICH OFTEN OCCURE AT COMPANIES IN JAKARTA BASED ON STUDENTS ACTIVITIES ON INDUSTRIAL WORK PRACTICES PERIOD 2011 - 2015 SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION AND SECRETARY (STIKS) TARAKANITA 1 - 8

WOMEN EMANCIPATION IN EDUCATION: A CASE STUDY AT TARAKANITA HIGHER EDUCATION 9 - 20

PARAPHRASING, A TOOL IN DEVELOPING THE SECRETARY’S WRITING SKILLS 21 - 36

CC5 APPLICATION IN ASSESSMENT OF SECRETARIAL SKILLS AND PROFESSIONAL BEHAVIOR IMPLEMENTATION OF INDUSTRIAL STUDENT WORK PRACTICE 2014 BY CORPORATE PARTIES 37 - 47

ANALYSIS OF PUBLIC OFFICIAL WOMEN LEADERSHIP IN INDONESIA 48 - 66

COMMUNICATION

DEPRESSED TO PROGRESS: BOHOL IS BACK ON TOURISM’S TRACK 67 - 77

ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR OF A PERSON WITH MENTAL ILLNESS 78 - 91

PHENOMENOLOGY STUDY: PATIENT EXPERIENCE MENTAL DISORDERS 92 - 108

TREATMENT PATTERN FOR PATIENT OF MENTAL ILLNESS IN DZIKRUR GHOFILIN FOUNDATION WONOSOBO 109 - 121

xiii

GLOBAL ISSUES

THE PRACTICES OF REPUBLIC INDONESIA’S DIPLOMACY TO TAKING OVER THE MANAGEMENT OF FLIGHT INFORMATION REGION (FIR) ABOVE NATUNA ISLAND FROM THE REPUBLICOF SINGAPORE 122 - 126

RECONSTRUCTION OF IDENTITY OF MALAY 127 - 137

RESPONSIBLE LEADERSHIP AND CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: THE ROLES OF A LARGE COMPANY IN SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 138 - 157

PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS ON PRACTICUM TRAINING OF SENIOR HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT: A BASIS FOR PROGRAM ENHANCEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT 158 - 164

THE INFLUENCE OF BILINGUALISM AND BILINGUALITY ON HUMAN BEHAVIOR: SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION, OGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT AND LANGUAGE USE IN SPEECH COMMUNITY 165 - 181

MARKETING AND ICT

MARKETING COMMUNICATION STRATEGY: SEMIOTIC ANALYSIS OF SINGAPORE TOURISM BOARD ADVERTISEMENT “SINGAPORE WHERE PASSION IS MADE POSSIBLE” VERSION IN THE VIEW OF ROLAND BARTHES 182 - 191

ANALYSIS OF ASSET MANAGEMENT RATIO, LIQUIDITY RATIO, FINANCIAL LEVERAGE RATIO TO PROFITABILITY RATIO(The Study on Mining Company Listed in BEI 2013-2015 Period) 192 - 210

LIBRARY INFORMATION SYSTEM AUDIT SENAYAN LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SLIMS) USING ISO 9126 211 - 222

THE IMPACT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND DYNAMIC CAPABILITIES TOWARDS THE SUSTAINABLE COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE OF PRIVATE VOCATIONAL HEIS 223 - 232

xiv

Proceeding of the Second International Conference on Business and Communication (ICBC 2018)

1

ANALYSIS OF OFFICE ADMINISTRATION

PROBLEMS WHICH OFTEN OCCURE AT

COMPANIES IN JAKARTA BASED ON

STUDENTS ACTIVITIES ON INDUSTRIAL WORK

PRACTICES PERIOD 2011 - 2015

SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION AND

SECRETARY (STIKS) TARAKANITA

Maria Estri Wahyuningsih1

1Lecturer of School of Communication And Secretary (STIKS) Tarakanita

[email protected]

Abstract

Like other campuses, STIKS Tarakanita students are required to perform

final project activities through Industrial Work Practice (Praktik Kerja Industri or

abbreviated Prakerin). Prakerin activities that have been done can provide

important information related to the condition of the company where prakerin

activities take place. The problems that often occur in the company that became

the place of student prakerin STIKS Tarakanita activity is obtained from this

research. By knowing the problems that often occur then expected students STIKS

Tarakanita have been given skill and adequate concept so that through this

prakerin activities can provide solutions for the company. The method of this

research using descriptive research method where the data obtained based on data

recapitulation activities prakerin STIKS students Tarakanita period of 2011-2015

at 416 companies spread in the Greater Jakarta. Based on the results of data

processing is known that from 416 companies that become prakerin student STIKS

Tarakanita period 2011-2015, it turns out 127 companies related archives

management problems, as many as 203 companies related archive issues, and 85

companies related layout issue, communication, SOP (Standard Operating

Company), data processing, and computer usage at work.

Keywords: industrial work practice activities, archive management, archives.

mailto:[email protected]


2

A. Introduction

Wherever the students study, the

last stage of their study period is

required to follow the final project

activities. Similarly, with STIKS

Tarakanita. Every student who will

finish his study is required to follow

prakerin activities accompanied by

the material counselor who comes

from the lecturers of STIKS

Tarakanita and the field supervisor

who is a supervisor at the company

where students conduct prakerin

activities.

Based on prakerin guidebook of

Diploma Three (D-3) program,

students of Secretary Study Program

STIKS Tarakanita [1] explained that

"Prakerin activity is a practical

activity for Diploma Three (D-3)

Program Student of STIKS

Tarakanita in business organization

or state-owned enterprise which was

carried out for three months ".

Prakerin activities are held annually

by students who are in the sixth

semester from April to June for the

first term, and the second term from

September to November.

In 2004 is the year of

commencement of prakerin activity

in STIKS Tarakanita for student of

academic year of year 2001. Since

the beginning of prakerin activity

until now, no data that is evaluated

to give information for STIKS

Tarakanita related problems of

office administration which often

happened in company where

students of STIKS Tarakanita do

prakerin activities. This research

uses existing data as a preliminary

step of the research using prakerin

data which has been implemented

five years back, i.e 2015, 2014,

2013, 2012, and 2011 for students of

academic year 2012, 2011, 2010,

2009, and 2008.

1. The Importance of Archieve

“Reference [2] was archives has

a role as a center of memory, as a

source of information, and as an

indispensable oversight tool in every

organization for planning,

analyzing, developing, policy

formulation, decision-making,

report, responsibility, appraisal, and

control precisely". Archives have

an important role for a company or

organization in the process of

presenting information for leaders to

make decisions and formulate

policies. Therefore, there should be

good systems and working

procedures in the field of records

management to be able to present

accurately, timely (fast), relevant

and complete information.

Based on Law Number 43 of

2009 concerning Archives of Article

4 that the implementation and

management of archives are carried

out based on several principles.

Among others are the principle of

legal certainty, authenticity and

trustworthiness, wholeness

principle, origin principle, original


3

rule principle, security principle,

safety principle, principles of

professionalism, the principle of

responsiveness, the principle of

anticipation, the principle of

partiality, the principle of

accountability, the principle of

benefit, the principle of

accessibility, and the principle of

public interest.

2. Storage System

“Reference [3] was storage

system is a system used in the

storage of documents so that the

convenience of storage work can be

done quickly when the document at

any time needed. The storage system

in principle is stored according to

the capture of the stored document

in the form of letters and numbers

arranged in a certain order”. Further

Muhidin and Winata [2] said that

"There are basically two types of

sequences, namely alphabetical

order and numerical sequence. For

alphabetical sequential storage

systems are system names (often

called alphabetical systems),

geographical systems and subject

systems whereas numerical

sequential storage systems are

numerical systems, chronological

systems and numerical subject

systems (subject systems with

number codes)”.

Reference [4] wanted know how

public services are in the KORPRI

office of West Kutai regency. The

research method used is descriptive

research method and research focus

on archive management variables

include review of archive inventory,

archive retention, assessment and

depreciation of archives, archives

management and its supporting and

inhibiting factors. The results of the

research prove that archive

management at the KORPRI Office

of West Kutai Regency has not been

implemented properly in accordance

with the provisions of the correct

management of the archives.

In a research conducted by

reference [5] wanted to explain the

problem is how to know the

implementation of the management

of records archives, the efforts

undertaken to overcome the problem

at the time of implementation of the

management of records archive at

SMK Widya Praja Ungaran. The

method of data analysis used in the

study is interaction analysis

techniques that include data

reduction, data presentation and

draw conclusions. The results show

that the implementation of the

management of records archive at

SMK Widya Praja Ungaran has been

good, especially in dealing with the

problem of loss of archives without

trace.

Reference [6] was focus on the

problem how the level of

community satisfaction to services

performed by Bitungsari Bogor

urban village officers related to

administration and other activities.

Data analysis techniques used were


4

questionnaires and data processing

methods using the Satisfaction

Index of the Community according

to KEP / 25 / M.PAN / 2/2004.

Based on the results of data

processing according to KEP / 25 /

M.PAN / 2/2004 it can be seen that

overall that the level of service of

state apparatus in Bitungsari sub-

district is at GOOD level (78, 74).

Where is the certainty of service cost

and environmental comfort get

appreciation VERY GGOD 82,64

and 81,94) while the speed of

service get the spotlight that must be

more attention even though still at

level GOOD (73,61).

B. Research Method

The type of data in this study is

secondary data in the form of

recapitulation report of prakerin

activities in 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014,

and 2015 obtained from Prakerin

Unit of STIKS Tarakanita. The data

is processed only about the title of

prakerin report and the name of the

company where students do prakerin

activities. The classification of

archival management is done to

process the data title prakerin report

so that obtained information ranging

from the titles of what are often

taken by students up to the names of

companies that are often the

destination of prakerin activities.

Data collection techniques in

this research using literature study

method in which data obtained from

recapitulation reports of prakerin

activities in 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014,

and 2015 obtained from Prakerin

Unit of STIKS Tarakanita. In

addition, data collection is done

based on books and journals.

After the data collection process,

then the data is processed with the

help of Microsoft Excel 2010

application to be grouped as

prakerin report title. The results of

the data grouping will be described

to be more informative.

In this research, the framework

of thinking is set as follows

Source: Result of Researcher

Processing (2017)

Figure 1. Thinking Framework of

Research on Corporate Satisfaction

Level

ResultKnown the company was satisfied with prakerin activities conducted by Tarakanita

students related to problem solving of archieve management

Data Analysis TechniqueUse of Microsoft Excel 2010 applications to grouping data and grouping result

description

Data Collection Technique

Data collection techniques in this study using literature study method.

Problemthe problems related to office administration that many happen to companies in Jakarta based on the results of prakerin student activities STIKS Tarakanita period

2011 to 2015.


5

C. Results And Discussion

Recapitulation results of

students' prakerin reports are made

using Microsoft Excel application

containing number, student name,

Student ID Number, company name,

time period of prakerin activity, and

prakerin title. There are

approximately 1045 titles of

prakerin reports of STIKS

Tarakanita students period 2011-

2015. For the same period, there are

416 companies in The Greater

Jakarta where students of STIKS

Tarakanita to conduct prakerin

activities.

Source : Research (2017)

Figure 2. Recapitulation of Prakerin

Data Period 2011-2015

From 1045 prakerin titles and

416 prakerin companies, they can be

grouped into 8 (eight) major issues:

archive management, archive

classification, layout, Enterprise

Operating Standards (Standar

Operasional Perusahaan or

abbreviated SOP), communication,

data processing, computer use for

administration, and facilities

existing in the company.

Source: Research (2017)

Figure 3. Recapitulation of Data

Collection of Prakerin Period 2011-

2015

From the research results can

also be known 10 (ten) “favorite”

companies which are often become

places for prakerin STIKS

Tarakanita students during the

period 2011-2015. The ten

companies are PT Total E & P

Indonesia (30 times), PT Frisian

Flag Indonesia (27 times), PT

Aplikanusa Lintasarta (22 times),

CNOOC SES Ltd. (21 times), PT

United Tractors Tbk. (21 times), PT

Wira Insani (20 times), PT Sinar

Sosro (19 times), PT Weatherford

Indonesia (19 times), PT Trakindo

Utama (18 times) and PT Bank

Indonesia (16 times). These results

can be seen more clearly in Table 1

below.


6

Table 1. Top 10 Corporates Most

Frequently as Prakerin Place

No. Companies Name Total

1 Total E&P Indonesia,

PT

30

2 Frisian Flag Indonesia,

PT

27

3 Aplikanusa Lintasarta,

PT

22

4 CNOOC SES, Ltd.

(China National

Offshore Oil Company)

21

5 United Tractors Tbk.,

PT

21

6 Wira Insani, PT 20

7 Sinar Sosro, PT 19

8 Weatherford Indonesia,

PT

19

9 Trakindo Utama, PT 18

10 Bank Indonesia, PT 16

Source: Research (2017)

From 30 times the

implementation of prakerin

activities in PT Total E & P

Indonesia, there were 5 times the

students handling archives

management issues, 3 times

handling communication problems,

3 times handling archive

classification, 3 times handling

layout, and the rest handling other

problems, such as data processing,

computer usage as well as existing

facilities in the company. While

from 27 times the most frequently

handled problem of prakerin

students for PT Frisian Flag

Indonesia, there were 9 times

dealing with archive management

issues, 3 times handling archive

classification problem, 3 times

handling communication problems,

and the rest handling other

problems, such as layout, SOP,

processing data, and computer

usage.

For PT Aplikanusa Lintasarta,

from 22 times, it turns out 7 times to

handle archive management issues

and the rest deal with other issues

such as communication, archive

classification, layout, and data

processing. From 21 times prakerin

activities at CNOOC SES, Ltd. there

was no dominant problem handled

by students during prakerin. Out of

21 times prakerin activities in PT

United Tractors Tbk. there are 4

times problem of archive

management can be handled by

prakerin students and the rest deal

with other problems such as layout,

communication, SOP, data

processing, and facilities existing in

the company.

From 20 times as prakerin place,

there were no dominant problems at

PT Wira that can be handled by

students when doing prakerin. For

PT Sinar Sosro, it is claimed that

from 19 times as prakerin place, 7

times students handled archive

management issues, 2 handles

communication problems, and the

rest varied, ranging from SOP,

archive classification, data


7

processing, and computer usage. PT

Weatherford Indonesia 19 times as

prakerin place there was no

dominant problem handled by

students.

PT Trakindo Utama has become

prakerin for 18 times with 7 archives

management issues, 2

communication problems, and the

rest are as diverse as SOP, spatial

layout, archive classification, and

data processing. While from 16

times to the place of prakerin, PT

Bank Indonesia has been assisted

twice to handle archive management

issues and the rest are varied such as

archive classification, spatial and

data processing.

D. Conclusion

From the results of this study can

be concluded that there are 416

companies with 1,045 titles of

prakerin report associated with the

administration office. Out of the

1045 titles of prakerin reports there

are 204 prakerin report titles and 127

companies related to archive

management, there are 388 prakerin

reports and 76 companies related to

the archive classification, there are

113 prewar report titles and 81

companies related to spatial, there

are 11 titles of prakerin report and 11

companies related to SOP, there are

79 titles of prakerin reports and 53

companies related to

communications, there are 98 titles

of prakerin reports and 33

companies related to data

processing, there are 83 titles of

prakerin report and 18 companies

related to the use of computers at

work, and there are 69 titles of

prakerin report and 16 companies

related to office administration

facilities and infrastructure.

References

[1] Iskiyamudin, A. and Oktarina,

N. 2014. Manajemen

Pengelolaan Arsip Dinamis

Unutk Menunjang Tertib

Administrasi Di SMK Widya

Praja Ungaran. Economic

Education Analysis Journal

Vol. 3 No. 3 Page 483-489.

ISSN: 2252-6544.

[2] Muhidin, S.A. and Winata, H.

2016. Manajemen Kearsipan

Untuk Organisasi Publik,

Bisnis, Sosial, Politik, dan

Kemasyarakatan. Bandung:

CV Pustaka Setia.

[3] Neri, M., Sutadji, M. and

Amin, J. 2014. Manajemen

Kearsipan Dalam

Meningkatkan Pelayanan

Publik Di Kantor Korps

Pegawai Republik Indonesia

(KORPRI) Kabupaten Kutai

Barat. eJournal Administrative

Reform Vol. 1 No. 3 Page

1850-1863. ISSN: 2338-7637.

[4] Pamungkas, P.D.A. 2016.

Indeks Kepuasan Masyarakat

Unit Pelayanan Kelurahan


8

Bitungsari Bogor

Menggunakan

Kep/25/M.PAN/2/2004.

Information System for

Educators and Professionals

Journal Vol. 1 No. 1 Page 85-

91. ISSN: 2548-3587. E-ISSN:

2548-3587.

[5] Sugiarto, A and Wahyono, T.

2015. Manajemen Kearsipan

Modern: Dari Konvensional ke

Basis Komputer. Yogyakarta:

Gava Media.

[6] Tim Penyusun. 2016. Panduan

pelaksanaan dan Penulisan

Laporan Prakerin. Jakarta:

STIKS Tarakanita.


9

WOMEN EMANCIPATION IN EDUCATION: A

CASE STUDY AT TARAKANITA HIGHER

EDUCATION

Rosalia Kurni Setyawati1, Agustinus Rustanta2

TARAKANITA School of Communication and Secretarial Studies

e-mail: [email protected]

Abstract

The purpose of this research is to describe how women of Indonesia view and

describe how the emancipation of women in Indonesia especially in education.

Data were collected from informants who were selected using purposive

sampling technique. There are five informants for this research. The result shows

that emancipation is still in progress. Inequality still happens somewhere either

in the level of group of society or a country. Women need to struggle harder to

reach equality to men.

Keywords: Emancipation, Rights, Education

A. Introduction

Education is compulsory

needs aside from shelter, foods, and

clothes. If a person is not well

educated, she/he is supposed to

have difficulties to compete with

others. For example, a prospective

teacher cannot teach in elementary

school of even kindergarten if

she/he does not hold bachelor’s

degree. Those who did not have a

senior high school certificate, they

have to reach it through special

program (C program). It is due to

the fact that every job field needs

skilled human resources.

It is not unquestionable the

number of basic needs is

developing. There were three basic

needs, now there are nine basic

needs. One of them is education. To

actualized this education program,

the government regulated that every


10

child should take the 12 years basic

education.

How about women? What

kind of education should she have

and how to struggle for it? In other

countries, women education has

been popular since decades ago.

There have been women higher

education institutions such as

Fukuoka Women University in

Japan, Ewha Women University in

Korea, Princess Noura In Saudi

Arabia. Fukuoka and Ewha Women

University are famous of producing

politicians. There are still many

women universities such as Medical

Women University, Meiji Woman

University, Gunma Prefectural

Woman University, Showa Woman

University, Japan Women’s

University, Mukogawa Women

University, Nara Women’s

University, Ochanomizu Woman

University, Sonoda Woman

University, Nagoya Women’s

University, Jissen Women’s

University, Konan Women’s

University, Ferris University,

Kyushu Women’s University,

Yasuda Women’s University.

Indonesian Government has

promoted women to participate in

any public officers. It is 30% of the

total numbers of the parliament are

women, though it is still not equal

to men. At least, it is a good will

from the government to give

opportunities to women to take

action in any field. The position of

women in private sectors are better.

There are women who become the

top managers in private

organizations.

The struggle of women to be

equal to men is usually called

emancipation. Women are not the

second citizens. R.A. Kartini was

the pioneer of women emancipation

in Indonesia. One of the ways is

developing the quality of women

resources through education. They

are free to get information,

knowledge and skills.

In education sectors, based on

statistical bureau, the number of

women students are almost in

balance. Tarakanita, as one of the

higher educational institutions have

been actively involved in

empowering young women through

education. Tarakanita is just a proof

that Tarakanita is responsible to

support young women to struggle

and to get involve in public sphere.

Women should be the same as men

in winning any kinds of

opportunities in the job field.

The basic question is how do

women in Indonesia view the

emancipation and how do they


11

behave and support young women

especially their ladies in accessing

education especially higher

education. The objective of this

research is to describe the view of

Indonesia women towards

emancipation and their attitude and

behaviour in supporting their ladies

in accessing .higher education

related to feminism theory.

The benefits of this research

are (1) the source of information

that education is basic needs and it

becomes the starting point of a

better life especially young women,

(2) it will inspire young women to

behave and to direct her career, and

(3) information for decision makers

in the government to continuously

struggle for equalities between men

and women.

B. Theoretical Review

1. Feminism in the world

In line with liberal feminists,

fair society is marked by giving the

equal opportunities to every citizen

to autonomous and satisfactory self-

development. Everyone has the

same rights for her/his own life.

Rights become the power or the

effort to define his/her the best

choice for his/her life. One does not

take by force anyone’s right. It

should also happen in other field

such as given freedom to have

religion, life, education, and his/her

own fate.

Feminist liberal is divided into

two (1) classic liberal or the

freedom in politic such as freedom

to choose, to speak and to be

different, to gather and so on. (2) it

is freedom in term of welfare. It this

case, the government is responsible

to actualize the welfare of the

society such any fields such as

economy, family, shelter and so on.

The final destination is fairness or

justice. Only with justice women

and men are equal.

Women should prepare

themselves to make them equal to

men by taking part in any

competition. One of them is getting

education as women are created to

be rational and are able to think as

men. It is the focus of feminism on

the 18th century.

2. Feminism in Indonesia

Emancipation campaign in

Indonesia is still going on by

Journal of Women Foundation.

There activities, including

discussions and seminars done

regularly. The foundation also

publish a journal called Women

Journal.


12

In big cities, the difference

between men and women are not

clearly seen. But in remote area

women and men are very different.

Education is not well established

for men and women. Even, women

should not have any opportunity to

have education because of some

reasons. There are two important

reasons, economic and patriarchal

reason. Based on CNN Indonesia

on 10/03/2017, women di some

regions are not educated well. It is

because of the facilities and due to

the economic problem. It is stated

that women in Musi, Magelang,

Bima, Yogyakarta and Maluku are

still far away from justice

especially in education.

C. Related Research

The case of the fate of women

does not take place in Indonesia.

According to Nowak, by 1950 a

new domesticity was entrenching

itself in American life. The

emotional chaos of depression,

followed by the anxieties of world

war and cold war gave Americans a

desperate hunger for a way out.

They wanted simple and warm

security. The easiest way was

traditional institution’ marriage and

family.

At that time, the man was cast

as the strong, unemotional

breadwinner and women’s place

was redefined to rest only in the

home. Higher education is also a

dream for Iranian women.

Shavarini (2006: 45) education for

women before college as boring,

especially families living in remote

area. There is no extracurricular or

sports activities for girls, no

television programs for girls or

young adult women. In some

families everything the girls do is

put under a ‘microscope’ how they

dress, who they talk to, where they

go. Girls are controlled by the

family. Life is changing when girls

go to college when the have to

move to cities. but after women

graduated from higher education

they will return to the private

sphere disillusioned.

Not all women experience the

same fate. Women can be out of the

box through higher education

(Wenzl, 2008). Women can have

better lives after they got better

education. They can have better

lives. What more is that women

could be a member of legislator

(Rocha & Wringkle, 2011). Many

people may benefit from the

presence of female legislators. This

research found out that women of


13

color in the United States will be

more effective descriptive

representatives than their male

counterparts.

In other case, a women’s

education has wonderful opening

line (Conway, 2001). It is a

research done in Australia. Is is

about the transformation of a young

woman from Australian outback to

the influential president of a leading

women’s college.

Another research was done by

Guinier et al (1994), a research at a

law school. It is found out that

strong academic differences

between graduating men and

women. Men are three times more

likely than women to be in top 10%

of their law school class. It is also

found out that women are much

lower rates of class participation

that do men for all three years of

law school. Women do not engage

pedagogically with a methodology

that makes them feel strange,

alienated and de-legitimated. Is

quite different from the findings

research done by Nuryoto (1998).

Female academic achievement

shows greater score than male.

Female students in elementary

school, senior high school, diploma

and also undergraduate schools

have greater score than men. It is

indicating that women are

academically better than men. But

the problem is that companies will

prefer to recruit men than women,

though in some cases women are

dominant is some companies such

as garment and electronic

companies where the companies

need the highest accuracy. Though

women have higher academic

achievement is higher than men,

women still experience unfair

treatment in some cases.

Another research

recommended that the curriculum

must be change. Curriculum should

not be based on gender where

women are discriminated when they

are still in school (Khotimah,

2008). It is stressed by Walker &

O’Loughlin (1984). There some

critical views concerning the role

and treatment of women in

educational theory and practice. It

is argued that women have been

overwhelmingly excluded as

objects of study and reflection in

educational philosophy. Women are

excluded from all the ‘disciplines’

of the traditional education

curriculum.

It is recommended (Khotimah,

2008) that the government should

develop curriculum that have

gender perspective. It should be in


14

line with the goal of the vision and

mission of national educational

objective. It is in line with an article

by Kate Gordon (1905) titled

Wherein Should the Education of a

Woman Differ From That of A

Man. According to Kate Gordon,

education has three ends in view:

the training of judgement,

character, and taste. In forming a

judgement, a woman must observe

exactly the same logical procedures

as a man. She has no royal road to

learning. Second, education is

cultivating right character, how we

are to be distinguished. There is a

question, are Girls not to have

energy and initiative, are boys not

to know gentleness and obedience?

It is about honesty, veracity,

courage, courtesy, as a admirable in

the ones as in the other. Finally, in

forming taste cannot both sexes

learn by the same acquaintance

with the best in art. So, education of

a woman should not differ from that

of a man.

D. Research Method

This an interpretive research.

Reality is not what is seen on the

surface. Data were collected

through interview with alumni of

Sekolah Tinggi Tarakanita who

have got a job, some of the hold

Ph.D, got married and they have

daughter (s). The number of sample

is determined using purposive

sampling technique. There are 5

informants taking part in the

interview. The result of the

interview is analyzed. There are

four questions addressed to 5

informants; (1) how do they view

emancipation at present, (2) how do

they see education for women in

Indonesia, (3) who they reach high

education, (4) how do they educate

their children especially their

daughter (s)?

E. Findings

Some interviews with

informants were done to collect

information about emancipation

issues. The response of respondents

to the first question how do they

view emancipation at present?

There four informants saying that

emancipation is still interesting to

discuss. There are empowerment of

women. Those who are well

educated have a good position in

the company; private and states

companies. There are, however,

still many women do not have any

opportunities to have a good

education. They do not have a good


15

position either. Not all women or

young ladies are not as lucky as

men.

There are still unlucky young

ladies or women who are excluded.

There are problems such as

economic condition of the family,

poverty, and due to priority. Parents

give priority to sons instead of

daughters in term of education

especially in remote areas or other

islands out Java. In job fields,

discrimination is still dominating in

the job field. They do not have the

same benefits and career path

compared to men.

One respondent argued that

emancipation is not relevant

anymore. It is assumed that the

world is changing rapidly.

Opportunities are just a matter of

competence. Everyone might have

the same position if he/she is

qualified in the field. Women, at

present, may work in a field such as

in a gas station, professional jobs,

bus driver, prime minister or even a

president. In the third countries,

however, the socialization to

emancipation needs to be stressed,

especially in the countries with

patriarchy systems.

The second question how do

they see education for women in

Indonesia? All informants said that

Indonesia young ladies and women

have the same opportunities to

access education. Parents have a

good understanding about

education for their sons and

daughters. Though this insight is a

little bit different for those who live

big cities and those who live in

remote area where schools are

unreachable. In agricultural

countries or in villages, it is still

found out that parents marry their

children in young age. Some should

work to help their parents. It is

because of their economic

condition. It is also due to the

parents’ educational background.

Women are in the kitchen, to cook,

in the well to wash clothes and to

serve her husband on bed. It short,

women tend to take care of the

family and husbands are working.

The third question, who they

reach high education? Some women

or even young women experience

high education. All informants have

got a good education. They don’t

have any problems form their

parents. Their parents do not

discriminate between sons and

daughters. Women might have got

the doctorate degrees. Today, men

and women are in the era of

fairness in term of education.


16

Fourth question how do they

educate their children especially

their daughter (s)? Informants said

that in this global era everyone

might have the same opportunity to

build his/her competencies. Is it due

the fact that all informants live in

big cities?

Two informants said that they

stressed out that daughters should

have good education. It is because

she will be a mother who is

responsible to educate her children.

Two other informants said that

education depends on the goal of

lives. If the want to have a good

career path, education should be

very important. Even they have to

choose famous university, academic

purposes.

When they choose to be

creative and skillful, they have to

choose vocational schools. Bothe

academic and vocational school has

its own strengths and weaknesses.

Today, they said that youngsters

tend to concentrate to their passion

and even hobbies or something

interesting. It means that everyone

has the same right to define his/her

future including his/her choice of

education.

F. Discussion

It is found out that

emancipation is always relevant.

Emancipation is not only a matter

of education or career path in big

cities or even developing countries.

It is not only a matter of equality

between men and women.

Emancipation means ‘diversity’ or

gender balance. It is balance

between the rights of men and

women. When emancipation is

anchored to the 21st century, it is a

matter of struggling to reach

equality to get the opportunities

between men and women. Liberal

feminists argued that there are still

women who have experience of

discrimination, oppression and

marginalization.

There are stereotype between

men and women. Men are

conditioned as breadwinner and

they are working in public.

Whereas women are homemakers.

Their activities are taking care of

the children, serving the husband,

doing household work. It is stated

in the marriage constitution of

Indonesia that a husband is the head

of the family and a woman is a

house wife. It is indicating that man

should fulfil the needs of the family

and a wife is responsible to take

care of the family at home. There


17

are different roles between a

husband and a wife.

In this condition, a husband is

the head of the family and a woman

though she is married, her status in

work is still single. It is in line with

the stereotype that women must

stay at home and do domestic work.

1. Women and education

Viewing from the point of

view of constructivism in the

education, different opportunity is

constructed that man is dominant

and woman is dominated. Though it

is now getting better. The

difference between men and women

are not really far. It depends on the

way how parents treat the children.

Well-educated parents tend to be

fair between sons and daughters.

Uneducated parents tend to be

discriminant. Parents would

prioritized men in term of

education.

Feminists stated that freedom

and equality is from the rationality

of private and public affair.

Everyone must have the capability

to think and to act. Education is one

of the ways to develop our

rationality. Low education will

result in the limitation to think and

to move forward. They are satisfied

with the lowest achievement, their

way of thinking is also limited. It is

of course will also limit the

opportunity they may have. It is

however clear enough that the root

of oppression and domination of

women by men is due to the faults

of women themselves. If they do

not equip themselves, they will be

left behind by themselves.

Liberal feminists said that

equality between men and women

is a privilege. Women might be

dominated and oppressed if they do

not take the opportunities they

have. Women who live in the cities

if not big cities have more

opportunities to educate themselves

and to develop themselves than

those who live in small villages or

remote areas. It also depends on

the level of education of the parents

and the economic condition of the

family.

The awareness of women to

develop themselves is related to

their self-confidence. Willingness

to develop their competence is the

key element the will influence self

judgement and self-confidence.

Thera are still women no limit

their own role in the society or in an

organization due to the stereotype.

Women, for example, are more


18

emotional so that they are not

competent in holding the position

of an executive. Women are not

allowed to be leaders as they are

sub-ordinated by men. Women

should surrender and their role is

taking care of the family. Women

should be considered ambitious and

impolite if they show up their

talents and take the challenges.

When women have better

education, broader horizon, and

they win any kinds of competition,

they might be considered equal in

any aspects.

According to UNICEF,

though Indonesian education is not

limited by gender, it seems that

there are still problems the women

should face:

a. Books at school should not be

gender based. Any examples

or illustrations in books of

elementary school are still

dominating the role of boys.

There are many kinds of

description that boys are more

creative and more various than

girls are. Boys are used in

books than girls.

b. Stereotype of gender is still

present. It is clearly seen on

the wat girls decided her

major study when in

university. Discrimination

happens in the class. Girls

dominate social science. Boys

dominate Science.

c. Understanding and expertise is

still popular. It is caused by

tradition and socio-culture and

religion.

d. Early marriage is still popular

in some places of Indonesia

such as Indramayu, West java.

Marriage hinders women to

have education.

e. Data from local government

and data from the government

are not valid. It is difficult to

see the real development of

children at school.

2. Education and

Technology

3. Education and family

Equality and fairness in any kinds

of things depend on how the family

gives freedom to their children’s

education. It also depends on how

deep they understand the meaning

of education for their children.

Family is the starting point of

women getting a good education. If

parents are well educated, they tend

to be more flexible. If the family

has economical problem or cultural

limitation, boys have more

opportunities than girls do.


19

Conclusion

Equality between men and women

is still questionable. It still becomes

a big issue that needs continuous

and sustainable effort. It is not

granted but women should strive to

get freedom to actualize

themselves. It is a fact that

inequality in roles, jobs, rights are

still present in any ethnic groups or

countries. Equality is sometimes

difficult to achieve because of the

structure of a family or due to

cultural understanding

References

[1] Conway, Jill Ker. 2001. A

Woman’s Education. Nature

Medicine Vol 8 No 9

[2] Gordon, Kate. 1905. Wherein

Should the Education of a

Woman Differ from that of a

man. The University of

Chicago Press page 789-794.

[3] Guiner, lani, Michelle Fine,

Jane Balin. Becoming

Gentlemen: Women’s

Experiences at one Ivy League

Law School. University of

Pennsylvania Law Review, Vol

143, No 1 page 1-13.

[4] Khotimah, Khusnul. 2008.

Urgensi Kurikulum Gender

dalam Pendidikan. Jurnal

Pemikiran Alternatif

Pendidikan, Vol 13 No 3 page

420-533

[5] Nowak, Marion.......How to be

Woman: theories of female

education in the 1950s. Journal

of Popular Culture page 76-83

[6] Nuryoto, Sartini. 1998.

Perbedaan Prestasi Akademik

Antara Laki-laki dan

Perempuan (studi di wilayah

Yogyakarta). Jurnal Psikologi

No 2, page 16-24

[7] Shavarini, Mitra K. 2006. The

Role of Higher Education in

the life of a young Iranian

Woman. Women’s Studies

International Forum, Vol. 29

page 42-53.

[8] Wenzl, Roy. 2008. How

Higher education Enabled a

Young Black Woman to Beat

the Odds. The Journal of

Blacks in Higher Education,

No 62, page 81-83.

[9] Walker, J.C & M.A.

O’Loughlin. 1984. The Ideal of

the Educated Woman: Jane

Roland Martin on Education

and Gender. Education Theory,

Vol 34, No 4 page 327-34.

[10] Ihromi, Tapi Omas,

Sulistyowati Irianto, Achie


20

Sudiarti Luhulima. 2000.

Penghapusan Diskriminasi

terhadap Wanita. Bandung:

Penerbit Alumni.


21

PARAPHRASING, A TOOL IN DEVELOPING THE

SECRETARY’S WRITING SKILLS

Andreas Mari Sudarto



Abstract

In the era of globalization English business communication skill is the key to

success in forging international business relations and in the era of digitalization

people communicate everyday by text, email, and other forms of on-line media.

Business writing skill, therefore, is getting more and more important than ever

before for office workers world-wide. Despite its importance, developing good

business English writing skill for Indonesian secretaries can be a major

challenge. English is a foreign language and business English writing is

considered one among the hardest subejcts to learn. The question is what could

writing teachers do to help them solve the problem? This paper introduces the

use of paraphrasing as an aid in developing English writing skills. The aim of

this study is to help secretarial students and office workers in performing their

English business writing tasks. At the time when model letters are available on

line and in abundance, letter writer can avail the models as tool in writing her

assigned tasks. Apart from changing the necessary data, the writer can move on

paraphrasing most frequently used phrases and sentences found in the model

letter. Through paraphrasing, the model letter is taylor-made to suit the writer’s

writing needs. This way, letter writing can be easier than drafting a novel letter

from nothing. This can work well despite the students limited English

competence. This paper shows how paraphrasing can operate in Indonesian

classrooms.

Keywords: Secretary, Paraphrasing, Writing skills



22

A. Introduction

In the global era, English

business communication is vital

element of success in international

business. Office automation and

frequest use of electronic media

have made written business

communication the key element to

promote business relations and

deseminate information about

products and services (Gasparetti et

al, 2009). Office professionals

worldwide are now communicating

in electronic texts like e-mails.

English letter writing skill has

increasingly become indispensible

job requirements of today’s

administratrative personnels.

The importance of English

writing skill is not only true in

English speaking countries, but also

in non English speaking countries

like Indoneisa. On the importance

of English writing skill, Louhiala-

Salminen (1992) conducted a

survey in the work-places in

Finland. According to the survey,

written communication constituted

about 57% of the total volume of

communication performed by the

Finnish secretaries then. If the

survey is conducted now, it is

believed that the percentage will be

much greater. In this era of

digitalization it is assumed that

most administrative professionals

every where in the world are

communicating by text; they write

emails and other electronic media.

In some countries, tele-working is

quite common. The importance of

writing has increased along with the

advancement of electronic media.

Even American administrative

professionals admited that business

writing and grammar skill training

was one among the most important

training they required (2013 IAAP

Benchmarking Survey).

The importance of business

writing can be very true in this

country. Apart from being member

of G20, this country signed the

Asean Free Trade Area pact in 1992

and joined the Asian Economic

Community in 2015 (Aviliani,

2011). Hence it may be assumed

that Indonesian administrative

professionals will also be involved

in more writing tasks in English.

Globalization and advancement of

office technology have made the

English business writing skills

crucial aspect of today’s

administrative professionalism.

From experience, however,

developing the secretary’s English

writing skills have indeed been a

major headache. Sometimes it is

even a frustrating business for the

writing teachers in Indonesia.

Despite the many hours spent on

teaching business writing, a great

number of secretarial students have

difficulties in writing even a very

simple memo. From the sample

letters they wrote, it was evident

that they simply failed to express

themselves in correct and

appropriate sentences. They tend to


23

think in their local language and

tried to translate the idea into

English. The influence of Bahasa

Indonesia was sometimes so great

that the letters they wrote failed to

express the inteded message.

Misundertanding and offense occur

very often as consequence.

The secretary’s incompetence in

business writing has often been a

major problem for companies in

Indonesia. As people may be

aware, business activities are often

hampered by the staff’s inabilities

to communicate in English. In a

country like Indoneisia, finding

administrative professionals with

excellent English writing skills is

quite a major challenge.

B. The problem and the

proposed solution

Is there any way to help the

Indonesian secretaries in acquiring

the necessary skills of writing

letters, memos, and messages in

English? Is there any way for the

secretaries to effectively develop

their writing skills? This paper

attempts to provide an answer to

this question. The writer seeks to

find a sound method for developing

the secretary’s business writing

skill. Through library reseach, the

writer attempts to collect ideas in a

way to find a solution to this

problem.

C. Previous studies

There have been quite many

studies made concerning tools,

strategies, aids, guidelines, tips and

tricks in improving business writing

skills. To mention just a few:

Bolander, Jarie (2018) suggested 5

tools to improve business

correspondence skills (Purdue).

Hendriks, Drew (2018) suggesteed

12 software tools to be used in

performing writing tasks. Doyle,

Alison (2018), writing course

provider, provided lists of sample

letters, templates, and guidelines

showing how a letter writer can

customise to fit her professional

situation. Many other similar

works and studies are available on

line. In regards to the use

paraphrasing in developing writing

skills, however, Raybowsky (1986)

was the only author who wrote

about paraphrasing used as an aid in

developing writing skills in Poland.

D. Using Paraphrasing as a tool

in developing letter writing

skills

Paraphrasing can be used as a

starting point in developing letter

writing skills. In this section the

writer attempts to answer three

basic questions about paraphrasing:

what, why, and how.

1. What is a Paraphrase?

Honrnby AS, Oxford

Advanced Learner’s Dictionary

defines a paraphrase as an account


24

or expression of meaning of

something written or said, using

different words, especially in order

to make it easier to understand. To

paraphrase is to express meaning of

something written or said, using

different words. A paraphrase is a

restatement of meaning of a text or

passage using other words. In letter

writing context, paraphrasing is re-

expression of the message in

another form. To paraphrase means

to re-express intended message

using different words or different

sentence constructions.

Larsen & Mildred (1984:36)

defines a paraphrase as a re-

expression of the same thought in

different way in the same language.

A paraphrase changes the language

form but preserves the meaning or

message. Paraphrasing is the art of

manipulating the sentences in such

a way that the corresponding

message is expressed. To Hurford

and Heasley (1984: 101), a

paraphrase is a sentence which

expresses the same proposition as

another. A paraphrase is closely

related to synonyms, antonyms,

hyponyms and entailments

What kinds of letters are most

likely treated as models? Beside

incoming letters written by overseas

business counterparts and letters

taken from the secretary’s own

reading files, there are quite many

books on business correspondence

where there are plenty of model

letters. Taylor (2004) for example,

provides the admin professionals

with a complete range of model

business documents. Her recently

published seventh edition of ‘Model

Business Letters, Email and Other

Business Documents’ provides a

comprehensive revised model

business documents well-suited to a

variety of business functions.

Today’s office professional is

actually blessed by an abundance of

models of business documents. A

lot of sample business letters are

now available in compact disks or

on line. They are now available in

softwares available in shops in

Jakarta. One piece of CD may

contain more than 1000 model

letters. What a secretary should do

in writing a business letter is just to

get a suitable model letter on the

screen. She may then begin with

substitution and a little editing.

This way, drafting a business letter

may make her life easier. Not all of

model documents, however, need

paraphrasing. To develop letter

writing skill, today’s secretary may

have just got to pay attention to the

common types of sentences or

phrases most frequently used in the

opening, content and closing

paragraphs. Only in these areas are

secretaries supposed to do a lot of

paraphrasing practices. As soon as

she does modeling technique a

dozen times, she may find letter

writing a very easy thing to do.


25

2. Why paraphrase?

Writing an English letter from

a scratch may be too hard for the

everage Indonesian secretary to do.

With a model letter at her finger tip,

the job is made easier. She can

begin with substitution of the

necessary data to suit her situation,

then she can move on by replacing

words which are synonymous,

relocate sentence parts, which are

relatively easy to do. Fortunately,

office digitalization offers an

abundance of model letters, memos,

proposals and other business

documents available on line.

Model business documents are also

available in software shops, and

books. Once a secretary has got

proper trainings in paraphrasing

model sentences and phrases, the

model letters can be real tools in

customizing a new letter well-suited

to her circumstances.

Through paraphrasing, the

secretary is guided, inspired, and

led in expressing herself. It is a

step towards independent letter

writing. In writing a business letter,

a secretary does not necessarily

stare at a blank screen. She can

stare at a model letter to begin with.

Without a model letter a secretary

may feel like sky diving without a

parachute (Gutfeld, 1994: 76). A

model letter can be a tool in writing

a letter. Paraphrasing model

sentences from well written letters

can be an inspiration, and a guide in

writing new ones. It can be a

parachute to help her land savely on

the ground.

Further advantage is that

paraphrasing conceals the language

weaknesses of the letter writer. It

can be a way to overcome the

English language shortcomings of a

large number of Indonesian

secretaries and executives. Model

English letters can be a tool in

handling day-to-day business

correspondence tasks. After all, the

addressee may not know if the

sentences the letter he reads are

authentic or just paraphrased ones.

The addressee’s concern, after all,

is the message the letter conveys.

Among the benefits of using

paraphrasing is that paraphrasing is

an integral part of performing a

writing task. It gives the writer a

chance to express important ideas

in her own words. The letter can be

made more comprehensible; it can

be made more coherent, it can

creates the effect of a more

personlaized style serving the

writer’s individual needs.

3. How to paraphrase?

Hre are a variety of ways a model

paragraph or a model sentence can

be paraphrased or re-expressed in

different ways:

3.1. Paraphrasing by substituting

business data or language

items

At the beginning level, students

may try substitution practices. To


26

substitute is to replace a part of the

letter with something. Data, words,

phrases, clauses, etc. written in the

original model letter can be

replaced with the ones relevant or

well suited to the writer’s current

situation. The followings show a

few ways of substitution:

3.1.1. Sub-stitution of Business

Data

Substitution of data is the

easiest form of paraphrasing.

Names of a company, addresses,

and names of people, numbers,

product specification, dates, etc.

existing in the model letter can

certainly be replaced with those of

the real ones, relevant to the

situations the writer is involved in.

he following shows examples of

data substitution:

(A) Dear Mr. Smith,

Thank you for your letter

of April enquiring about

our Vicenza ceramics

tiles

(B) Dear Mr. Vijay,

Thank you for your

memo dated August 15

requesting details of our

Baduyut leather

handbags.

3.1.2. Substitution by using

Synonyms

Similarly, words used in the

model letters can also be replaced

by synonyms, or those expressing

similar meaning. The following are

sample synonyms:

to buy = to purchase

to book = to reserve

costly = expensive

to regret = to be sorry

pleased = delighted

The following are sample

paraphrases:

(A) We are thinking of buying

lady’s hand bags made of

natural leather.

(B) We are thinking of

purchasing lady’s

handbags made of natural

leather.

(A)We regret to let you know

that we will not be able to

accept your kind invitation.

(B)We are sorry to tell you

that we will not be able to

accept your kind invitation.

(A) We are enclosing the

catalog you requested.

(B) We are attaching the

catalog you asked for.

(A) We require further

details of the terms.

(B) We need additional

information about the

terms.


27

(A) We regret to learn of

Rob’s heart attack.

(B) We are sorry to hear

news about Rob’s heart

attack

The concern of a letter writer in

paraphrasing is to re–express the

message in equivalent language

forms. This can work well with

quite many words used in model

letters. Simply by replacing certain

words in a business letter, the letter

writer paraphrases some sentences

without altering the message the

letter conveys. Finding synonyms

is a language practice and thus

improves the letter writer’s

creativity.

3.1.3. Substitution by using

Antonyms

Apart from synonyms the

letter writer may paraphrase

expressions in a business letter by

employing antonyms. Antonyms

are words expressing the opposite

meaning. The following are words

expressing antonyms:

(A) costly (B) cheap

(C) soon (D) later

(E) far (F) near

(G) to send (H) to receive

(I) to buy (J) to sell

The followings are sample

paraphrases using antonyms:

(A) We think at $ 25 per pair,

these shoes are a bit

costly. (B) We are wondering if you

could quote a lower price

for these shoes.

(C) May I receive your reply

soon?

(D) May I receive your reply

not later than the end of

this week?

(A) Would you like to send us

your illustrated brochure?

(B) Would you let us receive

your illustrated brochure?

(A) We are thinking of buying

Panasonic air conditioners

(B) Please let us know if you

are selling Panasonic air

conditioners.

3.1.4. Substitution by Using

Hyponyms

Hyponym is another form to

consider when paraphrasing.

Hurford (1984) identifies

hyponymy as a sense relation

between predicates in which the

meaning of one predicate is

included in that of the other. The

following are words that are

hyponymous.

a. to consign to send

b. scarlet red

c. teapot China


28

d. to manufacture to

produce

To consign is a specific way of

sending (something). The meaning

of the word to ‘consign’ includes

that of ‘to send’. These words are

not precisely synonymous, but

somehow can replace each other in

certain situations.


paraphrases using hyponyms:

(A) Please consign by return

copies of the following

books…

(B) Please send us copies of

the following books as

soon as possible…

(A) Toyota Motor Co.

produces low cost green

cars.

(B) Toyota Motor co.

manufactures low cost

green cars.

3.1.5. Substitution by Using

Restatement of Business

Terms

Business terms are words of

low frequency. They are words

which most people

are not familiar with. For the sake

of clarity business terms may be

restated or paraphrased. The

following show paraphrases

involving restatement of business

terms:

(A) We are sending you the

goods carriage forward.

(B) We are sending you the

goods. We have paid the

transportation cost.

(A) The leather handbags are

mass produced. (B) The leather handbags are

produced in large

quantities in our factory.

(A) This amount has remained

outstanding for the past

two months.

(B) This amount has remained

unpaid for the past two

months.

For the sake of conciseness, on the

other hand, it is necessary to

paraphrase, replacing non business

expressions with business terms.

(A) Twenty dollars is the price

which does not include

the cost of

transportation.

(B) Twenty dollars is our ex-

work price.

(A) The draft will be honored

by the bank for payment

in 30 days after we

accept it. (B) The draft is payable at 30

days after sight.

3.2. Paraphrasing by

Relocating Sentence Parts


29

The second easy way of

paraphrasing is by simply

relocating parts of a sentence.

Adverbial phrases and clauses can

be relocated. An adverbial phrase

may be put at the beginning, in the

middle, or at the end of a sentence.

The following shows how parts

of a sentence may be relocated:

(A) For the past two

months I have had to

deal with his work.

(B) I have had to deal with

his works for the past

two months .

(C) We cannot send you

immediately the price

list you requested

(D) .We cannot send you the

price list you requested

immediately.

Apart from relocating

adverbials, we may relocate clauses

in complex sentences. Main

clauses may be placed before or

after the sub-clause. The following

are examples:

(A) If we find your prices

competitive, we will place

a substantial order.

(B) We will place a substantial

order if we find your

prices competitive.

3.3. Paraphrasing by

Manipulating Sentence

Constructions

Transformation is the change of

forms of the sentences, clauses, and

words. In paraphrasing, the

sentence form or word form may be

changed without changing the

message the words or the sentences

convey. The degree of the

secretary’s creativity is often shown

by her ability to manipulate the

language forms to convey her office

message.

3.3.1. Restating language functions

Language functions like

requesting favors, suggesting,

accepting and declining offers, etc.

can be conveyed in a variety of

ways. The following are just a few

of examples on requesting favors:

(A) Please settle your account

within ten days.

(B) Would you like to settle

your account in ten days,

please?

(C) We wonder if you could settle your account within

ten days.

(D) We would appreciate it

if you could settle your

account within ten days.

(E) May we receive settlement of your account

within ten days?


30

Invitation may also be expressed in

a variety of ways:

(A) We would suggest that

you visit our showroom

on…

(B) Why don’t you visit our

showroom on...?

(C) We would be happy to

welcome you to our

showroom on…

(D) May we invite you to our

showroom on...?

(E) It will be honor for us to

welcome you to our

showroom on…

(F) We look forward to

welcoming you to our

showroom on...(where we

will be happy to

demonstrate how this new

machine works)

Other language functions may be

restated in similar ways.

3.3.2. Combining and simplifying

sentences

Two simple sentences can be put

together to make compound

sentences using coordinating

conjunctions. The following are

samples:

(A) I have a hardware store in

East Jakarta. I am

interested in your YH

electric heaters.

(B) I have a hardware store in

East Jakarta and am

interested in your YH

electric fans.

(A) You may confirm this

reservation by phone. You

may also confirm it by fax.

(B) You may confirm this

reservation either by phone

or by fax.

Similarly two or more sentences

can be put together to make a

complex sentence.


paraphrases:

(A) I have written our two

letters about your account.

No reply has been received.

(B) Despite the two letters we

have written, no reply has

been received in regards to

settlement of your account.

(A) I would highly appreciate

the opportunity for an

interview. I will be happy

to let you know more about

myself.

(B) I would highly appreciate

the opportunity for an

interview when I shall be

happy to let

you know more about

myself.

Writing in all simple sentences

may sound child-like. On the other

hand, writing in complex and

compound sentences may be quite


31

hard for the Indonesian students to

understand, as they may loose

control over the concordance

between subject and predicate.

Sometimes, for the sake of

grammaticality of their expressions,

students of beginning level may try

to simplify the language forms of a

business letter they write. This can

be achieved by breaking complex

and compound sentences into

simple sentences. The following

are a few examples:

(A) Please state whether you

could supply the goods

from stock as we need

them urgently.

(B) Could you supply the

goods from stock? We

need them urgently.

(A) Considering the special

character of your trade, we

are prepared to offer you a

special discount of 20%.

(B) We consider the special

character of your trade.

We are prepared to offer

you a special discount of

20%.

3.3.3. Paraphrasing by Changing

the Subject of Sentences

For the sake of courtesy or

emphasis, the letter writer may be

required to adopt the “you attitude”,

giving the addressee a sense of

importance. This necessitates

transformation between passive into

active sentences, or vice versa.

Please observe the following

examples:

(A) We are offering you the

best quality product.

(B) You deserve to get this

best quality product.

(A) We are giving you a cash

discount of 10%.

(B) You will be entitled to a

cash discount of 10%.

(A) We will send the good in

time to reach you before

Christmas.

(B) You may expect the

goods to reach you before

Christmas.

The change in subject may

imply the change of a sentence

from active into passive, and vice

versa, as reflected in the following

examples:

(A) The consignment will be

dispatched by rail

tomorrow.

(B) We will dispatch the

consignment by rail

tomorrow.

(A) We will effect payment by

banker’s draft.

(B) Payment will be made by

banker’s draft.


32

(A) The Patterson & Sons

Ltd. has recommended

you as a reliable

supplier…

(B) You have been

recommended by

Patterson & Sons Ltd. as

a reliable supplier…

3.3.4. Paraphrasing by changing

word-classes.

Function words may be

classified into four classes: Nouns,

Verbs, Adjectives, and adverbs.

These word-classes can be

manipulated. The following shows

how nouns can be changed to

verbs:

(A) The success of this party

depends very much on

our serious effort.

(B) To succeed in organizing

this party necessitates our

serious effort.

(A) We would insist on the

immediate dispatch of

these urgently needed

supplies.

(B) We would insist that you

dispatch these urgently

needed supplies

immediately.

Verbs, on the other hand, can be

transformed into nouns. Please

observe the following.

(A) Please reserve a first class

seat for our managing

director, Mr. Sulanjari

(B) We would appreciate it if

you could arrange a

reservation of first class

seat…

(A) We have received the

check No.12345 you sent

in settlement of your July

statement.

(B) This is to confirm receipt

of the check you sent in

settlement of…

In paraphrasing, nouns may be

transformed into adjectives. The

following are examples:

(A) Wishing you success in

organizing the opening

ceremony.

(B) I sincerely hope that you

will be successful in

organizing the opening

ceremony.

(A) We would assure you of

our sincere cooperation.

(B) We would try to be as

cooperative as you wish

us to be.

Similarly, adjectives may be

transformed into nouns. Please

observe the following:

(A) To Mr. Pound, her job

performance was entirely

satisfactory.


33

(B) Her job performance was to

the entire satisfaction of

Mr. Pound.

Verbs can be transformed into

nouns. Please observe the

following examples:

(A) We would be pleased if you

could quote rates for the

hire of a car…

(B) May we have quotation of

your rates for the hire of a

car…

(A) We regret to let you know

that our flight IB 234 is

fully booked.

(B) We must let you know with

regret that our flight IB234

is fully booked.

The following shows how to

paraphrase by transforming

adjectives into adverbs:

(A) Please accept our sincerest

congratulation on your

promotion…

(B) May we avail this

opportunity to sincerely

congratulate you on your

promotion…

E. Discussion

In writing a business letter, the

role of a secretary is to convey the

executive’s message to the

addressee. The executive’s

message, his thought, ideas, hopes,

wishes, and instruction is

semantically called proposition.

Proposition is the content of one’s

statement. It is the expression in a

language of something or of a

particular state of affairs that can be

believed, doubted, or denied. The

same proposition is asserted by a

declarative sentence, doubted by an

interrogative, or denied by a

negative sentence (Hurford , 1984:

19-24).

In drafting a business letter,

the secretary is entrusted with the

corporate proposition. She is free

to express the proposition in any

language forms (words, phrases,

clauses, sentences) she thinks

appropriate to the situation. This is

a pretty hard job for the average

Indonesian secretary, unless she is

highly competent nglish. Even with

such a high competence, drafting a

novel business letter can be a real

challenge, and may take a great

deal of time. In order to write fast,

Gutfeld (1994:76) suggested that

the secretary keeps a file of past

letters or memos. When she needs

to write a letter, she has just got to

pull out one that resembles her

current assignment and change it to

fit her immediate needs. This is

what paraphrasing is all about. This

job is made easier now as most

secretaries can keep a record of

model documents in her desktop

Changing the data such as names of

the company, dates, names of

persons involved, names of


34

products, prices, etc. is definitely

the necessary part of modeling a

business letter. Changing the

language forms will also be

necessary for the sake of style,

variation, clarity, courtesy, or

conciseness of the letter.

There may be a question of

authenticity and creativity in

paraphrasing, as the secretary does

not create anything new out of

nothing, but her creativity lies in

the process of transforming an

expression in a foreign language,

making it different from the

original. It can even be made more

elegant and more suitable to her

office needs and her own personal

style. Through paraphrasing from

model document, the secretary can

produce taylor-made new document

which expresses clear and complete

message in courteous, consice and

error free fashion.

Partee (1979:269) may be true

when she stated that “no two

sentences are synonymous,

including even pairs that would

unanimously claimed to be

transformationally related”. There

may be nuances of meaning getting

lost in the process of paraphrasing.

This happens anytime a language

form is transformed. In the case of

letter writing, however, the loss in

the nuances of meaning or perhaps

certain artificiality in a paraphrase

will be the price we should pay

(Raybowsky, 1986: 38). This may

be compensated by the variety,

elegance, and the fact that somehow

a paraphrased letter will read more

natural and more like one written

by real English letter writer. A

paraphrased letter will, at least, read

better than the one written in

confused Indonesian –English

grammar.

F. Conclusion

Language practices which

include finding the synonyms,

antonyms, hyponyms of words,

sentence simplifying or sentence

combining, transforming words

class, packing or unpacking specific

business terms students find in

model letters can lead to creative

and successful performance of the

secretarial writing duties.

Paraphrasing can be a tool used in

performing the secretary’s writing

tasks. Once the secretary gets

skillful in paraphrasing most

frequently used sentences found in

model business letters, performance

of writing tasks will no longer be a

night mare. With model letters at

her finger tip, the secretary will be

in a position to draft memo, email

and other documents even if her

English language competence is

rather limited.

With model documents

available on line, writing tasks can

be easy and time saving. When

drafting a business letter a secretary

does not stare at a blank screen.

With an abundnce of model letters

at hand and as she is getting more


35

and more skillful in paraphrasing,

performing writing tasks will no

longer be a great cchallenge. The

writer strongly believes that

paraphrasing method is one among

the most efficient ways of

developping the secretary’s writing

skills. This has worked well with

Indonesian secretaries.

References

[1] Aviliani. 2011. “Prospek Pasar

Tenaga Kerja di Tengah

Turbulensi Perkonomian

Global”, Artes Liberalis,

Jurnal Administrasi

Kesekretarisan, Volue 3,

Nomor 2, October.

[2] Bolander, Jarie. 2016. 5 Tools

to improve Business Writing

Skills

http://www.thedailymba.com/

2016/09/21/5-tools-to-

improve-your-business-

correspondence-skills/

[3] Doyle, Alison. 2018. Different

Types of Letters with

Examples, (https:www.the

balancecareers.com/types-of-

letter-withsamples 2062558)

[4] Gasparetti FA and Scirrone,

Micarelli F.2009. “A Web-

based training System for

Business Letter Writing”,

Knowledge-Based Systems,

vol 22, issue 4, May pp 287-

291

[5] Gutfeld, Greg. 1994. “How

to write as fast as you think”

World Executive Digest, June.

[6] Hurford, J. R. and Heasley,

B.1984. Semantics: A Course

book, London: Cambridge

University Press.

[7] Hornby AS. Oxford Advanced

Learner’s Dictionary of

Current English.

[8] Larson, Mildred. 1984.

Meaning Based Translation.

London: University Press of

America.

[9] Louhiala-Salminem . 1996.

“Business is booming”,

English for Specific Purposes,

July.

[10] Morris, Robert 2018. Tools,

tips, and tricks to improve

business writing skills.

(https://articles.bplans.com/to

ols-tips-andtricks-to improve-

busiess writing)

[11] Partee, Barbara H, Napoli,

D.J., and Rando, E.N., Eds.,

1979. “On the requirement

that transformation preserve

meaning”, Syntactic

Argumentation, Washington

D.C.: Georgetown University

Press.

[12] Rybowsky, T. 1986.

“Paraphrasing as an aid to

writing”, English Teaching

Forum, July.

[13] Taylor, Shirley, Gartside L.

2004. Model Business Letters,

Email & Other Business

Documents, Pearson

https://articles.bplans.com/tools-tips-andtricks-to

https://articles.bplans.com/tools-tips-andtricks-to


36

Education Limited, Edinburg Gate, Harlow Gm20 2JE GB


37

CC5 APPLICATION IN ASSESSMENT OF

SECRETARIAL SKILLS AND PROFESSIONAL

BEHAVIOR IMPLEMENTATION OF

INDUSTRIAL STUDENT WORK PRACTICE 2014

BY CORPORATE PARTIES

Maria Estri Wahyuningsih

Lecturer of School of Communication And Secretary (STIKS) Tarakanita


Abstract

This article describes the application of Cc5 (compassion, celebration,

competence, conviction, creativity, community) in the assessment of the

implementation of internship program of the class of 2014 by the company. This

study aims to describe the results of the assessment of the company against the

implementation of internship program. The results of the company's assessment

as a form of Cc5 application. Assessment of Cc5 applications related to

secretarial skill tasks and professional conduct. This study yielded two findings.

First, the application of Cc5 in the execution of tasks of secretarial skills at the

time of the students carrying out internship program obtained a good assessment

on a scale of 3 to the amount of 1461. Second, the application of Cc5 in

professional behavior when the students carry out internship program get good

ratings on a scale of 3 with the total number 1897. Overall application of Cc5 in

the implementation of industrial work practice is well appraised.

Keywords: Compassion, Celebration, Competence, Conviction, Creativity,

Community, Secretarial skills, Professional behavior.



38

A. Introduction

Industrial work practice is an

activity for students of three

secretariat diploma programs in the

sixth semester. This activity learns

while working in the world of work

involving students in secretarial and

administrative work. Students are

expected to have been able to apply

academic knowledge and develop it

in the company to be professional

The purpose of industry work

practices to provide opportunities

for students to add work

experience, knowledge, and

practice skills and teamwork.

Another goal is for students to

actualize themselves in professional

behavior in the work environment.

The benefits of internship

program in order to gain input from

businesses and industries in

curriculum development, create

cooperation between campus

institutions and the company to

obtain employees and secretaries

who have known the quality of

knowledge, skills, and work skills.

This study is limited to the

results of the assessment by the

company when the students of force

2014 carry out internship program.

Contextual learning of values

is derived from experience directly

when carrying out internship

program. The real experience

gained by learner from place of

carrying out industry work practice

is very actual. This natural learning

is very diverse. Minimum learner

will be honed individually, socially,

and morally. The experience gained

is a provision for the future.

Individuals learn to apply

values of freedom and

responsibility. According to

Koesoema A Doni (2011: 146-147),

the value of freedom becomes the

main prerequisite of a moral

behavior. Freedom to make

decisions. The decision to

determine a place for internship

program. The decision he made was

a form of freedom of action in

making choices. The decision

reflects the values that are part of

his life beliefs. In addition, the

learning of social values in concrete

industry practice is also obtained

automatically. Learners deal

directly with others in a company.

Interpersonal relationships in order

to proceed well should be able to be

strived for continuously. Not only

individual and social learning,

moral learning will also

complement their experience in

carrying out internship program.

Moral will be the soul in living the

motion and dynamics of the

environment where industry

practice works.


39

B. Research that has been done

According to Winarni Sri

research/study, after learning about

the value is done, the next stage that

needs to be done is to provide an

opportunity to apply it. Value

implementation should be

consistent between what is taught

and what is applied. What is said

must be in accordance with what is

done, both on campus environment

and in family and society.

Widihastuti's research

concludes shaping the character of

a good student is to be one of the

missions and responsibilities of

character education in college.

Therefore, character education in

universities is now an increasingly

interesting issue to be implemented,

as an effort to prepare future

generations capable of facing

increasingly complex global

challenges.

C. Method Description

The description method is to

describe the experiences of students

directly. Problems, constraints

faced and trying to find a solution

to anticipate that the problems and

obstacles that have occurred do not

happen again.

D. Concepts

The definition of character

according to Depdiknas Language

Center is congenital, heart, soul,

personality, character, behavior,

personality, nature, temperament,

temperament, and character.

Character refers to a series of

attitudes (behavior), behavior

(behavior), motivation (motivation),

and skill (skill).

John Dewey in Imam

Gunawan is commonplace in

educational theory that character

formation is the general goal of

teaching and character education in

school.

According to Lickona in Sudrajat

there are seven reasons why

character education should be

submitted, namely:

1) The best way to ensure

the children (students)

have a good personality in

life.

2) Ways to improve

academic achievement.

3) Some students can not

form strong characters for

themselves elsewhere.

4) Preparation of students

to respect the parties or

others and can live in a

diverse society.

5) Departing from the root

of problems related to

social-moral problems,

such as immodesty,

dishonesty, sexual


40

ailments, and a low work

ethic (study).

6) The best preparation for

meeting behavior at work.

7) Corporate Culture in

which is part of the work

of civilization.

Learning Process of character

is an activity that seeks to influence

the character of the learner.

Character expenditure by Lickona

(1991) is a deliberate attempt to

help a person understand, pay

attention, and perform ethical

values.

Lickona's learning process

involves knowledge, feelings, and

actions. This learning is expected to

lead learners to think critically

about ethical and moral issues. This

learning can inspire learners to be

faithful and obedient to ethical and

moral actions. After inspiration, it

can also provide an opportunity for

the learner to practice ethical and

moral behavior.

Surani CB et al (2008: 50) the

spirituality of the congregation of

Carolus Borromeus in educational

service championed the values of

compassion, celebration,

competence, conviction, creativity,

and community (Cc5). Compassion

is manifested in unconditional love

and compassion. Celeration is a

profound expression of faith.

Competence is the ability to

appreciate human dignity and

prestige. Conviction in the form of

fighting power and toughness in

facing life challenge. Creativity is a

willingness to move forward and

grow. Community is the willingness

to sacrifice and serve others

sincerely.

Compassion values are

manifested in caring and solidarity,

loving with sincerity, empathy and

hospitality (willing to sacrifice, be

ready, generous, caring,

considerate, open to dialogue, serve

with passion (Surani CB et al.,

2008; 51) .

Celebration values are

manifested in serving with joy,

embodying humility by realizing

that we are only tools in God's

hands, developing a faithful and

hopeful attitude of life, developing

and practicing talents for the

common good, being grateful for

life as a gift, sincere love, without

much complaining or demanding,

readiness in serving the service

focus, being able to see events in

service as a positive, worthwhile,

and thankful experience (Surani CB

et al., 2008; 51-52).

Values of Competence are

manifested in creating a space for

growth and independence,

developing an optimal and balanced

life skills, serving full

responsibility, developing an


41

exploration culture, taking

professionalism, developing

environmental knowledge, being

able to utilize adequate

infrastructure for development, will

develop science and technology

critically, selectively, realistically,

respond to opportunities in service,

appreciate scientific honesty

(Surani CB et al., 2008; 52-53).

Conviction values are

embodied in preserving traditions

and cultures, having open

resolutions, positively adapting to

the environment, developing the

courage to assume risk in service,

realizing and developing faithfully

and consistently performed

services, having personal awareness

to implement norms and systems

that apply in the institution, reflect

and evaluate, persevere in facing

and overcoming challenges,

creating an atmosphere of joy,

peace and mutual respect within the

service community, never giving up

trying to move forward (Surani CB

et al, 2008; 53-54)

Creativity values are

embodied in contributing ideas

creatively, time and energy for

optimal service, responding quickly

and taking advantage of

opportunities positively, creating

something new, having ideas and

implementing concretely and in

accordance with the organization's

procedures, courage to change and

change, explore and develop

existing potential, develop

dialogical, participatory, visionary,

transformative, and wise leadership,

willing to ask questions and learn

from others, have the spirit and

perseverance to continue learning

(Surani CB et al., 2008; 54)

Community values are

manifested in mutual support, care

and appreciation, accepting the

advantages and limitations of

complementarity, openness in

building relationships and

cooperation with others, developing

organizational spirit, seeking true

brotherhood, creating at home

atmosphere, creating a spirit of

reconciliation; peace with oneself,

neighbor, God, and nature of

creation and environment,

developing a spirit of deliberation

and a balanced dialogue, carrying

out ministry with the spirit of joy,

simplicity, friendliness, and

openness, developing a spirit of

selfless and generous sharing,

looking at the success of the work

in togetherness and bearing failure

in the spirit of love (Surani CB et

al., 2008; 54-55)

Industrial work practice is a

compulsory subject which becomes

one of the graduation requirements

for students of Diploma Three

Secretarial Program. Learning by


42

working in the world of work

involves students actively in the

process of activity of various fields

of secretarial and administrative

work. Students are expected to be

able to compare, apply the

academic knowledge that has been

obtained. Students can understand

non-academic and non-technical

concepts in the real world of work,

such as leadership and staff

relationships, peer-to-peer

relationships, deadlines,

uncertainties and inconsistencies of

specifications, workplace

applications that are inconsistent

with academic theory. (Prakerin

Guide Team, 2018: 1)

E. Discussion

The results of this assessment

are taken from the implementation

of the internship program of the

students of force 2014 conducted in

2017. This assessment is a sample

application of Cc5 in the

implementation of internship

program. Two assessments that will

be discussed in this study, namely

the assessment of secretarial skills

and professional behavior

assessment. Assessment of

secretarial skills consists of eight

parameters, namely; quality of

work, number of jobs, ability to

work on time, ability to assume

responsibility, problem solving

ability, job organizing ability,

innovation and creativity, work

mastery. Professional behavior

assessment consists of 10

parameters, namely; teamwork,

initiative/creativity,

communication, responsibility,

self/personality,

attendance/discipline, motivation,

loyalty, professional skills,

corporate secrecy. Assessment by a

field supervisor of a company is

converted using a Linkert scale.

4.1 Assessment of Secretarial

Skills

Assessment of the

implementation of the secretarial

skills is conducted by the Field

Supervisor of the students of class

of 2014 who carry out internship

program in 2017. Assessment of

secretarial skills in terms of quality

of work, number of jobs, ability to

work on time, ability to assume

responsibility, problem-solving

skills, the ability to organize jobs,

innovation and creativity, work

mastery

1) The quality of the job obtains an

appraisal score

Participants of the industry

practice force of 2014 received an

assessment from a field supervisor

of 72% always working above

average. Implementation of

competence value by giving


43

attention in carrying out instruction

in secretarial work in office is

considered very good.

Participants of industry

practice as much as 18% assessed

by the field supervisor that the work

can be received without

examination and repetition and 10%

of the work can be received by

examination and repetition.

2) Industrial work practice

participants also apply the values of

the number of jobs

Participants of competence

industry practice in completing the

number of work other than the main

task can do specific tasks as much

as 84%.

Participants of industrial work

practice as much as 16%

competence with the main tasks and

avoid any additional tasks.

3) Ability to work on time


practice earn 76% applying

competence values with evidence to

complete high load jobs, 18%

always ready to work, and 6% can

work on time.

4) Ability to assume responsibility


practice can apply competence in

the field of secretarial as evidenced

by the assessment of field

supervisors of 80% of students can

do the task as expected ie carry out

tasks assigned and additional tasks,

14% able to handle additional tasks,

and 6% often solve tasks that are

his job.

5) Ability to solve problems


competence practices in dealing

with problems with 58%

assessment can analyze and solve

problems without the help of others,

30% can solve problems with their

own initiative, 12% can solve

problems, but with direction from

supervisor.

6) Ability to organize work

Students competence plan and

organize work very well with 64%

value, 13% able to organize work

well, 6% able to organize work

after got guidance from field

supervisor.

7) Innovation and creativity

Students are able to apply

competence and creativity values in

secretarial duties of 62%, 32% can

improve work and complete work

creatively, 6% are sometimes able

to show innovation and creativity in

the work.

8) Mastery of work.

Students of industrial work

practice have applied competence

values in performing secretarial

duties of 74%, 20% are able to find

out the next work to be done, and

6% are quite capable of knowing

the next work to be done.


44

5.2 Professional Behavior

Assessment

Assessment of professional

behavior of students who carry out

activity industry activity by Field

Supervisor reviewed with indicator;

cooperation, initiative / creativity,


appearance / personality, attendance

/ discipline, motivation,

professional ability, loyalty,

confidentiality / trust.

1) Cooperation

Industry practice participants

are judged on the ability to work

with colleagues and leaders.


apply competence and conviction

values because 94% are very

cooperative and show respect for

the work of colleagues and

superiors. Co-operative and

respecting colleagues and

employers as much as 2% and 1%

less cooperative in carrying out the

task given.

2) Initiative / creativity


are judged on the ability to initiate

and deliver ideas at work.

Participants working practices

that apply the values of competence

and creativity as much as 74% with

creativity and the delivery of ideas

is considered very good.


practice as much as 26% apply the

value of competence and creativity

in the delivery of ideas is

considered good.

3) Communication

Participants of industry work

practices are judged on the ability

of verbal and non-verbal

communication.

72% industry practice

participants apply competence,

compassion, community value by

being able to listen and express

their opinions very well and

interestingly.


participants apply competence,

compassion, community able to

listen and express their opinions

well.


practice 2% apply competence

value, compassion, community able

to express bad opinion.

4) Responsibility

Participants of internship

program are assessed on the basis

of timeliness of task completion.

80% industry practice participants

have applied competence and

celebration, which is always on

time in completing the given task.


practice 20% have applied

competence and celebration,

which is often on time in

completing the task given.


45

5) Appearance / personality

Participants of industry work

practices are judged by appearance,

harmony, tidiness in dress and

cleanliness.

Participants of 82% industry

practice have implemented

community, that is with very good

appearance and harmonious.

Participants of industrial practices

18% have implemented the

community, that is with neat

appearance, clean and good

personal hygiene and harmonious.


practice 2% less implement

community, with the appearance of

dirty shoes and poor personal

hygiene.

6) Presence / discipline.

Participants of internship program

are assessed on the basis of

compliance with time in place of

prakerin.

Participants of industrial

practice 88% less apply conviction

that is by obeying the work order

set by prakerin managers and

practice organizations.


practices 12% less apply

conviction, that is by simply

comply with the work order set by

prakerin managers and practice

organizations.

7) Motivation

Prakerin participants are

assessed based on work spirit, craft,

concentration and work motivation.


participants apply competence and

compassion, ie with work spirit,

craft, work concentration, and

excellent motivation.


practice 14% apply competence and

compassion that is with the spirit of

work, craft, work concentration,

and good motivation.



compassion that is with work spirit,

craft, work concentration, and

motivation is good enough.

8) Professional ability

Participants of internship

program are judged by their ability

in the tasks assigned by field

supervisors in prakerin premises.


practices 74% apply competence

value that is having a very good

ability in carrying out the given

task.



value that is having good ability in

carrying out the given task.



value, which has a good enough

ability in carrying out the given

task.


46

9) Loyalty, the participants of

internship program are judged by

their ability to be loyal and to

maintain the good name of leaders

and organizations.


participants apply conviction value,

which is very good in appreciating

the task given by colleagues or

superiors.


practice 10% apply the value of

conviction, that is appreciate the

task given by colleagues or

superiors.


practice 2% apply the value of

conviction, which is quite

appreciate the task given by

colleagues or superiors.

10. Confidentiality / trust, prakerin

participants are judged on the

attitude in maintaining the secrecy

of the company. 82% industry

practice participants apply

competence and compassion values,

which are excellent in respecting

and maintaining corporate secrecy.



compassion value that is by

respecting and maintaining

corporate secrecy.



compassion value, by adequately

valuing and maintaining corporate

secrecy.

F. Conclusions

6.1 Results of the Secretarial

Skills Assessment

Overall assessment of

secretarial skills undertaken by the

Field Advisor to the students of

class of 2014 who carry out

internship program in 2017 viewed

from the quality of work, the

number of jobs, the ability to work

on time, the ability to assume

responsibility, problem-solving

skills, the ability to organize work,

innovation and creativity, the

occupation occupy a score of 1461

which means included in the scale

of 3, ie both in the execution of

tasks of secretarial skills.

6.2 Results of Professional

Behavior Assessment

Overall assessment of

professional behavior of students of

2014 class of internship program in

2017 by the Field Supervisor is

reviewed with ten indicators,

namely; teamwork,

initiative/creativity,


appearance/personality,

attendance/discipline, motivation,

professional ability, loyalty,

confidentiality/trust get value 1897


47

which means included in scale 3,

that is good in professional

behavior in company.

Cc5 applications, namely

compassion, celebration,

competence, conviction, creativity,

community are considered good in

performing secretarial duties and

professional behavior in internship

program in the company.

Continuously train industry

practice participants to apply Cc5

values in everyday life in industrial

workplaces and in everyday life to

be good human beings.

References

[1] Gunawan, Imam.

Pendidikan Karakter.

https://s3.amazonaws.com/a

cademia.edu.documents/

54737614/15.1_Pendidikan-

Karakter.pdf?. Universitas

Negeri Malang. (20 Juni

2018).

[2] Iskandar. 2012. Psikologi

Pendidikan Sebuah

Orientasi Baru. Jakarta :

REFERENSI.

[3] Koesoema A, Doni. 2010.

Pendidikan Karakter

Strategi Mendidik Anak di

Zaman Global. Jakarta:

Grasindo.

[4] Koesoema A, Doni. 2012.

Pendidikan Karakter Utuh

dan Menyeluruh.

Yogyakarta: Kanisius.

[5] Sudrajat, Ajat. 2011.

Mengapa Pendidikan

Karakter? Dalam Jurnal

pendidikan karakter. Tahun

1, Nomor 1.

[6] Surani CB dkk. 2008.

Pedoman Pelaksanaan

Spiritualitas CB untuk

Pelayanan Pendidikan.

Yogyakarta: CB MEDIA.

[7] Tim Penyusun. 2018.

Panduan Pelaksanaan dan

Penulisan Laporan Praktik

Kerja Industri. Jakarta: Desa

Putera.

[8] Widihastuti. 2013. Strategi

Pendidikan Karakter Di

Perguruan Tinggi Melalui

Penerapan Assesment for

Learning Berbasis Higher

Order Thinking Skills.

Dalam Jurnal Pendidikan

Karakter, Februari 2013.

Tahun III. Nomor 1.

[9] Winarni, Sri. 2013. Integrasi

Pendidikan Karakter Dalam

Perkuliahan. Dalam Jurnal

Pendidikan Karakter,

Februari 2013. Tahun III.

Nomor 1.

https://s3.amazonaws.com/academia.edu.documents/

https://s3.amazonaws.com/academia.edu.documents/


48

ANALYSIS OF PUBLIC OFFICIAL WOMEN

LEADERSHIP IN INDONESIA

Sri Martani Sr. Martha



Abstract

This study focuses on the Women's Leadership Type which aims to explain that

women can also lead the same men with the same intellectual intelligence,

specifically knowing the female leadership type of Elka Pangestu, Sri Mulyani,

and Susi Pudjiastuti as Public Officials. The method used in this research is a

theoretical study, based on previous relevant research journals or descriptions,

books, and other papers. The results show that women are able to become a

Leader, and the type of Leadership of Women Elka Pangestu, Sri Mulyani, and

Susi Pudjiastuti are Leadership Type Leaders of the Future. And what the three

of them do as Ministers and Public Officials brings good progress in Finance,

Marine and Fisheries, as well as Economics or Creative Industries.

Keywords: Leadership Type, Women, Public Official

A. Introduction

Leadership is the most

important element in the

organization, because both the bad

behavior of subordinates depends

on the behavior in developing

subordinates. (Source: Kemala

Indah Pertiwi Putri, Journal of

Gender Influence on Leadership)

Leadership is something every

organizational leader should have.

The effectiveness of a leader is

determined by his ability to

influence and direct his or her

members. (Source: Annisa Fitriani,

Women's Leadership Style).

In the traditional view, women

are identified with a weak, subtle

and emotional figure. While men


49

are depicted as a figure of dashing,

courageous and rational. This view

has positioned women as creatures

that seem to be protected and

always dependent on men.

As a result, it is rare for women

to appear to be leaders, because

they are marginalized by male

dominance with their chauvinistic

male. In the educational context,

Goldring and Chen (1994) say that

women in Great Britain and

wherever most women only play a

role in the teaching profession, but

relatively few and rarely have

important positions of authority in a

number of high school and

administrative schools local

education.

A gender perspective can also lead

to subordination, the assumption

that women are irrational or

emotional so that women can not be

leaders. This results in the

emergence of a putting attitude

(Ditaria, Gender Analysis Women's

Leadership Role in Population and

Civil Registry Office of Bantul

Regency Year 2016).

In line with the movement of

emancipation and gender equality

movement which essentially tried to

demand equal rights of women in

various fields of life, then step by

step there has been a shift in

perceiving about the figure of

women. They are no longer

regarded as weak figures who are

always on the back line, but they

can appear on the front lines as

successful leaders in various sectors

of life, which have been dominated

by men. (Women's Leadership

Akhmad Sudrajad,

https://akhmadsudrajat.wordpress.c

om/2008/05/25/kepemimpinan-

perempuan/

Thus, the myth that has been

considered women is weak, can

actually show itself as a very

powerful and courageous creature,

and no less than men. Essentially in

management and leadership is

basically not much different from

the men. (Source: Women's

Leadership Akhmad Sudrajad)

Now the leadership held by

women has been recognized equally

with men. Women are given equal

opportunities and there is no

rejection of a particular position.

This fact allows women to offer

another atmosphere, a more humane

atmosphere in leadership (Source:

Rinawahyu "Perempuanpun able to

become a leader,

https://rinawahyu42.wordpress.com

/2011/06/10/perempuanpun-

mampu-menjadi-seorang- leader).


50

If we look carefully, every

woman has the opportunity to

demonstrate her ability to fill

development. Article 27 Paragraph

1 of the Constitution of the

Republic of Indonesia has granted

that every citizen shall be equal to

the law and government and shall

be obliged to uphold the law and

the government with no exceptions.

The phrase "every citizen" in the

provision of course means citizens

of both men and women. Although

not explicitly disclosed, under the

provisions of Article 27 it can be

interpreted also that the 1945

Constitution has embraced the

principle of non-discrimination.

With the principle of non-

discriminatory, then as citizens can

be said to get the same

opportunities with men in

government. This means that every

citizen regardless of gender, is

entitled to be treated equally in law

and government. In that context,

Nilakusuma (1960: 151 - 152)

describes the following:

Women and men have their

place in social life. And both types

of human beings can occupy their

places without becoming less equal,

because the mind, intelligence,

determines the same value between

men and women. Indeed much

work is done by men and women by

not abandoning the feminine traits

before, because these positions,

intelligence and mind that plays

many roles.

The demand for equality of

women is based on several

assumptions that between women

and men there is not much

difference, as the First President of

Indonesia, Soekarno (in Sarinah

1963: 30) states, that:

...... this does not prove that the

female kwaliteit's brain carton is

defeated by the male brain's

sharpness. Kueliteitnya same,

keajamanannya same job

opportunities are not the same,

opportunities are not the same

development. Therefore, by reason

of the unfortunate opportunity

given by the present society to the

women, we must endeavor to

dismantle the society's injustice

towards the women. (Source:

Aspiration Journal, Vol 5,No 2,

2015: 1-2).

We note some successful

Indonesian female tokok as Public

Figure, among others: Mari Elka

Pangestu, Minister of Trade and

Minister of Tourism in the era of

President Susilo Bambang

Yudhoyono (SBY), Sri Mulyani,

Finance Minister of Asia Pacific


51

2018 , Susi Pudjiastuti is a

businessman and owner of PT ASI

Pudjiastuti Marine Product which is

a fishery exporting company. He is

also the owner of PT ASI

Pudjiastuti Aviation which is the

airline Susi Air. The author restricts

to the three characters. About

Google Translate Community

Mobile About Google Privacy &

Terms Help Send feedback.

The term "Public Official"

consists of two syllables,

"Officials" and "Public". The Great

Indonesian Dictionary (KBBIH)

gives the notion of "Officials" with:

government officials holding

important positions (elements of

leadership). Meanwhile, the term

'Public: is defined by: crowd

(general). From this understanding,

it can be understood that "Public

Official" is a government employee

who holds an important position as

a leader who takes care of the

interests of the people. With such a

definition, a person may be referred

to as a "Public Official" if it meets

3 (three) conditions, namely: (i) that

he is a government employee; (ii)

served as a leader; and (iii) that his

duty is to take care of the interests

of the people.

The problem is whether

women can lead just like men ?;

what kind of leadership of women

Elka Pangestu, Sri Mulyani, and

Susi Pudjiastuti Elka Pangestu, Sri

Mulyani, and Susi Pudjiastuti as

Public Officials? (Source:

http://lekons-

lenterakonstitusi.blogspot.com/201

1/06/pejabat-publik.html)

The purpose of the study is to

explain or explain that women can

also lead the same with men with

the same intellectual intelligence

(Source:

http://persperktifgender.blogspot.co

m/); and know the type of

leadership of women Elka

Pangestu, Sri Mulyani, and Susi

Pudjiastuti Elka Pangestu as Public

Officials.

The author intends or is

interested in writing "Analysis of

Women's Leadership or Gender and

Leadership of Public Officials" The

author restricts Mari Elka Pangestu,

Sri Mulyani, and Susi Pudjiastuti as

Public Officials, namely as

Minister.

B. Previous Relevant Research

Descriptions

1. Researcher: Nina Sulida

Situmorang (Faculty of Psykhology

Gunadarma University


52

Title: Women's Leadership Style

(Proceeding PESAT Gunadarma

University, vol. 4, Oct. 2011)

Problem: Women's Leadership

Style

Methods: Theoretical studies based

on literature are sourced from

journals, books and other papers

Results: Women's leadership can

not be separated from the term

gender as a concept that describes

the differences of men in a socio-

cultural manner

2. Researchers: David P. Edvans

(Procedia Social and behavioral

Science)

Title: Aspiring to Leadership ..... A

women's .... world

Problem: Analysis of women's

leadership rise in the organization

Method:

Results, among others: The number

of women who occupy leadership in

the company.

3. Researchers: Journal of Women

75, Vol. 17 No. 4, December 2012

Title: The Great Opportunity of

Women in the Creative Economy

Problem: Young Indonesians want

to be proud of their country by

producing and creating their own

markets

Method: Live interview by Women

Journal officer to Ms. Mari Elka

Pangestu

Outcome: Individuals are

recognized and respected,

a work that has high economic

value,

The creative industry has

contributed 7% of the Indonesian

economy and 10% of the

workforce,

The creative economy actually

breaks down the wall that separates

gender.

C. Method

This study uses theoretical

study method, sourced from

journals, books, and other papers.

Based on the theoretical search of

the female leadership type, one

theory can be used for subsequent

research to prove the theory

(Source: Nina Zulida Situmorang,

Women's Leadership Style)

D. Theoretical Studies

Leadership is both a science

and an art. As a science practiced,

the factor of who exercises

leadership becomes important in

terms of scientific consistency. As

an art, although leadership has a

different type but leadership has a

similar purpose.


53

From a scientific point of view,

men and women have the same

potential to be a leader. From an art

point of view, male and female

leadership have differences.

Differences in the way men and

women lead are influenced by trait

factors, because constructively men

and women have differences

(Source: Tikno lensufiie, 2010, 96).

Natural or natural differences can

be described as follows:

Male Officers are a. Emotions:

more difficult to express emotions,

relate to activities, fill time with

work, focus on the ultimate goal.

b.How to think: systematic,

analytical, runut; focus on one

point; concentration at present

(current time); paying attention to

the core issues and outcomes;

relying on facts and analysis. c.

Communication: literal,

informative, developing facts;

communicate with oneself in the

face of problems (there are

elements of introspection and

introversion); d. Orientation: your

goal Achievement (goals and

achievements); like on achievement

and reward; feel mean when doing

something; build identity and self-

esteem through what is done. e.

Physical nature: stronger

physically; desire arises all the

time; f. Role in the family: head of

household; loving wives; focus on

external work and feed into family

internal activities; the spiritual

leader of the family.

Women officers are a.

Emotional and social: expressive in

expressing emotions; relate to

communication; fill time with

nurture. b. Way of thinking:

Multitasking; focus on one area;

concurrent concentration present,

past, future (current, past, future);

pay attention to details; rely on

intuition. c. Communication:

emotive, implicit, building

relationships; when the problem

tends to talk and relief after being

heard (there is an element of

extroversion and need support). d.

Orientation: oriented to relational

relationships; likes on feelings and

relational ties; feel meaningful

when bound to the family (husband,

children); identity lies in the

success of children and families. e.

Physical nature: high stamina; there

is a hormonal influence (eg: during

menstruation). f. Role in the family:

equivalent helper; respect to the

husband; focus on internal work

and provide input on family

external activities; household

queens (Source: Tikno lensufiie,

2010. 96 - 97). These differences


54

affect leadership patterns. Women

lead differently from men, though

the leadership of a woman is no

different from that of men.

Female leadership or Feminist

Leadership has the following

characteristics as follows: First, use

consensus in decision making. The

female leader uses the prevailing

views or opinions prevailing in

society, using the standards of

fairness developed and prevailing in

society. If any changes are to be

offered, the female leader applies in

a subtle and non-drastic way, and

honors the existing rules. Second,

showing the rational power. In

principle, the strength of building a

positive relationship in life is a

stimulus that can be used in

leadership. Third, prioritize

productive approaches to emerging

conflicts. Women's leadership tends

to be embracing and not frontal. He

also summarized five different

strategies to resolve the conflict:

avoidance, competition,

compromise, accommodation,

problem solving. Female leadership

or feminist leadership is a type of

gender leadership approach derived

from a female leadership style

(Tikno lensufiie. 2010, 97 - 99).

Types of Women's Leadership

Like men, women can lead in their

own style. Here are some types of

women leadership. First, traditional

tyepe leaders. Characteristics of

Traditional Leadership Leadership

is directive, controls, directs,

organizes member activities,

accepts responsibility as final

decision, regulates and determines

quality standards, and rewards and

sanctions according to member

performance. Second, future type

leaders. The hallmark of the

Leadership Leadership type is to

encourage members to think

independently and to innovate, have

a team spirit, and become

responsible team members. Third,

delegative leadership type

(Delegated Leadership) is to

delegate leadership tasks to the

team (team members take turns).

Fourth, Elected Leadership type. In

this type of leadership, the main

leader hands over to the team to

select leaders in each of their

divisions. Fifth, shared leadership

type. Leadership of this type is

leadership by giving commitments

and contributing to the

organization. In this leadership, the

leader has five roles, namely: a.

Leaders show members how to

empower the knowledge,


55

experience and skills to make

decisions; b. The leader participates

with the team members to

determine the action; c. Leaders

hear more than speak; d. Leaders

encourage teams to brainstorm

ideas and accept risks, and accept

failures as part of the learning

process; e. Leaders respect team

members and value their

contributions. Sixth, leadership at a

distance type. The characteristics of

this type of leadership are as

follows: a. Usually done by an

executive team consisting of

experienced people; The team is

self-directed and free to set their

goals; The team leader acts as a

facilitator who provides

consultation and support and

provides guidance on how to access

the resources. However, the leader's

contact with the team is minimal.

This leadership has several

strengths as follows: a.

Emphasizing teamwork within the

organization; b. Blending the best

of both femini and masculine styles;

Giving value to diversity (Tikno

lensufiie. 2010, 110 - 112).

E. Results and Discussion

As the authors have described

in the introduction that the author

will Analyze Women's Leadership

or Analyze Gender and Leadership

Let Elka Pangestu, Sri Mulyani, and

Susi Pudjiastuti, as public figures.

According to Mely editors. G. Tan

in the book "Women Indonesia

Leader of the Future? page xv -xvi:

in his view, the prospects for

women's leadership in public sphere

are not so bright, since the concept

of leadership in the culture of most

societies, including Indonesia, is

associated with male men. Toeti

speaks of a fundamentally different

morality of morality of rights and

morality of involvement. For moral

men is maintaining integrity, and

for women is involvement and

sacrifice.

1. Mari Elka Pangestu

Mari Elka Pangestu born in

Jakarta October 23, 1955, was the

first Indonesian woman to hold a

ministerial position in Indonesia as

Minister of Trade in United

Indonesia Cabinet Volume I of

2004 - 2009. He is an Academic

PhD (doctor) in International Trade,

Finance, and Monetary Economics

from the University of California,

Davis in 1986, as well as a public

figure (public figure) has a broad

and mature insight. Earlier she

received her Bachelor and Master

of Economic from the Australian


56

National University, Canberra in

Microenomic, International Trade,

Economic Development &

Accounting Source: https:

//nasional.kompas.com/read/2009/1

0/19/10472972/profil.

short.calon.menteri.7),

A public official thinks she is

not just sitting in the office, but she

looks into the field to look for

problems in society to solve.

Because public officials have

access to finances, power, titles,

and regulations.

Her previous position was

Lecturer of Faculty of Economics

UI, Saturday, August 8, 2015

confirmed as a Professor Non-

permanent in International

Economics, Faculty of Economics

and Business University of

Indonesia (UI); Executive Director

of the Center for Strategic and

International Studies (CSIS), Active

in various trade forums such as

PECC (The Pacific Economic

Cooperation Council); as the State

Minister of Cooperatives and SMEs

Indonesia. She received awards:

Australian National University

Master Scholarship (1979-1980),

University of California Regent

Fellowship (1983-1984), and

Eisenhower Exchange Fellow,

Individual National Program

(1990). She is also the leader of

Group of 77 Countries representing

Asia, Africa and Latin America in

negotiations at the Trade

Organization (WTO).

Mari Elka Pangestu is known

to be the most thick Minister with

her neoliberalism. As long as the

minister is concerned, rattan may be

exported raw, scrap metal may be

exported, and successfully resulted

in Law no. 25/2007 which makes

Indonesia subject to free market

mechanisms in all sectors of the

economy.

Mari Elka Pangestu follows the

idea of the United States and the

European Union: establishing a

single ASEAN market policy after

Indonesia defeated the PRC Source:

http:

www.tribunnews.com/national/201

1/09/29/mari-elka-pangestu-

menteri-paling-neolib) .

In 2011 Mari Elka Pangestu as

Minister of Trade rotated to become

Minister of Tourism and Creative

Economy (Source:

http://beritasatu.com/politik/275838

-perempuan-perempuan-pilihan-

jokowi.html).

Mari Pangestu offers a holistic

model of creative economic

development that is a meeting

between creativity, cultural model,


57

social and economic Demography

of Indonesia supports creativity

considering the population of 250

million, and 50 percent are highly

productive under the age of 30.

(Source:

https://www.liputan6.com/bisnis/re

ad/2289579/mari-pangestu-

ekonomi-kreatif-jadi-kekuatan-

baru-ri, Mari Elka Pangestu as a

public official describes or explains

the term "creative economy" which

has been perceived only as "the

economic activity undertaken by

the craftsmen". According to the

creative economy is not about

craftsmanship and not merely

tradional, but about every

individual who has a creative idea

of independence, leaving from

himself to create a work that has

high economic value. The creative

economy makes individuals

recognized and respected, and thus

creates a high economic value,

which can be done by anyone

including women, independent of

regulatory and employment. The

value of this creative economy

contributes significantly to the

Indonesian economy, so the

government requires a special

department in this field, called

"Tourism and creative economy" is

a fraction of the Ministry of

Commerce and Industry.

The relationship of tourism to

the creative economy, he argues, is

defined as working to think about

how to develop industries and

create a conducive climate and the

willingness of infrastructure and so

on in various tourist destinations

both for overseas visits, and how it

is done in a sustainable, socially,

economy, culture and environment.

While the creative economy is the

most recent part in the ministries in

our country. The state sees that

there is considerable economic

potential in the creative industry.

There are 15 types of creative

industries: film, music, architecture,

design, fashion, handykraft, digital

and so forth. The ministry

coordinates to encourage all the

great potential creative economy

especially so many young people

under 29 years old. Source of

creative economic knowledge is not

solely from cultural heritage or

local wisdom, eg batik, but also

based on technology. The

technology itself has its own

market.

Creative economy becomes

the new power of RI to answer the

challenge of globalization and

achieve sustainable development.

https://www.liputan6.com/bisnis/read/2289579/mari-pangestu-ekonomi-kreatif-jadi-kekuatan-baru-ri





58

The creative industry has accounted

for 7% of the Indonesian economy,

even nearly 10% of the workforce

has been donated from the creative

economy.

The impact on women, Mari

Elka Pangestu says: the creative

economy unravels the wall that

separates gender, because it is all

based on creativity, and technology

can help anyone including women.

For women who choose as

Housewife, can still do business by

selling through the internet that

there is no provision of working

hours.

Mari Pangestu sets a strategy

in the three pillars of the tourism

program and the creative economy.

First, cultivate creative talents and

creative entrepreneurs by increasing

human resources through

workshops, training and education.

Second, how creative people are

recognized because they need

recognition, understand their

creative process, and from that

understanding the market emerges.

For example: watch a movie or a

good theater, need to know the

process; there are writers, costumes,

lighting, sounds, each of which

needs creativity. Third, it takes

creative space so that creative

people can express themselves to

the maximum extent possible; need

to be facilitated so they can make a

sale and purchase. (Women's

Journal 75, Vol. 17 No. 4,

December 2012, pp. 121-127).

From what Mari Elka

Pangestu does, for example, and the

establishment of a three-pillar

strategy in which creative talents

are developed (meaning innovation

opportunities), encourage all

creative economic potential

especially for young people under

the age of 29, including the type of

Future Leader Leader.

As a woman Mari Elka

Pangestu considers women officers

to be more sensitive to a policy

because they do not want to have

gender bias in their decisions, as

they are directly experienced in

their lives (Source: Women's

Journal 75. Volume 17 No. 4,

December 2012, p 127) .

2. Sri Mulyani

Sri Mulyani, a woman born in

Lampung August 26, 1962, an

academic who is proficient with a

myriad of experiences. Sri Mulyani

earned a Master of Science of

Policy Economics at the University

of Illinois Urbana Champaign

U.S.A (1988-1990) and a Ph.D. of

Economics at the University of


59

Illinois Urbana Champaign U.S.A

(1990 -1192). Sri Mulyani is a

pubic figure who now serves as

Minister of Finance (2016 - 2019).

Prior to his achievement, he served

as Minister of Finance of the

Republic of Indonesia during the

2005 Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono

government, the Coordinating

Minister for Economic Affairs of

the Republic of Indonesia (2008-

2009) and Director of World Bank

from June 2010 to July 2016. Sri

Mulyani as the first woman from

Indonesia the world who held a

position in the World Bank and

became the most influential first

woman in the 38th world by 2014

Forbes magazine version. Sri

Mulyani managed to skyrocket

because the thoughts and economic

strategy is able to bring the

Indonesian economy remains stable

even though at that time the world

is experiencing a severe economic

crisis in 2008. Because of the action

of Heroik Sri Mulyani crowned as

the most influential woman in the

world-23 version of Emerging

Markets magazine in 2008 .

(Source:

https://www.cermati.com/artikel/7-

kartini-indonesia-masa-kini-siapa-

saja-mereka?).

During his tenure as Minister

of Finance, Sri Mulyani was known

to be honest, firm, nimble,

innovative, courageous to take

action against anyone who acts

corrupt in his department. For his

attitude in 2006 by Emerging

Markets Sri Mulyani set as the best

Mentari Asia. Sri Mulyani managed

to nourish while preventing

Indonesia's financial fall into the

crisis hole. One year later in 2007

Sri Mulyani was declared the

second most influential woman in

Indonesia by Majalaj Globe Asia.

(Source: https://tirto.id/m/sri-

mulyani-indrawati-

ek?gclid=EAIaIQobChMI4tLI4t3K

2wIVGQ4rCh1x9wepEAAYASAA

EgIaoPD_BwE).

In 2018, Sri Mulyani was

named Finance Minister of Asia-

Pacific finance, Finance Asia. Sri

Mulyani managed to bring the

Indonesian economy to a better

direction. He is considered

successful in taking advantage of

global economic progress to reform

the financial structure of 2017, so

that it can survive when interest

rates rise in the United States. Sri

Mulyani managed to keep the

stability of state spending visible

from a larger budget deficit of 2.5

percent compared to the previous


60

projection of 2.9 percent. In

addition, the government is

considered successful in

maintaining the stability of inflation

and the rupiah exchange rate. In

2017 Indonesia's gross domestic

product (GDP) reaches US $ 1

trillion for the first time, with stable

economic growth above 5 percent.

As quoted from the official website

of the Ministry of Finance Sri

Mulyani success can not be

separated from the role of President

Joko Widodo and Vice President

Yusup Kalla who encouraged all

ministers working hard to improve

the lives of the people of Indonesia.

(Source:

https://bisnis.tempo.co/read/107972

4 / sri-mulyani-back-crowned-so-

finance-finance-best).

Three reasons for the success

of Sri Mulyani's World Ministerial

Award in the World Goverment

Summit held in the United Arab

Emirates (Dubai), the first of which

is the collective work of one of the

main foundations of the

government under President Joko

Widodo, especially in economics,

who has managed state finances

with integrity and high commitment

to create equitable and equitable

people's welfare. Second, fiscal

reform. Indonesia is part of the

Global Initiative for Fiscal

Transparency since 2016. The effort

then culminates with the enactment

of a package of laws on state

finance, state treasury, as well as

audits, management and

accountability of state finances.

With the passing of this legal basis,

state finances will be managed

more regularly, efficiently,

effectively, transparently and

accountably. Third: Successfully

make shock-resistant economy.

Indonesia is currently the 15th

largest country in the world and

will be the fifth largest by 2030. In

the World Bank "Ease of Doing

Businees" report, Indonesia is

among the 10 best countries in the

reform effort. Indonesia will keep

the fiscal balance, monetory policy,

policy of BI and macro economy.

Sri Mulyani is optimistic that

economic growth in 2018 will reach

5.4 percent, as investment and

export growth trends continue to be

maintained (Source:

https://www.asumsi.co/post/3-

alasan-sri-mulyani-sukses- award-

winning-minister-best-in-the-

world).

Sri Mulyani also successfully

completed poverty and income gap.

Sri Mulyani has reduced the

poverty rate in Indonesia by 40%.


61

Sri Mulyani succeeded in the

growth of employment. In 2017 as

many as 2.61 employment

opportunities have been created in

Indonesia from 10 million jobs

targeted by President Joko Widodo

until 2019 (Source:

https://www.boombastis.com/pengh

argaan-menteri-sri-mulyani/139472

From the various types or

patterns of female leadership,

described above, the Women's

Leadership of Sri Mulyani is

included or suitable as the Leader

of the Future of Women, having the

spirit of teamwork, innovative and

encouraging team members to think

independently and to innovate .

3. Susi Pudjiastuti

Susi Pudjiastuti is the daughter

of Haji Ahmad Karlan and Hajjah

Suwuh Lasminah, born in

Pangandaran West Java on January

15, 1965. Susi is a successful

business starting from below. After

completing his education up to

junior high school level, Susi went

to SMA I Yogyakarta, but stopped

in second grade, because he was

expelled from school due to his

activeness in Golput movement. His

dropout was the beginning of

becoming an entrepreneur and

establishing Susi Air Airlines. Year

1983 Susi as fish collectors in

Pangandaran with capital

Rp750.000.00. The business

expanded so that in 1996

established a fish processing factory

PT ASI Pudjiastuti Marine Product

with superior products in the form

of branded lopster "Susi Brand".

Fish processing business developed

to reach the Asian and American

markets. Because of that, Susi

needs air transportation that can

transport the sea in fresh condition

quickly. In 2004 Susi decided to

buy a Cessna Caravan worth Rp 20

billion, which later established PT

ASI Pudjiastuti, the only aircraft

she has to transport lobsters and

fresh fish catches on various

beaches in Indonesia to Jakarta and

Japan markets. Call sign used

Cessna is Susi Air.

Two days after the tectonic

earthquake and tsunami in Aceh

December 26, 2004, Cessna Susi

became the first plane to reach the

disaster site to distribute aid to

victims in isolated areas. The event

changed the direction of Susi's

business, as the fishery business

began to decline, Susi leased her

plane for a humanitarian mission.

For three years, the airline has

grown to 14 aircraft, 4 in Papua, 4

in Balikpapan, the rest in Java and


62

Sumatra. The company grew to 32

Cessna aircraft of various types.

Susi Air now has 49 and operates

various types of aircraft. In 2008 he

expanded his aviation business by

opening pilot school Susi Flying

School through PT ASI Pudjiastuti

Flying Schoo (Source:

http://www.infobiografi.com/biogra

fi-dan-profil-lengkap-susi-

pudjiastuti-menteri-kelautan-dan-

fishery-indonesia-ke-6 /).

Susi's style is selow, aseek,

gahol, and fangkeh borrow the term

Agus Mulyadi (Source: BIP Team

SerBu Susi, p 94). October 26, 2014

Susi Pudjiastuti is officially

appointed Minister of Marine

Affairs and Fisheries in the

Working Cabinet of Joko Widodo

and Jusuf Kalla (Source:

http://www.infobiografi.com/biogra

fi-dan-profil-lengkap-susi-

pudjiastuti-menteri-kelautan- and-

fishery-indonesia-ke-6 /,).

Susi is also known to be close

to contemporary culture and young

people. Susi did a myriad of

activities that are not less exciting,

which likes Water Sports, chugging

on the catwalk, surfing sports. Susi

was nominated Indonesian Choice

Award. Thanks to his success,

Minister Susi won the prestigious

nomination held by NET television

station, which was nominated

"Creative and Innovative Person of

the Year" Source:

https://www.merdeka.com/gaya/seg

udang-aktivitas-menteri-susi-

pudjiastuti- the-cool-abis.html).

Two years after being

inaugurated in 2016 Susi started a

war on illegal fishing and made a

sustainability of natural resources

as one of the main pillars. This rule

is to manage and exploit seafood in

fishery in Indonesia. The result is

remarkable, fisheries is one of the

commodities that contributed to the

surplus in 2016 to the Indonesian

economy. Fisherman's exchange

rate rises, the number of fish also

rises, all Indonesian fishermen can

get tuna (Source:

https://www.merdeka.com/peromen

/menteri-susi-sebut-nelayan-kecil-

kini-bisa-dapat-ikan- tuna.html

Minister of Marine Affairs

and Fisheries Susi Pudjiastuti said:

law enforcement in the territorial

waters of Indonesia is the only path

to sovereignty. Sovereignty is what

will lead the people to prosperity, it

is said Susi before drowning 33

fishing vessels in the waters of the

Strait of Lampa, Natuna Regency,

Riau Province Kepualauan. "The

sinking of ships that has been done

since 2015 where the government


63

of President Joko Widodo and

Jusup Kalla launched the vision-

mission of Indonesia as a maritime

axis of the world, ensuring the sea

could be the future of our nation".

Based on the census from 2003 to

2013, according to Susi, the number

of fishermen decreased by 50

percent, the fish stocks decreased,

the number of fish theft in the

border area was also very high, the

sea was not getting attention. So

without realizing it, Indonesia

seemed to leave its natures as a

maritime country. Overseas capture

and production companies are very

prosperous, for example: Thailand

operates in Indonesian waters

succeeding in making a profit of 3.5

billion US $ per year, while in

Ambon where Thailand exports

companies operate only Rp8.7

billion.

After nearly three years of

intensifying law enforcement in

Indonesian waters accompanied by

tightening of the fishing ship's

fishing operation requirements, the

domestic marine condition is

getting better. Fish stocks rose 12.5

million tons, up from 2014 to just

6.5 million tons. Automatic fish

consumption rose to 7 kg per capita

per year, meaning 1.75 million tons

per year consumed by the people of

Indonesia. Indonesia's exports also

rose 20% more. Law enforcement

at sea continues to be intensified

along with TNI, Police, and Marine

Security Agency (Bakamla) and

prosecutors, despite getting

resistance from marine mafia and

fisheries, but Susi does not flinch.

To "provide a deterrent effect is our

only way to secure the country", by

sinking a fishing thief ship. Since

Susi served as Minister of Marine

Affairs and Fisheries has drowned

317 fishing boats from various

countries and various sizes. Up to

December 2018 targeted 405 when

will be drowned. (Source: Fabian

Januaryus Kuwado,

https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2

017/10/29/19290471/alasan-

menteri-susi-tak-akan-sten-

kelukkan-kapal-pencuri-ikan,

The smallest ship size 30 GT

Susi drown capable of transporting

fish as much as 15 to 20 tons. If the

ship can catch 20 tons of tuna, the

current price per kg of Rp80.000,

then it can produce 1.6 billion. If

skipjack per kg Rp15.000.00, using

a 20 GT boat can generate

Rp300.000.000.00 (Source:

https://finance.detik.com/berita-

ekonomi-bisnis/d-3808437/satu-

kapal-yang- drowned-susi-

produce-to-rp-16-m,


64

Under the leadership of Susi

Pudjiastuti, Kemeterian Marine and

Fisheries (KKP) set the highest

State Revenue record (PNBP)

record in history, last year 2016

resulted in Rp360.86 billion, before

2015 only Rp77.49 billion. Another

success of the year 2016 fish catch

production reached 6.83 million

tons with a value of Rp125.38

trillion, up compared to the results

of 2015 amounted to 6.77 million

tons worth Rp122.4 trillion (Source:

Muhammad Firman,

https://katadata.cd.id/berita/

2017/01/05 / get-rp-36086-billion-

milk-pudjiastuti-break-record-pnpb-

fisheries)

The experience of foreign

ships who dare to steal Indonesian

fish, not the will of the President or

the Ministry of Maritime Affairs

and Fisheries, nor is Susi but the

swearing is listed in the Law of

Fisheries Number 45 Year 2009. So

what Susi did was right (Source:

ttps: // www.

merdeka.com/uang/kisah-susi-

pudjiastuti-selamatkan-uang-

negara-rp-84-t-hingga-dicap-

menteri-berbahaya.html).

The Ministry of Marine

Affairs and Fisheries and Food and

Agricultural Organization (FAO)

signed a document of a joint project

for the development of a regional

marine ecosystem worth a total of

R377 billion. "This project is

paying more attention to capacity

building and enhancing the

application of ecosystem

approaches in management to

ensure the development of

sustainable national programs". The

focus of this project is "Fisheries

Field" with attention to other

marine ecosystem pillars such as

oceanography, govermance,

socioeconomic, and environmental

aspects such as water pollution and

climate change (Source:

Muhammad Frrman,

https://katadata.co.id / news /

2016/12/28 / kkp-signed-project-

grant-fao-worth-rp-377-billion).

During 2017 marine and

fisheries investment reached

Rp9.16 trillion, consisting of

domestic investment of 69.65

percent and foreign investment

(PMA) 30.35 percent. PMA comes

from Japan 12 percent, British

Virgin Islands and China 3 percent,

Singapore 2 percent, South Korea

2.03 percent, Taiwan 1.34 percent,

and US 0.39 percent. (Source:

Muhammad Firman,

https://katadata.co.id/berita/2016/12

/30/investasi-kelautan-dan-

perikanan-kapai-rp-9.16-triliun).


65

The five exemplary attitudes

of Minister Susi Pudjiastuti are a.

Firm and disciplined, he does not

hesitate to punish anyone who does

not obey the established rules.

Example: the assertiveness of

imposing restrictions on domestic

fishing by foreign countries and

protecting indigenous Indonesian

products. b. His highly responsible

and high dedication is worthy of

being followed by millennial

generations, to improve Indonesian

marine life. c. Has an unwavering

principle by anything. This is

apparent when it gets an offer to

cancel the policy issued to protect

the ocean with the money reaching

1 trillion. d, the determination of his

heart should be a good example. He

is not easily tempted by money or

anything just to change the wisdom

he has set. With determination he

wanted to work for the community

and serve his country. e. Wise, with

his firm personality and firm

adherence to his principle does not

mean, Susi's mother becomes a

dictatorial personality, But it is

acknowledged as a wise minister in

solving a problem (Source:

https://trivia.id/post/menteri-susi-

pudjiastuti-d-5-5-sisapti-the-

modified-dicontoh-generasi-

1490784832)

With the five attitudes

possessed by Mrs. Susi

Pudjianstuti, as well as the work

that brought many advances

especially in the field of Marine and

Fisheries, Mrs. Susi Pudjiastuti

including Leadership type

Leadership Future characterized by:

encourage members thinking

independent (independent thinking)

and innovate, have morale team, as

well as being a responsible team

member.

After observing the

description of leadership and the

results achieved by Mrs. Mari Elka

Pangestu, Mrs. Sri Mulyani and

Mrs. Susi Pudjiastuti as Public

Officials, namely Minister, it turns

out that Women also able to

become a Leader.

References

[1] Fabian Januarius Kuwado,

https://nasional.kompas.com

/read/2017/10/29/19290471/

alasan-menteri-susi-tak-

akan-berhenti-

tenggelamkan-kapal-

pencuri-ikan,

[2] Fitri Damayanti. Peran

Kepemimpinan Wanita dan

Keterlibatnnya Dalam

Bidang Politik di Indonesia.

https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2017/10/29/19290471/alasan-menteri-susi-tak-akan-berhenti-tenggelamkan-kapal-pencuri-ikan







66

Jurnal ASPIRASI Vol. 5 No.

2 Februari 2015

[3] Mely G. Tan. 1991.

Perempuan Indonesia

Pemimpin Masa depan?.

Pustaka Sinar Harapan,

Jakarta

[4] Nilakusuma, S. 1960.

Wanita di dalam dan di luar

Rumah. Bukittinggi: NV.

Nusantara

[5] Nina Zulida Situmorang,

Gaya Kepemimpinan

Perempuan. ProcEeding

PESAT, Vol. 4 Oktober

2011

[6] Soekarno. Sarianh. 1963:

Kewajiban Wanita Dalam

Perdjoangan Republik

Indonesia. Jakarta: buku-

buku karangan Presiden

Soekarno

[7] Tikno lensufiie. 2010.

Leadership Untuk

Profesional dan Mahasiswa.

Gabprint

[8] Tim BIP, 2015. SerBu Susi.

PT Bhuana Ilmu Populer

https://akhmadsudrajat.wordpress.c

om/2008/05/25/kepemimpin

an-perempuan/

http://lekons-

lenterakonstitusi.blogspot.com

/2011/06/pejabat-publik.html

http:houseofkem.blogspot.com/

2015/01/literature-review-

pengaruh-gender.html

https://rinawahyu42.wordpress.com

/2011/06/10/perempuanpun-

mampu-menjadi-seorang-

pemimpin/

https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2

009/10/19/10472972/profil.sin

gkat.calon.menteri.7

http:www.tribunnews.com/nasional

/2011/09/29/mari-elka-

pangestu-menteri-paling-

neolib

http:/www.beritasatu.com/politik/2

75835-perempuanperempuan-

pilihan-jakowi.html)

https://www.liputan6.com/bisnis/re

ad/2289579/mari-pangestu-

ekonomi-kreatif-jadi-

kekuatan-baru-ri,

https://www.cermati.com/artikel/7-

kartini-indonesia-masa-kini-

siapa-saja-mereka?)

https://tirto.id/m/sri-mulyani-

indrawati-

ek?gclid=EAIaIQobChMI4tLI4t3K

2wIVGQ4rCh1x9wepEAAYASAA

EgIaoPD_BwE

https://akhmadsudrajat.wordpress.com/2008/05/25/kepemimpinan-perempuan/



http://lekons-lenterakonstitusi.blogspot.com/2011/06/pejabat-publik.html



https://rinawahyu42.wordpress.com/2011/06/10/perempuanpun-mampu-menjadi-seorang-pemimpin/




https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2009/10/19/10472972/profil.singkat.calon.menteri.7







https://www.cermati.com/artikel/7-kartini-indonesia-masa-kini-siapa-saja-mereka



https://tirto.id/m/sri-mulyani-indrawati-ek?gclid=EAIaIQobChMI4tLI4t3K2wIVGQ4rCh1x9wepEAAYASAAEgIaoPD_BwE






67

DEPRESSED TO PROGRESS: BOHOL IS BACK

ON TOURISM’S TRACK

Andrea Nicole L. Ramirez

Tourism Program Head of College of Our Lady of Mercy of Pulila Foundation,

Inc.

Bulacan, Philippines


Abstract

Bohol is one of the most visited places in the Philippines and is commonly called

as “God’s little paradise”, for it is really a lovely place. The province made a big

leap in their tourism industry because they have numerous natural and man-made

attractions to offer tourists which help them to be popular and be known, not

only in the Philippines, but also in the other countries. But then, unexpected

natural calamities occurred which brought a lot of destruction to the province.

The researchers have formulated PPS Model or Public and Private Sectors

Development Model (Bohol Recovery through tourism) based on how the

province of Bohol boosts up again through their tourism industry after

encountering such dreadful calamities. It identified those restorative and

reconditioning actions made by different public agencies as well as the private

sectors and local community.

Keywords: Bohol Recovery, Public and Private Sectors Development Model,

Local Community

This study was conceived to determine the process on how Bohol’s

tourism industry surpassed the results of the disastrous calamities that struck the

province. It evaluated the status of tourism in Bohol before and after they

undergone such tragedy. The intervention of public and private sectors was

determined and result the formulation of a model, based on the process that they

exercised. Further actions needed are determined and was added to the proposed

strategic development model of Bohol’s tourism industry after the calamities.


68

A. Introduction

Bohol is an island province

that is located in Central Visayas

and is commonly called as “God’s

Little Paradise”. It is surrounded

by the provinces of Cebu to the

west and Leyte to the northeast. To

its south, across the Bohol Sea, is

Mindanao. Bohol is the 10th largest

island in the Philippines with a land

area of 4,821 km2 and composed of

47 municipalities and one city,

Tagbilaran which is also its capital.

It is a first income class island

province of the Philippines,

consisting of the island itself and

75 minor surrounding islands.

Boholanos are said to be the

descendants of a group of

inhabitants who resided in the

Philippines called Pintados or the

"tattooed ones”. They already had a

culture of their own proven by the

artifacts excavated in Tagbilaran

City, Dauis and Panglao. “Bohol”

is thought to be derived from the

word “Bo-ol”, which refers to the

site where the blood compact was

done between the Spanish explorer

Miguel Lopez de Legazpi and the

chieftain of Bohol, DatuSikatuna,

to seal their friendship as part of

the tribal tradition. However, some

sources claim that it actually comes

from the Visayan term "boho"

which means “hole” due to the

abundant caves, caverns, and holes

in the island.

Bohol is one of the most

beautiful places in the Philippines

that the country can boast when it

comes to scenic beauty. It is known

for its world-famous Chocolate

Hills, but the province has still a lot

more to offer. The province is a

popular tourist destination because

of having the best white-sand

beaches like those in Panglao and

Anda, and is fast gaining ground as

a top eco-cultural tourism spot

because of its bountiful mystical

cave sites, serene rivers, fascinating

waterfalls and mangroves,

mesmerizing marine sanctuaries

and diving sites, and adventure-

oriented attractions. Aside from

that, Bohol is also known for its

resorts, ancestral homes, centuries-

old churches, and the ever-lovable

tarsier and of course, the never-

ending smiles and hospitable

culture of its people. With its

numerous natural and historical

attractions; and relaxing to

adventurous tourism activities, it

can surely captivate its visitors’

admiration and beckon to keep

coming back for more.

But on October 15, 2013 at 8:

12 a.m., Bohol was disturbed by an

earthquake with a magnitude of

Mw7.2. The epicenter was located

6 kilometers (3.7 mi) S24°W (24

degrees West of South) of

Sagbayan, and its depth of focus

was 12 kilometers (7.5 mi). It

affected the whole Central Visayas

region, particularly Bohol and


69

Cebu. The quake was felt in the

whole Visayas area and as far as

Masbate Island in the north and

Cotabato provinces in Southern

Mindanao. It was the deadliest

earthquake in the Philippines in 23

years. The energy released by the

quake was equivalent to 32

Hiroshima bombs. Initially it was

thought that the epicenter was 2

kilometers (1.2 mi) east of Carmen,

Bohol triggered by the East Bohol

fault. But according to the

Philippine Institute of Volcanology

and Seismology (PHILVOCS) on

2013 news article, the 7.2

earthquake may have been caused

by a previously undiscovered fault

line transecting Bohol running

ENE-WSW parallel the island’s

Northwest Coast. This was

apparent in the patterns of the

epicenter of the subsequent

aftershock.

The earthquake really brought

a lot of destruction in the province

of Bohol, specifically to its tourist

attractions. The facade of Baclayon

Church and its bell tower were

totally damaged, while some other

churches such as the Loboc

Church, Loon Church and

Maribojoc Church collapsed. The

second oldest church in Bohol

which is the Church of San Pedro

Apostol in Loboc, had its major

damage to its main structure, 3-

storey convent and bell tower. Its

roof made of clay tiles had fallen to

the ground while its facade had

crumbled completely. Its walls

were severely damaged and the

nearby bell tower made of crushed

coral was reduced to a stump. (Pia

Ranada, 2015)

The heaving of the seabed

more than a meter above the water

during the earthquake resulted to a

strip phenomenon at the beachfront

property of Bohol. The strip of

undeveloped dry land by the sea

may not interest anymore and thus

generated revenue of the province

may be affected. It is because most

of the 137 hectares on the edges of

Maribojoc and Loon towns seems

riveted down with rocks. Some

rocks were sharp enough to prevent

someone to have a barefoot walk.

The undersea upheaval exposed a

broad, flat reef covered with sea

grasses, corals and other marine

organisms that once lived and

districted despite the heap and ebb

tides. Even the Chocolate Hills

were not exempted from the

devastation that the earthquake

brought to the province, for some

parts of it were severely damaged.

Then less than a month after the

earthquake, Super Typhoon Haiyan

struck the province. Although the

storm's eye missed the area affected

by the earthquake, it sent a number

of Boholanos back to evacuation

centers and interrupted relief efforts

in the province.

But as time passed by, little

by little, the province of Bohol

learned to stand up from the ruins


70

that the earthquake left. Fifteen

days after the tremor, Loboc River

tour operators reopen popular lunch

tours on the serene waterway and

had resumed with hardly a hitch, at

first. Also, the privately-owned

Chocolate Hills Adventure Park

serves visitors just a few hundred

meters away, instead of the

government's tourism complex

which collapsed after the quake. As

an alternative to Baclayon Church,

which is still not fully open to

tourists, there's Albur Church

which was recently renovated and

boasts of some of the most well-

preserved painted ceilings in

Bohol. (As cited in

gmanewsonline.com, 2013). After a

year, 90 percent of the businesses

in the province which comprises

the micro, small and medium

enterprise sectors in Bohol, had

totally recovered from the tremor

as the tourism industry begins to

recuperate. Houses and other

infrastructures were restored, roads

and bridges were repaired, seaports

and airports are operational again.

After 3 years, Bohol is now far

from its devastated state two years

ago, and has come a long way on

its road to recovery. The local

officials and business community

has been optimistic and also

believe that the local Tourism

Industry of the province would be

reaching new heights of success.

In an interview, Governor

Edgar Chatto recounted his days in

the Philippine Congress as

chairman of the tourism committee.

In all cases, he said that there is

always a recovery period and

assured that "the tourism industry

rebounds quickly" especially with

the lessons he learned from visiting

Bali, Indonesia and Phuket,

Thailand which was equally

devastated places. The province has

already put the community life

back to normal within a short

period of time. The governor is

happy to say that Bohol is already

“back in business.” (As cited in

tourism-review.com)

The researchers decided to

make this study to know how the

province managed to rise up again,

especially in the recovery of its

Tourism industry, after

encountering such a dreadful

calamity. The researchers also aim

to find out how the destination

development model be derived

from the experience of Bohol to

serve as an inspiration from other

provinces. To give knowledge not

only for some other researchers but

also to travellers, locals, and local

government in Bohol for them to be

guided before, during and after the

calamity; and to preserve the

beauty of the province is another

goal of this study.

B. Method

This chapter presents the

methods and techniques that will be


71

used to conduct the study on the

analysis of the recovery

management actions made by

public and private sectors towards

tourism industry in Bohol, which

may be used as a guide for

progression of other provinces’

tourism industry, participants of the

study, research instrument and

description, the collection of data,

and the processing and statistical

treatment.

1. Methods and Techniques

of the Study

This study shall employ the

Direct or Interview method to

analyze how Bohol’s tourism

industry recovered from such

calamities it has experienced and to

figure out how can the province be

a model for the development of

tourism industry in other provinces.

Guide questionnaire will be

used to gather pertinent data on

Bohol’s tourism profile through

several aspects and this includes

tourist arrivals, tourist receipts,

tourism sites or landmarks, package

tours and activities, and tourism

industry employment rate.

It will also cope on by

interview to point out the

restorative actions made by the

public and private sectors which

are composed of the Bohol

Tourism Office, Bohol National

Museum , Tourism Infrastructure

and Enterprise Zone Authority,

National Historical Commission of

the Philippines, and Catholic

Churches to answer the research

problem on how the province of

Bohol may come up to a strategic

development plan derived from the

process they’ve gone through,

which may serve as a guide for the

tourism industry of other provinces.

2. Population and Sample

of the Study

The focus of the study is how

Bohol is able to transform itself

from its ruins brought about by the

severe earthquake into what it is

now in the towns of Carmen,

Baclayon, Loboc, Maribojoc, and

Loon. These five towns were

chosen as the venue of the study

because these municipalities have

the tourist attractions that are often

visited by both foreign and

domestic tourists and they were

affected by the earthquake going

back in the year 2013. We will also

consider the agencies in Bohol and

Manila who helped in Bohol’s

recovery.

Zooming in, the locale of the

study will be in the province of

Bohol specifically Tagbilaran City

that covers the Bohol Tourism

Office, and Bohol National

Museum; also at Baclayon which

includes Our Lady of the

Immaculate Conception Church.

Loboc is also one of the focus

towns which has the San Pedro

Church. We will also consider the

town of Carmen with its Chocolate


72

Hills Adventure Park. Maribojoc

will also be included in the locale

of our study which encompasses

the Maribojoc Church. And lastly,

the town of Loon will be included

with Our Lady of Light Parish

Church. The agencies in Bohol

such as Bohol Tourism Office, and

Bohol National Museum located in

Tagbilaran and National Historical

Commission of the Philippines, and

Tourism Infrastructure and

Enterprise Zone Authority also in

Manila.

The study will use purposive

sampling technique wherein the

participants will be identified as

those who possess the first-hand

knowledge and best love and

concern for the province especially

for those specific places. There will

be one (1) participant from

Baclayon, one (1) from Carmen,

and one (1) for Loboc, Maribojoc,

and Loon, one (1) from Bohol

Tourism Office, one (1) from

Bohol National Museum, one (1)

from National Historical

Commission of the Philippines, and

one (1) from Tourism Infrastructure

and Enterprise Zone Authority.

They were chosen because they

meet the criteria the study is

looking for.

3. Research Instrument This proposed study will use

guide questionnaire which is

locally constructed. The guide

questionnaire will be in a simple,

clear format that will target to

gather information about the

tourism profile of Bohol, and on

how the public and private sectors

intervened with the past and current

status of Bohol’s tourism industry.

With this, it will help us to gain

more insight into how the

respondent feels or what are their

opinions with regards to the issues

in tourism industry.

This guide questionnaire will

be submitted for validation by two

experts, and the critics and

comments of the experts will form

part of the final survey

questionnaire.

4. Data Collection and

Procedure

The following are the data

gathering procedures that will be

used in the study to obtain first-

hand data from the respondents in

order to formulate the effective and

useful strategy conclusions, and

recommendations for the study.

For the researchers to conduct

this study, we will write a letter as

permission to the Bohol Tourism

Office, Bohol National Museum,


the Philippines, and Tourism

Infrastructure and Enterprise Zone

Authority. We will request an

appointment for them to be

interviewed personally. On the

process of interview, the

researchers will utilize a voice

recording instrument for easier


73

transcription of the responses.

Those participants who will be

asked on the day itself will be

asked for their permission to

participate in the research study.

On the day of interview, the

researchers will start asking

important questions with help of

the guide questionnaire. It will be

an open discussion between the

researchers and the interviewee.

The participants have freedom to

share their opinions about a

selected question being discussed

or asked about. All of the data

gathering process will be conducted

within the delimited areas with

their respective number of

participants.

5. Data Processing and

Statistical Treatment

The researchers used

questionnaires as mean of gathering

pertinent data for the study. Facts

on Bohol’s tourism profile and the

restorative actions made by the

public and private sectors were

clustered together by the

researchers through Direct or

Interview Method which is a face-

to-face conversation between the

researcher and the participant with

the use of guide questionnaires and

a voice recorder.

Selected participants from

Baclayon, Carmen, Loboc,

Maribojoc, and Loon; and from

Bohol Tourism Office, Bohol

National Museum, NHCP and

TIEZA will be interviewed

personally. Data gathered will be

used for the study after the

statistical treatment because it is in

order to make use of data in right

form.

C. Results

Public And Private Sectors

Development Model

(Bohol Recovery Through

Tourism)


74

D. Discussion

This study was conceived to

determine the process on how

Bohol’s tourism industry

surpassed the results of the

disastrous calamities that struck

the province. It evaluated the

status of tourism in Bohol before

and after they undergone such

tragedy. The intervention of

public and private sectors was

determined and result the

formulation of a model, based on

the process that they exercised.

Further actions needed are

determined and was added to the

proposed strategic development

model of Bohol’s tourism industry

after the calamities.

The Department of Tourism's

office in Central Visayas stated that

most hotels, resorts, and other

business establishments in Bohol

have resumed operations. This data

support the related theory, Cyclical

Theory of Tourism Development

this theory aims to look at the way

tourist resorts grow and develop.

The tourist industry, like all

industry, is dynamic and constantly

changing. Therefore, the Butler

Model is a way of studying tourist

resorts and seeing how they change

over time and in relation to the

changing demands of the tourist

industry. These changes can then

be compared to the predictions as

shown on the model (Discovery

Stage, Growth and Development

Stage, Success Stage, Problem –

Stagnation Stage, Decline or

Rejuvenation). According to this

theory, the tourism industry, just

like all the industry, is constantly

changing. Similar to the tourism

industry in Bohol, after it has

experienced calamities, they still

managed to rise and survive. In this

situation, the stage as shown in the

model is similar to how their

tourism industry has risen. They

made a way to discover what they

need to do and apply to improve

and develop their tourism industry.

The model also shows the

successful stage which Bohol has

accomplished. The province’s

tourism industry has risen and

became successful even after the

calamities.

E. Acknowledgement

Our deep gratitude goes first to my

Thesis Adviser, Maam Angel Dy-

Tioco. Dr. Reynaldo S. Naguit, for

giving us guidance in our Chapter

II. To our kind, thoughtful and

lovable Research Instructor Maam

Aimee Grace Madlangbayan.

Architect Reynaldo Lita from


the Philippines (NHCP), Mr.

Joselito Aure and Maam Michelle

of Tourism Infrastructure and

Enterprise Zone Authority

(TIEZA), Sir Joey and Tita


75

Macrina Lejos of Department of

Tourism (DOT, Manila).

In addition, we would like

especially to give our warmest

thank you to the kindness of the

people in Bohol. To the head of

Bohol’s Tourism Office Ms.

Josephine Cabarrus, who widen our

knowledge on how great the

province before and after the

challenges they encounter. To Mr.

Charlie Tantengco and Mr. Joselito

Luspo of Bohol’s National

Museum for one of the great

discussion regarding to Bohol’s

history, project and beauty. Ms.

Perlina Alo of Baclayon Museum,

Ms. Aileen Loyota of Carmen

Tourism Office, and to Rev.Fr

Daniel Paῆa of Tagbilaran

Cathedral for giving us a

responsibility and trust to taking

good care of wonderful book

Pagsulay: Churches of Bohol

Before and After the earthquake of

2013. And the kindheartedness,

delightful and beautiful family of

Mr. and Mrs. Alexis Liboton we

shall never forget. Last but not the

least, to Almighty God who has a

reason for allowing things to

happen. We may never understand

his wisdom, but we simply have to

trust his will.

References

[1] Namibia Sustainable

Tourism (2009). Story of

Wildlifend People (2009).

Retrieved from

http://www.worldwildlife.or

g/stories/namibia-s-

sustainable-tourism-success

[2] (Neil Everden, 2013). The

Social Creation of Nature

(2013). Retrieved from

http://www.oupcanada.com/

catalog/9780195069020.htm

l

[3]

https://jhupbooks.press.jhu.e

du/content/social-creation-

nature

[4] (Recovery and Sustainable

Development 2009)

http://www.ask.com/questio

n/what-is-tourism-

development

[5] (Regulations in Tourism

2008)

http://www.ask.com/questio

n/what-is-the-meaning-of-

policy-formulation

[6] Wayne Haynes PH.D.,

(2001) Defining Policy

Formulation (2001),

retrieved from

http://profwork.org/pp/form

ulate/define.html

[7] (New Zealand’s Second

City Rises Again after

Earthquake Disaster

2011)https://www.theguardi

http://www.worldwildlife.org/stories/namibia-s-sustainable-tourism-success



http://www.oupcanada.com/catalog/9780195069020.html



https://jhupbooks.press.jhu.edu/content/social-creation-nature



http://www.ask.com/question/what-is-tourism-development



http://www.ask.com/question/what-is-the-meaning-of-policy-formulation



http://profwork.org/pp/formulate/define.html

http://profwork.org/pp/formulate/define.html

https://www.theguardian.com/cities/2014/jan/27/christchurch-after-earthquake-rebuild-image-new-zealand


76

an.com/cities/2014/jan/27/c

hristchurch-after-

earthquake-rebuild-image-

new-zealand

[8] (Mt. Pinatubo: Case Study

on Poverty Reduction

through Tourism, 2015)

[9]

http://www.visitmyphilippin

es.com/index.php?title=Mt.

Pinatubo:CaseStudyonPover

tyReductionThroughTouris

m&func=all&pid=5578

[10] Douglas Brinkley (2007),

The Great Deluge (2007),

https://www.harpercollins.c

om/9780061148491/the-

great-deluge

[11] (New Bohol, 2014)

http://www.dotc.gov.ph/inde

x.php/2014-09-02-05-02-

13/item/78-new-bohol-

panglao-airport-bohol-

development-project-

soaking-yard-dike-

embankment-works

[12] Sue Beeton (2006),

Community Development

through Tourism (2006)

[13]

www.fthm.uniri.hr/files/Kon

gresi/THI/Papers/2014/THI_

May2014_661to676.pdf

[14] (NDRRMC Investigation

Report, 2013) retrieved from

http://www.ndrrmc.gov.ph/a

ttachments/article/1108/ND

RRMC20Update20SitRep20

no.203520re20E_ects20of20

M7.2Bohol20EQ,

203Nov2013, 206AM.

(2013)

[15] NGO Management Group

Switzerland (2014) retrieved

from

http://ngomanager.org/ngom

s/in-house-course-

programme/community-

participation-in-

development-projects-5-

days/

[16] Santos &Tomeldan (2010)

http://globalinitiative-

escr.org/wp-

content/uploads/2014/11/GI-

ESCR-Practitioners-Guilde-

on-Right-to-

Participation.pdf

[17] Project NOAH Open File

Report Vol.1 (2013), No. 3,

pp.5-8 ISSN23627409

[18] Republic of Philippines

National Disaster Risk

Deduction and Management

Council

[19] Collaboration theory and

community tourism

planning TB Jamal, D Getz -

Annals of tourism research,

1995 Cited by 1373 -

Related articles - All 10

versions

[20] Tourism Impacts, Planning

and Management Book 3rd

Edition, Peter Mason (2015)

[21] “Review of Rural Tourism

Development Theories

Streimikiene”, D., Bilan, Y.

(2015)





http://www.visitmyphilippines.com/index.php?title=Mt.Pinatubo:CaseStudyonPovertyReductionThroughTourism&func=all&pid=5578





https://www.harpercollins.com/9780061148491/the-great-deluge



http://www.dotc.gov.ph/index.php/2014-09-02-05-02-13/item/78-new-bohol-panglao-airport-bohol-development-project-soaking-yard-dike-embankment-works







http://www.fthm.uniri.hr/files/Kongresi/THI/Papers/2014/THI_May2014_661to676.pdf



http://ngomanager.org/ngoms/in-house-course-programme/community-participation-in-development-projects-5-days/






https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=3435306574512045168&btnI=1&hl=en



https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&hl=en&cites=3435306574512045168&as_sdt=5

https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&hl=en&q=related:cLxa5CCprC8J:scholar.google.com/

https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&hl=en&cluster=3435306574512045168

https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&hl=en&cluster=3435306574512045168


77

[22] Transformations in Business

& Economics, Vol. 14, No 2

(35), pp.21-34.

[23] Community Development

Through Tourism, Sue

Beeton, pp.34

[24] Pagsulay: Churches of

Bohol Before and After the

Earthquake, Fr. Generoso B.

Rebayla Jr., SVD and Estan

L. Cabigas, (2014)


78

ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR OF A PERSON WITH

MENTAL ILLNESS

Agustinus Rustanta



Abstract

There are factors that might cause mental illness. It is not only due to serious

symptoms such as grief, broken relationship, drug addiction, loss of jobs, things,

but also due to simple thing such as obsession. Someone who has an obsession and

he is too obsessive to reach his/her goal. Someone who has an obsession and he/she

is obsessive might suffer from mental illness. The objective of this research is to

describe obsession as one of factors that will be a potential symptom for mental

illness. This research is using constructivism paradigm and qualitative approach.

Data were collected through an interview with four respondents who are selected

by using purposive sampling technique. All respondents were recovered from

mental illness. The data were collected in March-December 2017. The research

result indicates that there is a tendency that mental illness is caused by simple

matter such as obsession. When he/she is not able to manage or to complete his/her

obsession, he/she will be disappointed. If he/she is not able to manage his/her

disappointment, he/she might have got mental illness.

Keywords: Mental illness, Obsession, Obsessive, Symptom, Causes

A. Background

Person with mental illness in the

world is increasing every year.

Indonesian National Daily paper

“Kompas” 10/10/2012 reported that

more or less 450 million people in

the world suffer from mental illness.

One-third is from developing

countries. According to World

Health Organization (WHO), there

are 8 of 10 sufferers of mental illness

haven’t got treatment. Moreover,



79

Oltmanns & Emery (2012:52)

mentioned that two-third of people

with a diagnosable mental disorder

in US still did not receive treatment.

It indicates that mental illness is

getting more serious.

The Indonesian Ministry of

Health has done a research about the

number of public health every five

years. The latest research named

Basic Health Research lastly had

been done in 2013 about the number

of schizophrenia sufferers. It was

mentioned that one or two person in

1,000 people in Indonesia suffer

from schizophrenia. If Indonesia

now has 250 million citizens, there

are 500,000 people suffer from

serious mental illness. Again, people

with symptom of depression and

anxiety at the age of 15 and over are

14 million or 6% from the total

citizens. There are 400,000 people

with schizophrenia or 1.7 in 1,000

citizens. On the other hand, the great

number of clients of mental illness is

not supported by the number

hospitals. There are only 35 hospitals

in Indonesia and 8 provinces have no

mental illness hospitals (Riau,

Banten, Central Kalimantan,

Gorontalo, West Sulawesi, NTT,

North Maluku, and West Irian in

2010 (http://detik.com).

The phenomenon of mental

illness is not only found in Indonesia

but it can be found in any developing

or developed countries (Susser et al,

1996); Jones et al, 2009; Cylwik,

2013; Hoge et al, 2004) with

different symptoms. For example it

is caused mostly by depression

(France, 2005: 75); Langs

(2005:102). Girma mentioned that

the cause of mental illness in

Ethiopia is poverty (Girma et al,

2013), war in Timor Leste, conflict

in Lebanon, Pakistan, Somalia,

natural disaster Indonesia. Mental

illness is also caused by stigma

(Crisp et al, 2,000; Corrigan, 2011;

Girma et al, 2013).

According to Adewuya

(2008:336), it was found out that

mental illness in the West is due to

biological factor; brain deceases,

genetic factors, and environmental

factors such as trauma and stress.

Moreover, mental illness in Nigeria

for example is caused by

supernatural power and drug

addictions. In North Nigeria, the

main reason is drug addict (80%),

demon (29.9%) and due to stress

(29.9%) and genetic factor (26.5%).

It is different from that in Malay.

Most of mental illness is caused by

supernatural power (53%) (Razali,

1996). It is found out that metal

http://detik.com/


80

illness is due to food factor, extreme

temperature, and physical trauma

and supernatural power. According

to Youssef (2013), mental illness is

caused by drug abuse and

psychosocial factors. Link (1999)

stated that mental illness is due to

stressful environment aside from

biological factors and chemical

imbalance in the brain. Downey

(1967) believed that mental illness is

caused by kinship causes, mental

causes and moral symptoms.

Referring to mental illness

treated at Dzikrur Ghofilin

Foundation in Wonosobo, the causes

of mental illness are categorized in

into four, loss, broken relationship,

self concept, and obsession. Mental

illness caused by obsession is similar

to that done by Puspitosari.

According to Puspitosari (2009)

mental illness is caused by

compulsive obsession. Obsessive

disorder, according to Indonesia

Dictionary is mental illness in a form

of thinking which always disturbs

someone and it is difficult to be

eradicated. According to

Hyperdictionary, obsess or to be

obsessed is having or showing

excessive or compulsive concern

with something influenced or

controlled by a powerful force such

as strong emotion.

In line with the background, the

objective of this research is to

describe causes of mental illness

which are dominant in the Dzikrur

Ghofilin Foundation. One of them is

obsession.

B. Previous research

According to Thompson

(2007:6), mental illness has been

found since thousand years ago.

There are factors that cause someone

suffer from mental illness (Yusuf, et

al, 2015). Purnama et al (2016)

found out that one of the causes of

mental illness is stigma in the

society. Stigma might influence the

change of negative behavior

(Khairulyadi, 2017). Videbeck

(2011:125) mentioned six

phenomena that cause mental illness:

communication, physical distance or

space, social organization, time

orientation, environmental, and

biologic variations. Corrigan et al

(2008:21-25) mentioned that the

main causes of mental illness are

family history, stress, substance use,

demographic characteristics, and

some socioeconomic variables.

Yosep et al (2009) stated that

the cause of mental illness is

traumatic experience. It is a hard

experience to live away and it has a

long psychological effect. If


81

someone is not able to adapt and

adopt to erase stressors, there will be

light mental disorder and heavy or

serious mental illness.

Srinivasan & Thara (2001)

found out that Indian people believe

that someone who suffers from

mental illness is caused by

supernatural forces. To recover it is

by inviting magino-religious healers.

C. Research method

This research uses

constructivism paradigm. Based on

this paradigm, reality is not single

but it is plural and has multi-

meanings (Mulyana, 2018). This

research is using qualitative

approach where data were collected

through in-depth interview with 5

respondents who are all recovered

from mental illness. Purposive

sampling technique is implemented

to define the number of samples.

Those respondents are supposed to

have and give enough information

for this research (Pujileksono, 2015:

116). One of the informant is a

woman and the other four are men.

She is the chair of the foundation.

Four men have the similar

characteristics. They dreamt to

become powerful persons. They

want to be as powerful as role

models they watch on TV or they

read from religious books. They

want to be physically and spiritually

powerful. This research was done in

Dzikrur Ghofilin Foundation in

Wonosobo, central Java in March to

December 2017.

D. Findings

Informant 1

Informant 1 is a young man

from Wonosobo. He was studying in

Islamic Boarding School when he

was still very young. He read many

religious books including Quran. He

also liked reading books about

supernatural forces, famous religious

heroes, mystical forces, and so on.

Reading many books led him to

a dream of becoming a person who

has supernatural forces just like

Pangeran Diponegoro, for example.

The problem is that he did not digest

the meaning of the books under the

supervision or under the guidance of

a teacher.

He read the book by himself,

digest them, and interpret them by

himself, and did the instruction by

himself. One of the spiritual rituals is

fasting and many kinds of physical

and mental practices. Due to these

activities, his behavior was

changing, people said. He liked

wearing Islamic costume, with long

white dress and hat and shawl on his


82

neck. He wondered anywhere while

giving religious speeches at home or

anywhere where people were

gathered. He behaved as if he were

Islamic teacher (Ustadz). Besides, he

traveled without any real destination.

He cleaned and slept in the cemetery

or in the forest. Because of his weird

behavior, people around him labeled

his ‘crazy’ or he suffered from

mental illness.

Day by day his behavior is

getting worse. Lack of sleep might

cause hallucination. He listened two

kinds of sound, coming from other

people and from himself. As a result,

he did something wrong; fighting,

destroying things, wandering, and so

on. When someone is coming to see

his condition, he screamed and

shouted that the person coming is not

a good person. He saw that his/her

body was the body of human being

but his/her head is the head of animal

such as a pig, a goat or even a dog.

He said that he should not have

mentioned it but he said that he

could not have to control it. He was

forced to say that the person he saw

was a pig, a goat or a dog. He

listened to an instruction from his

imagination.

Because of his ability to see the

heart of a person and he knew which

one is good and which one is bad. He

said that he could break a lamp only

by looking at it. He could destroy

things by the power of his eyes. He

was eager to fight against youngsters

around his house.

It seemed that he was stressful.

People around him did not

understand what he did and said. At

last, he committed suicide three

times but he failed.

Informant 2

Informant 2 is a young man

from Wonosobo. He started to learn

to master supernatural forces or he

wanted to be Mr Soekarno (the first

Indonesian President) who was very

charismatic. He started to study books

when he was in Junior High School.

He started to practice spiritual

activities such as Javanese (kejawen)

fasting when he was still very young.

He said that he had a strange

hobby since he was young. He liked

searching for ancient things and sold

them. He liked drinking and gambling

and he spent his life on the street

together with his friends.

One day, he realized that his

attitude and behavior are completely

wrong. He wanted to stop his black

world. He wanted to find his father

because he could not see his father

since he was born. He wanted to be a

good boy. With the help of a religious


83

teacher, he was guided to find his

father. The first thing he had to do

was fasting for nine days. He was not

allowed to eat and not permitted to

sleep at night.

Then, to complete his struggle,

his step father instructed him to have

fasting for 25 days. During his fasting

period he is not allowed to eat and

sleep. The purpose of this ritual is to

get instruction from the God when

and where he could find and meet his

father who died before he was born.

This second effort was not

successful. And then, his friend

instructed him to have other 40 days

fasting, without sleep and eat but he

can smoke and drink when he wanted

to. His sleep loss for days, weeks,

even months, led him into

hallucination. He said that his sight is

much better than before. He is able to

see the traits of somebody else. He

could see a person who was good and

who was bad. He could hear

someone’s mind. He was able to talk

to the soul of someone who died. He

was able to predict the future, and so

on. He said that he met the first

president of Indonesia Mr Soekarno.

He was met and instructed by Mr

Soekarno, the first Indonesian

President to help Joko Widodo. He

should be supported to be the next

president. For a change, he was given

a flower named Cangkok Wijoyo

Kusumo. He was also given beads of

Jala Sutra. It can help him to

duplicate his body into 100 persons.

His behavior was changing, too.

He liked giving advices to anybody

he met. He liked to predict

something. He watched someone’s

face was like the face of animal such

as a goat or a pig. He visited any

kinds of cemeteries day and night. He

liked talking by himself. He liked

preaching in front of others. He did

these activities because he listened to

whisper he heard.

Because of his behavior, people

around him labeled him “a crazy

man’. He suffered from mental

illness. He was abnormal.

Informant 3

He is a you man from

Yogyakarta. He realized that he was

crazy because he was poisoned by

reading any religious books without

any guidance or supervision. He said

that he was Patih Gajah Mada. He

also admired Sunan Kalijaga and

other Islamic founders (Sunan) he

saw on TV. He liked reading books

about famous persons such as Sunan

Kalijaga, Sultan Hamengkubuwono

IX, and so on. According to

informant 3, those persons are

famous. They have supernatural


84

forces. It was not easy to conquer

them. They were cool.

To know more about some

models he admired much, he spent a

lot of money to buy religious books.

He read and found information about

them. He wanted to know how to be

as powerful as those models. More

and more books he read. He believed

that he could be as powerful as the

persons he admired. Then, he did

things as he saw it on TV or on film.

He was fasting and he did many

rituals to get the supernatural forces.

Unfortunately, after doing many

kinds of rituals, instructions, and

spiritual activities, he could not be

powerful as the persons he admired.

The more books he read, the worse

his condition was. He was confused.

His mind was disturbed. People

around him said that he was ‘crazy’.

He liked talking by himself, he liked

screaming, and he liked doing things

that he listened from his ‘heart’. He

said that he liked taking off his

clothes. He traveled without definite

destination. He also destroyed things

he found at home.

Informant 4

Informant 4 is a very young boy

from Pati, Central Java. He is a

freeman. He liked wandering

anywhere. He did not meet his father

since he was born. He stays with his

mother and his step father.

Unfortunately, his new parents do

not really care about him. He is free

to do anything. He is rarely going

home. He is happy with his friends

on the street. Finally, he has grown

to be a brutal young man. He liked

fighting. He liked drinking. He did

free sex in prostitution area. To

support his wild life, he learnt

supernatural power from any kinds

of sources. He wanted to be a

famous person if he has supernatural

power and he can be a leader of

other street boys.

He said that his initiative to

learn supernatural power by himself

has been successful to lead him into

‘craziness’. His experience was that

he could see the traits of somebody

meeting him. He challenged the God

by directing his sight into the sun

when the sun shone brightly for

hours. He liked visiting old tomb,

temples and other mystical places.

He realized that he did silly

things. He knew that he was on the

wrong way. He was frustrated. At

last, he committed suicide but it was

not successful.

His abnormal behavior is due to

his family matter. He is a victim of a

broken home. He is lack of attention,

care, guidance, and love from his


85

parents when he was very young. He

lost control and he could not avoid

the influence of the environment.

He was free form his mental

illness after he was treated less than

one month at Dzikrur Ghofilin

Foundation. He is now helping some

volunteers in that foundation. He is

also able to make his own money.

He works as a co-driver of a lorry

Java-Sumatera route.

E. Discussion

There are four informants who

have similar characteristics. They are

still young and all of them are

Javanese. They have have a dream as

other men do. They have role models

and they have a dream to be similar

to the models they admire. They

want to explore their potential,

including exploring their

capabilities, their physical fitness as

the models. They want to show their

existence. They want to be honored,

respected, and accepted. Sometimes,

they want to reach their objective

thought it is unrealistic. One of them

is to be similar to someone they

watch on TV. They admire the

power as Sunan Kalijaga, Sultan

Hamengkubuwono, Gajah Mada, and

so on. Those persons were alive

hundreds years ago. They were extra

ordinary as they had charisma, they

had supernatural forces. Those

strengths inspired the four

informants. Those person become

models for them as mentioned by

Albert Badura in his theory of Social

Cognitive Theory in 1962. He

analyzed the process of learning

which can be done through cognitive

and behavior. Learning is

observation. Someone is learning

when there is a model. He sees and

imitates the model through

observation.

The problem is that they learn

something without any guidance by a

teacher or someone who is capable

in directing them to reach their

objective. The fact is that they learn

by themselves. As result, they get

lost. They are confused. Their own

interpretation of model is

misleading. Their behavior is not

accepted by the society. As a result,

the society gives him a label. They

are considered abnormal or crazy.

In other point of view,

informants try to fulfill their needs of

actualization mentioned by Abraham

Maslow on the hierarchy of needs.

When the lower needs are

completed, then she/he will struggle

to complete the higher needs. It is

normal as human beings to reach

higher level of needs but the problem

is that informants are too obsessive


86

to reach their dreams. They do not

go on the right tract. As a result, they

fail and they express their failure

through abnormal behavior.

It is understood that informants

might find difficulties when reading

some religious books. Their ability

to interpret meaning depends on their

ability to comprehend messages.

When their interpretation is wrong, it

will lead them to the wrong way.

When they are wrong, they might

have got serious problems even

mental illness. Two informants said

that he is poisoned (mendem) by

reading book without guidance from

a teacher or a counselor. It shows

that implementing the content of the

religious books needs someone else

who can guide them (the readers) to

understand the meaning. Their

failure to understand meaning causes

them into serious stressful situation.

At last, they get deep depressed. In

psychiatric world, it is called

schizophrenia, a serious mental

illness.

Prolong depression make them

difficult to focus on something or

even it make them to uncertainty.

The uncertainty forces them to

misbehave such as screaming,

crying, destroying things, quarrelling

with anybody they meet, and doing

damaging behavior.

1. Mental illness and culture

Based on the experience of

informants, it is understood that

mental illness might be caused by

culture. Culture leads to a certain

behavior. Based on

Koenctjaraningrat, one of cultural

factors is religion. He said that the

basic problem of religion in the

society is answering a question of

why people still believe in

supernatural or magic. People still

believe that magic or mystic is higher

than human beings Another problem

is that why people try hard to

communicate and to find supernatural

power.

The study of anthropology in

understanding religion as culture

cannot be separated from religious

emotion. It is feeling that will support

human beings to do religious

behavior. It is leading to the concept

of things that are considered sacred

and profane. Religious system is also

about the story or fairy tales about the

history or goddess (mythology). The

fairly tales are summarized in

religious books.

The four informants are

Javanese. They believe in tales or

other religious stories. It is

understood that supernatural power

does happen in the past when people


87

like searching for it by doing some

rituals and fasting. It is unavoidable

that some people are really extra-

ordinary. They have special ability,

supernatural power, that makes them

different from other people. For

example, Sunan Kalijaga who can

change fruit palm into some money.

Sultan Hamengkubuwono who can

fight against Dutch from a distance,

and mention some. These phenomena

drive the informants to be those

persons. They believe that by doing

some instructions from books they

will be supernaturally powerful.

It is found out that the four

informants have the same symptom.

They are in the process of looking for

self-esteem. They are obsessed to

have supernatural power. They have

similar dream of becoming a person

they admire very much. They will do

anything such as wasting much

money to buy books, fasting and

avoid sleeping, doing some rituals,

doing abnormal activities, for

example visiting some cemeteries,

temples, and haunted places.

According to one of the

informants who takes care of patients

of mental illness for years said that

those who suffer from mental illness

are caused by sleeping disorder.

Those who are lack of sleep might

suffers from hallucination and other

mental disorders, physical disorder

such as unhealthy body. When people

do not sleep for nights, they might

deviate their behavior.

The four informants show

abnormal behavior. There are three

causes of abnormal behavior:

biological factors (physical matters),

sociocultural factors (demand in the

society), psychosocial factors

(abnormal behavior caused by

childhood trauma, pathogenic

relationship between children and

parents, parental de-privacy where

children do not experience social and

emotional relationship, stressful

situation, conflict in the family and

economic condition), pathogenic

family structure (interaction and

communication in the family is not

harmonious).

All informants show abnormal

behavior due to those factors. Two

informants are from a broken family.

They do not experience care, love,

protection, and attention from their

own family. They have a real freedom

to do anything without any control

from the family. The other two

informants show abnormal behavior

due to cultural background where

magic or mystical activities are still

developing very well.


88

2. Proposed treatment.

There are some treatments based

on how mental illness is viewed.

Oltmanns & Emery (2015) proposed

four treatment therapies. First,

biological therapies approach views

mental illness is seen as physical

illness. Thus, a psychiatrist would

focus on making a diagnosis of the

problems. The treatments focus on

symptom alleviation, reducing

dysfunctional symptoms of a

disorder but not eliminating its root

cause. Second, psychodynamic

therapist would focus on the

interpretation of defenses. The goal

of treatment is to gain insight

unconscious motivations. Third,

cognitive-behavioral treatment

focuses on learning new ways of

thinking, acting, and feeling.

Therapist encourages collaborative

therapist-client relationships, a focus

on the present, direct efforts to

change problems. Fourth, humanistic

therapy. Humanistic psychologist

developed a counterpoint to

psychodynamic and cognitive

behavior therapy. Humanistic

psychologist sees the essential of

human beings that is making choices

and shaping our own future. He is

responsible for his own treatment as

the sufferer is the expert of his own

illness (Deegan, 1988). That’s why

therapy can only help to solve the

problems. Fifth, client-centered

therapy. There are three qualities

essential in a therapy: warmth,

genuineness, and empathy. Therapist

shows empathy by reflecting their

client’s feeling and by anticipating

emotions. Self-disclosure

intentionally reveals some personal

feelings and experiences as a way of

helping clients to better understand

themselves. If patients can

experience and accept themselves,

they will be able to resolve their own

mental disorder.

F. Conclusion

Anybody might suffers from

mental illness caused by many

factors; genetic factors, pattern of

life style such as lack of sleep, loss,

broken relationship, and obsessive. It

is understood when someone has

obsession but it does not need to be

obsessive. When he/she is obsessive,

he/she will work hard or try hard to

reach it. Not all persons can reach

their obsession because of some

reasons; such as lack of resources,

lack of capability, or incompetence.

Anyone might have dreams but

he/she should be realistic because

everyone has weakness. When

someone is obsessive, he/she will do

anything including weird behavior.


89

People will label him/her crazy. We

have to realize that everyone has

his/her own strengths.

References

[1] Adewuya, Abiodun O & Roger

O.A. Makanjuola. 2008. Lay

Beliefs Regarding Causes of

Mental Illness in Nigeria:

Pattern and Correlates. Social

Psychiatry Psychiatry

Epidemiol, Vol 43 page 336-

341.

[2] Bajari, Atwar. 2015. Metode

Penelitian Komunikasi:

Prosedur, Tren, dan Etika.

Bandung: Simbiosa Rekatama

Media.

[3] Cylwik, Longina Strumska.

2013. Stress and

Communication (i.e. on stress in

sommunication and

communication under stress.

International Journal of Art &

Science, Vol. 3 No. 3 page 419-

441.

[4] Corrigan, Patricia W., Kim T.

Mueser, Gary R. Bond, Robert

E. Drake, and Phyllis Solomon.

2008. Principles and Practice of

Psychiatric Rehabilitation: an

empirical approach. The

Guilford Press.

[5] Crisp, Arthur H et al. 2000.

Stigmatization of People with

Mental Illnesses. The British

Journal of Psychiatry, Vol. 177,

No1, page 4-7.

[6] Deegan, Patricia E. 1988.

Recovery: The Lived

Experience of Rehabilitation.

The Psycholosocial

Rehabilitation Journal Vol. 14.,

No. 4 page 54-59.

[7] Downey, Kenneth J. 1967.

Public Images of Mental Illness:

a factor analytic study of causes

and symptoms. Soe.Sci and

Med, Vol 1, page 45-65.

[8] France, Jenny. Depression and

Other Mood Disorder. In Jenny

France. 2001. Communication

and Mental Illness: theoretical

and practical approaches. Great

Britain: Antenaeum Press, page

65-80

[9] Girma, Eshetu; Tesfaye,

Markos; Froeschl, Guenter;

Moller-Leimkuhler, Anne

Maria; Muller, Norbert &

Dehning, Sandra. 2013. Public

Stigma Against People with

Mental Illness in the Gilgel Gibe

Field Research Center

(GGFRC) in Southwest

Ethiopia. Open Access, Plos

One Vol 8 No. 12, page 1-84


90

[10] Jones, Lynne; Asare, Joseph B;

Masri, Mustafa El; Mahonraj,

Andew; Sherief Hassen; &

Owmeren Mark van. 2009.

Severe Mental Disorders in

Complex Emergencies. Journal

of Health Policy Vol. 374 page

654-660.

[11] Hoge, Charles M.D et al. 2004.

Combat Duty in Iraq and

Afghanistan, Mental Health

Problems and Barriers to Care.

The New England Journal of

Medicine, Vol. 351, No. 1.

Halaman 92-98.

[12] Khairulyadi, Nazari Ayu. 2017.

Pengaruh Stigma terhadap

Perubahan Perilaku Remaja

(studi terhadap stigma negatif

remaja Mukim Kongsi Gampong

Kuta Barat Kota Sabang).

Jurnal Ilmiah Mahasiswa FISIP

Unsyiah, Vol 3 No 1 halaman

232-243.

[13] Langs, Robert. 2005. The

Technique of Psychoanalytic

Psychotherapy. Vol. 1. USA:

Rowman & Littlefield

Publishers, Inc.

[14] Link, Bruce G., Jo C. Phelan,

Michaeline Bresnahan, Ann

Stueve, and Bernice A.

Pescosolido. 1999. Public

Conceptions of Mental Illness:

labels, Causes, Dangerousness,

and Social Distance. American

Journal of Public Health, Vol

89, No 9 page 1328-1333.

[15] Norbert & Dehning, Sandra.

2013. Public Stigma Against

People with Mental Illness in

the Gilgel Gibe Field Research

Center (GGFRC) in Southwest

Ethiopia. Open Access, Plos

One Vol 8 No. 12 page 1-84

[16] Oltmanns, Thomas F & Robert

E. Emery. 2015. Abnormal

Psychology, seventh edition.

Pearson Education, Inc.

[17] Pujileksono, Sugeng. 2015.

Communication Qualitative

Research Methods. Malang:

Intrans Publishing

[18]Puspitosari, Warih Andan. 2009.

Terapi Kognitif dan Perilaku

pada Gangguan Obsesif

Kompulsif. Mutiara Media, Vol

9, No 2 halaman 73-79.

[19]Purnama, Gilang, Desy Indra

Yani, Titin Sutini. 2016.

Gambaran Stigma Masyarakat

Terhadap Klien Gangguan Jiwa

di RW 09 Desa Cileles

Sumedang. Jurnal Pendidikan

Keperawatan Indonesia, Vol 2,

No 1 halaman 29-37.

[20] Razali, S.M, U.A Khan, C.I

hasanah. 1996. Belief in

Supranatural Causes of Mental


91

Illness Among Malay Patients:

imppact on treatment. Acta

Psychiatrica Scandinavica.

[21] Srinivasan, T.N., & R. Thara.

2001. Beliefts about causation

of schizophrenia: do Indian

families believe in supernatural

causes? Social Psychiatry

Psychiatry Epidemiol, Vol 36,

page 134-140.

[22] Videbeck, Sheilla L. 2011.

Psychiatric Mental Health

Nursing. Fifth Edition. Wolter

Kluwer Health. [23] Yosep, Iyus, Ni Luh Nyoman

Sri Puspowati, & Aat Sriati.

2009. Pengalaman Traumatik

Penyebab Gangguan Jiwa

(skizofrenia) Pasien di Rumah

Sakit Jiwa Cimahi. MKB,

Volume 41, No 4, halaman 194-

200.

[24]Yusuf, A.H., Rizky Fitryasari

P.K., Hanik Endang Nihayati.

2015. Buku Ajar Keperawatan

Ksehatan Jiwa. Jakarta: Penerbit

Salemba Media.

[25] Youssef, Jacqueline & Frank P

Deane. 2013. Arabic-speaking

religious leader’s perceptions of

the causes of mental illness and

the use of medication for

treatment. Australian & New

Zealand Journal of Psychiatry,

Vol 47 No 11 page 1041-1050


92

PHENOMENOLOGY STUDY: PATIENT

EXPERIENCE

MENTAL DISORDERS

Linus Kali Palindangan



Abstract

Mental disorder is a disorder that occurs in the function of the soul that causes

suffering to the individual and the obstacles in carrying out the social role as a

result of a change in the function of the soul. This study was conducted to reveal

why and how an individual has mental disorders, and how to cure them. This

research uses qualitative method with phenomenology approach. The data were

obtained through observation techniques and in-depth interviews of the informants

of six (6) persons. The informants are all who have experienced mental disorders

and have recovered or almost recovered. Based on the results of observations and

in-depth interviews to the informants concluded that: (1) The cause of mental

disorders is not a single form. From the informants it is known that the cause of

them is disturbed due to the conflicts of some problems. (2) The mental disorder

does not occur instantaneously. Disorders arise in the patient through the process

and in a relatively long time. (3) Mental disorder are no longer able to control their

behavior as a result of their inability to control their thoughts and moods. (4) Due

to the cause of various and singular mental disorders in each patient, it is easy to

understand if the handling and therapy performed by Mrs. Utiyah to the patient of

many mental disorders and varied. (5) Therapy and restoration of health to the

sufferer is never immediate. It always takes a relatively long process and time. (6)

The uniqueness of therapy performed by Mrs. Utiyah is without the use of sedative

or sleeping pills.

Keywords: Mental disorder, Phenomenology, Mind, Behavior, Therapy



93

A. Background

Mental disorders has a lot

of meanings in the health literature.

There are people who interpret

mental disorders as difficulties that

must be faced by someone because

of their relationship with others, the

difficulties because of their

perception of life and their attitude

towards themselves (cfr. Budiman,

2010). There are also people who

interpret mental disorders as a

disturbance to the way of thinking

(cognitive), volition, emotion

(affective), action (psychomotor)

(cfr. Maramis, 2010). In this paper

mental disorder is defined as a

disturbance that occurs in the

function of the soul that cause

suffering to the individual and the

obstacles in carrying out the social

role as a result of a change in the

function of the soul (cfr. Depkes RI,

2010).

Until now, mentally

disorders have been widely known,

but it seems that much more is

unknown. Hence visiting, observing

the interacting of individuals with

mental disorders is important.

Includes also ask and listen to the

experience of people who have

experienced mental disorders; about

what they see and experience, about

what they think, feel, and want,

about their fears and their

helplessness, about their different

behaviors and the reasons they

behave. All of that can broaden the

horizon and open up our new

awareness of the lives of people who

have experienced mental disorders.

Unfortunately, people with

mental disorders are still an easy

target for discrimination, violence,

stereotypes and marginalization.

Based on Human Rights Watch

2016 report: Living in Hell: Violence

against Persons with Psychosocial

disabilities in Indonesia, noting

18,800 mentally ill persons are still

being put in the stocks. Though the

government has banned the

prisoner’s stocks since 1977. Public

health budget based on 2016 State

Budget and Revenue of 106.1

trillion, allocated only 1.5% for

mental health. Similarly, health

facilities for people with mental

disorders are still quite rare. Up to

now only 48 mental hospitals in 26

provinces. More than 50% are in

four provinces. Of the 48 mental

hospitals, only 22 provide child

psychiatric services. 8 provinces

have no mental hospitals. 3 The

province has no psychiatrist. Of 445

public hospitals, only 249 have

mental health. There are 9000

community health centers, but only

30% have a mental health service

program. Based on the distribution

of people who have severe mental


94

disorder in Aceh, DI Yogyakarta,

South Sulawesi, Bali, and Central

Java. Unfortunately from 773

existing psychiatrists, 70% are in

Java, and 40% of them work in

Jakarta.

In 2013 the number of

emotional mental disorder patients

shown by symptoms of depression

and anxiety for ages 15 years and

over reached about 14 million

people or 6% of the population of

Indonesia. While the prevalence of

severe mental disorders, such as

schizophrenia reached about

400,000 people or as much as 1.7 per

1,000 residents (Riskesdas 2013).

Dealing with the data is interesting

to know why and how an individual

experiences mental disorders, as

well as how to cure them. The

encouragement to conduct this

research grows due to meet directly

with people who are or who have

experienced mental disorders in the

Yayasan Dzikrul Ghofilin, Erorejo

Village, District Wadaslintang

Wonosobo regency, Central Java in

the period March 2017-May 2018.

B. Research Method

When skepticism comes up

with the belief that there is no real

knowledge of reality, then relativism

arises with the notion that there is no

right understanding for all and

idealism with the conviction that

man does not understand reality but

himself, then Edmund Husserl

comes with his conviction that

humans can capture the real reality

in phenomenon. Husserl recognizes

that between the subject and reality

there is a fog that prevents the

subject from recognizing reality.

Where did the fog come from? First,

the fog is in the reality to be

identified. Second, the fog also

exists in the subject itself in the form

of conceptions, ways of thinking and

the atmosphere of the subject itself

which is not solely derived from the

subject concerned but also from

things that are successfully secured

by the times it passes. Nevertheless,

Husserl was convinced that the fog

could be eroded until the visible

remains of the pure reality. With that

belief, Husserl always invites to

return to it’s own case (Nach den

sachen selbst). For this purpose

Husserl recommends to screen the

phenomenon. Through filtering the

phenomenon will remain a pure

reality (Driyarkara, 2006). This

research is done by using qualitative

research method with

phenomenology approach. The data

were obtained through observation

techniques and in-depth interviews

of the informants of six (6) persons.

Four people in Yayasan Dzikrul

Ghofilin Dusun Jurutengah, Erorejo

Village, Wadaslintang Sub-district,


95

one in Jebengan Village, Trimulyo

Village, Wasdaslintang Subdistrict

and another in Rojosari Village,

Tanjung Anom Village, Kaliwiro

Sub-district, both of whom had been

patients at Yayasan Dzikrul Ghofilin

and healed. The informants who

have experienced mental disorders

and have recovered or almost

recovered.

C. Previous Research.

Mental disorders, as the

term commonly used, both the

general public, academics and

professionals point to person who

are sick. whether the disease

suffered such person? Perhaps the

person is suffering from a

somatogenic disease, may also

suffer because the social

environment (sociogenic) may also

suffer because of psychic

(psychogenic), and or is a

combination of the three causing the

affected mental disorder. The cause

of mental disorders is generally not

single, but is a combination of

several causes at once that come

from various elements that affect

each other or who happened to

coincide and cause mental disorders

(cfr. Stuart & Sundeen 2008).

Prolonged depression can also be the

cause of mental disorders. C

Characteristic such as

insomnia, no appetite, psychomotor

and weak concentration, fatigue,

despair, helplessness and

worthlessness, low self-esteem,

guilt and suicidal desires are

concrete manifestations of

prolonged depression (cfr. Hawari,

1997; Kaplan, 1998 & Nugroho

2000).Likewise, the pathogenic

family structure plays a major role in

the emergence of disturbances in the

child's mental development. As an

example; child victims of domestic

violence may experience mental

disorders as a result of their

traumatic experience. In pre-school

children the traumatic experience is

present in the form of withdrawal,

wetting, anxiety, sleeplessness, fear,

nightmares, and stuttering (cfr.

Dharmono, 2008; Baihaqi, 2005;

Josep, 2014)

Meanwhile, mentally disorder

therapy can be done in the form of

physical therapy, psychologic,

psychosocial, religious, etc. (cfr.

Hawari, 1997; Kaplan and Sadock

1991). The American Psychiatric

Association (APA) adopts a

combination of these four

dimensions of therapy in terms of

the bio-psychosocio-spiritual

approach (cfr. Hawari, 2002).


96

D. Results of research and

discussion

1. Result of research

Informant 1. (Ms.

Utiyah). 48-year-old woman is a

housewife with four children.

Witnessing what she did since 2003,

no one would have thought if Ms.

Utiyah had previously suffered a

mental disorder. But she believed

her efforts to accommodate people

who have mental disorders at home

from 2003 until today is inseparable

from her experience as a mental

disorder. She confesses through that

experience that she knows what is

felt, seen, heard, thought, done and

expected by people with mental

disorders. Here is one example of

her experience. She said that when

she was mentally disturbed, a small

event could so absorb his attention

(the phrase he uses is too deep in

thinking of something). So deep that

the falling leaves she noticed

carefully, picked it up slowly, while

finding out where the origin of the

object. On another occasion, she

said, "The neighbors came with the

intention of visiting her. Instead of

accepting the neighbors. She calls

them dogs and pigs. And she does

not know why she saw any of her

neighbors that look to her like a dog

and a pig. "

She said that she suffered a

mental disorder when her third child

was three years old. At that time her

father's business went bankrupt. Not

long after, her brother suffered a

mental disorder. Her brother is free

to roam the village. The villagers

consider the existence of her brother

to threaten their safety. Finally her

brother put in the stocks. Mrs.

Utiyah admitted that the events

continued to crowd her mind every

day for days, leaving her with no

spirit of life, no appetite and

insomnia. The longer he becomes

less concerned with himself. Until

finally she is unable to control her

own thoughts, speech and behavior.

She has suffered from a mental

disorder.

Informant 2 (Yuli). From

interviews held on Yuli, it was

revealed that she had twice failed to

foster her household. Her first

marriage broke up because she

claimed to be unloved by her

husband. In her first marriage, Yuli

worked, her husband did not. When

they are blessed with a child, she

asks her husband for a job. Instead

of looking for a job, her husband just

abandoned her. After some time

widowed, she finally remarried.

They are gifted a child but her

husband has not get a job. Once

again she had to fight alone to


97

support her family. One day her

husband said goodbye to go find a

job. For months she waited for her

husband as she struggled to live and

nurture her child by herself, but no

news from her husband. The

situation lasted for about two years.

Because it was not able to bear the

burden of prolonged distress is

finally she had mental disorder.

Informant 3 (Sangidun)

At first he was a student is living in

a dorm to study religion. As a

student, he has many opportunities

to interact with various teachings

and streams. In addition to getting

the teachings of his teachers he also

studied his own various sciences

from books that are available and

accessible to young people in the

Islamic boarding school where he

lives. One of the teachings and

streams which he then practiced was

Sufism. In fact he admitted to

practicing it openly and did not

hesitate to criticize and fight what he

realized evil. Even with that he has

to deal with religious figures and

crowds. It is not surprising that from

his behavior he claimed to have

triggered clashes between Islamic

boarding school, even he had

suffered a bruise because of being

beaten by their neighboring

students. In addition to diligently

studying and practicing the

teachings that he learned himself, he

also claimed to diligently study and

practice the science of super power

or the science of supernatural

powers while hoping to be able to

become a magic as he sees in soap

operas. He professes to learn and

practice them all by himself without

the guidance of a competent teacher.

Therefore he often tries to himself

what he learns. Even mixed up

between the science of religion and

the science of supernatural powers

he did without him realize the bad

effects. From his efforts to mix up

the various teachings and the flow of

both religious knowledge and the

science of the supernatural powers,

he then became confused himself.

And finally he suffered a mental

disorder

Informant 4 (Irwan).

According to his confession, Irwan's

parents are poor. Since childhood he

often watched his parents quarrel.

Even Irwan must accept the fact that

his parents divorced. The burden of

distress that overwhelms it does not

stop there. Even worse when Mount

Merapi erupted. The incident caused

Irwan and his family to lose home

because of volcanic ash. The

situation forces him to live in a hut

while struggling to survive by being

a scavenger. Unable to bear the

burden of prolonged distress, he


98

finally suffered from a mental

disorder.

Informant 5 (Indarti) Indarti

is a housewife. When the researcher

then came across her home for an

interview, the researcher knew she

was a young mother with two small

children. When she was mentally

disturbed, her husband was still

working in Papua, so she only lived

with her three children. From the

interview revealed that, she

experienced the trouble started from

news that she read on Facebook

about her husband. From news read

on Facebook, she concludes that her

husband is already having an affair

and is married to another woman in

Papua. Because she was constantly

thinking about it for months, she

finally suffered severe distress and

eventually suffered a mental

disorder. When he know that his

wife suffered from a mental

disorder, her husband decided to

return from Papua and bring his wife

to the Yayasan Dzikrul Ghofilin for

treatment.

Informant 6. (Mr. Sudianto). Based on the results of interviews

conducted, it is known that Sudianto

suffered mental disorders because

he uses the holy verses of the Qur'an

to get the lottery. The business he

does every night for weeks.

According to him his efforts were

driven by the belief that God is

Omniscient and Good. Surely He

knows the lottery that will come out

and of course He will help him to tell

the number. After all he is the father

of the family who need money for

the needs of everyday family life. In

fact, after conducting his business

every night for weeks, none of his

dark numbers wins. The money he

was looking for with painstaking

ends with no results. That fact

confuses him. The more he thinks of

the fact that the more overwhelming

the confusion becomes. As he

deepens in thinking about the reality

he is finally no longer able to control

his own thoughts. He has suffered

from a mental disorder.

2. Discussion

Causes of mental disorders. Of the

six people who had experienced the

disorder observed and conducted in-

depth interviews, it can be explained

that they are experiencing mental

disorders caused by:

(1) The pathogenic family

structure. Coleman (1984), once

pointed out one of the factors that

interfere with the development of

personality caused by a pathogenic

family structure (Suprapti &

Markam, 2003). The pathogenic

family structure will give birth to a

less healthy pattern of

communication and then there is a

pattern of behavioral disorders in

some members. There are four

family structures that are vulnerable


99

to disruption to its members: First,

the family is unable to cope with

everyday problems. Family's

inability to overcome daily

problems can be caused by various

things such as not having enough

resources or parents not having

enough knowledge and skills.

Second, the family is less well-

matched, where frequent quarrels

will make the home atmosphere very

uncomfortable. Watching a parent

quarrel at any time will result in the

child sharing the tension and anxiety

while at home. But away from home

he would still be haunted by the

experience he had seen in his home.

Third, antisocial families, are

families that embrace values that

conflict with the wider community.

Antisocial family attitudes and

behaviors appear in the attitude and

behavior of ignorance with all the

rules and laws and often violate

existing rules and laws. Children

born and raised in antisocial families

experience susceptibility to

developmental disorders. In addition

to experiencing confusion in social

interaction, can also experience

ostracism or even rejection precisely

because of inability in socializing.

Fourth, the family is divided,

namely the family in which the

father and mother separated because

of divorce, the father or mother has

two or more couples. This situation

will undoubtedly interfere with child

development (Nevid, Jeffrey S., et

al., 2005)

Of the six informants

interviewed, there were three people

living or at least living in a

pathogenic family structure. First is

Yuli. She became sufferer mental

disorder because it has twice failed

to build a household. Her first

marriage broke up because she

claimed to be unloved by her

husband. She claimed not to be

supported by her husband. Yuli

work that time, her husband doesn't.

When they are blessed with a child,

she asks her husband for a job.

Instead of looking for a job, her

husband just abandoned her. After

some time widowed, she finally

remarried. Until they are gifted a

child of her husband has not also get

a job. Once again he had to fight

alone to support his family. One day

her husband said goodbye to go find

a job. For months she waited for her

husband as she struggled to live and

nurture her child by herself, but no

news. The situation lasted for about

two years. Being unable to bear the

burden of the prolonged distress, she

finally became suffered mental

disorder. The second is Irwan.

According to his confession, his

parents are poor. He often watched

his parents quarrel. Even then she

has to accept the fact that her parents


100

are divorced. The situation is getting

worse when Mount Merapi erupts.

He lost his home because it was hit

by volcanic ash. That fact forces him

to be a scavenger. Unable to bear the

burden of heavy distress, he finally

suffered from a mental disorder.

Third is Indarti a housewife. When

the researcher came across her home

for an interview, the researcher

knew she was a young mother with

two small children. When she was

mentally disturbed, her husband was

still working in Papua, so she only

lived with her three children. From

the interview revealed that, she

became suffered from a mental

disorder started from news that she

read on Facebook about her

husband. From news she read on

Facebook, she concludes that her

husband is already having an affair

and is married to another woman in

Papua. Because he was constantly

thinking about it for months he

finally had a great deal of distress

and suffered from a mental disorder.

That's when her husband decided to

return from Papua and took his wife

to the Yayasan Dzikrul Ghofilin for

treatment.

(2) Distress. According to

Cannon (1920) stress is a

physiological response to emotional

uplift and emphasizes the adaptive

function of the reaction to face or

escape from stress. Our bodies

undergo various changes when

under stress. This change prepares

the body to deal with threats in the

same way as our evolutionary

ancestors prepare when confronted

with a life-threatening situation,

such as suddenly encountering a

beast. The body is prepared to

survive or escape from threats. Here

are some changes when the body is

hit by stress: enlarged pupils in order

to see sharper, sharper hearing in

order to hear more clearly, heart rate

and blood pressure increase to bring

blood flow to the feet and hands,

breathing fast and shallow filling the

body to give maximum oxygen in

the blood and prepare for explosive

body movements, sweat out to cool

the body. There are also chemical

changes of the body such as

carbohydrates and fats released into

the blood for basic fuel, renin,

angiotensin, norepinephirine, and

nitric oxide trigger enlarged blood

vessel cavity for food supply to

muscles, contraction of blood

vessels in the skin to protect the

body from bleeding when there is an

increased wound of platelet count in

the blood to prepare for blood clots

in the event of injury (Silalahi,

2006).

Unfortunately, stress arising

from certain difficulties, difficulties

and life pressures, will also trigger

the body to react like a threatening


101

body. If it continues for long periods

of time, then the stress that had a

positive aim for self-safety can

actually turn into a disease both

physical and psychological.

Prolonged weight stress is what is

called distress. It should be realized

that the human nervous system is not

designed to be in constant distress

for days. Because if that happens it

will appear a lot of phenomena on

the body such as diarrhea, difficulty

concentration, decreased appetite,

irritability, insomnia, mood swings,

daydreams increased, insensitivity

to others and low self esteem

(Arden, 2006)

Of the six informants

interviewed, four of them suffered

severe distress. Although the four

persons face different stressors, they

all experience severe distress. Ms.

Utiyah experiencing severe distress

because her parents went bankrupt

and witnessed her brother

(Sangidun) who suffered mental

disorders being put in the stocks.

Because it was not able to bear the

burden of heavy distress finally she

was mentally disorder. While Yuli

suffered heavy distress because her

husband left behind and had to

struggle to live with her son. Irwan

is different. He suffered mentally

disorder with more stressors. His

family is poor. He often watched his

parents quarrel, then divorced.

Losing the house was swept away by

the eruption of Mount Merapi.

Survive by being a scavenger. The

fourth is Indarti. She can not bear the

burden of distress because she thinks

her husband is having an affair with

another woman.

(3) Religion. Karl Marx (1859)

once said that Die Religion ... ist das

Opium des Volkes (religion is the

opium of society). His statement

was actually more of a criticism of

the infidelity of political power and

the church of his day. But in

everyday life religion is not just as

an opiate, it can even be used for

anything. Some make it a place of

escape and take refuge from the

difficulties and hardships of life, and

let go of the responsibility of facing

the reality of this life, but hopefully

(if not forcefully) God helps. Some

use it as a means of achieving

personal ambition. The gap in

religion which, if not properly

understood, can become opium is

the belief that God is Omnipotent,

Omniscient, Good, Tremendous,

etc.

Interview with Mr. Sudianto,

an informant said that he originally

used the holy verses of the Quran to

get a lottery every night for weeks.

According to him, his efforts were

driven by the belief that God is

Omniscient and Good. Surely He

knows the lottery that will come out


102

and of course He will help him to tell

the number. After all he is the father

of the family who need money for

the needs of everyday family life. In

fact, after making his effort every

night for weeks, none of his numbers

wins. The money he was looking for

with painstaking ends with no

results. That fact confuses him. The

more he thinks of the facts that

overwhelm him the more confused

he becomes. As he deepens the

thought of the reality he is no longer

able to control his own thoughts.

Eventually he has a mental disorder.

The same thing was done by

the third informant (Sangidun). He

studied and practiced Sufism.

Sufism or Sufism is a science that

teaches how to purify the soul and

clarify the mind in the step of

controlling and directing the

behavior of everyday life in order to

obtain an eternal happiness. Sufism

was originally a zuhud movement

(away from the world) in Islam, and

in its development gave birth to a

tradition of mysticism which later

appeared in various streams in the

Sufi (Ali, 2005). Unfortunately he

mixed up the science of religion

with the science of supernatural

which made him confused and

disrupt his mind and finally made

him lose control of his own thoughts

and eventually he has a mental

disorder.

2. The meaning behind the

behavior of people with mental

disorders.

(1) Their words and actions are not

theirs. Based on the results of

the interview note that the

behavior of people who

experience mental disorders is

not entirely their own

behavior. Why? Because they

behave only following orders

or invitations they hear in their

own minds. Even three of the

informants claimed they could

no longer hold their mouths to

speak. The words that come

out of their mouths, just come

out, without them able to

control it. In other words they

are no longer able to control

their thoughts and behavior.

Thus it is not so difficult to

understand why some people

with mental disorders can keep

walking and walking without

their caring already walking in

the right direction or not.

Including their speech is

illogical.

(2) They like to talk for

themselves. When observed

closely, it would seem that one

of the behaviors of a mental

disorder is to speak for

themselves. Based on the


103

results of the interviews they

say that their words are really a

reaction to what they see (read:

hallucinations) and

conversations with the sounds

they hear. They say hear voices

in their ears without knowing

where (or perhaps without

them caring) where it came

from. But they answer or react

to the voices they hear.

(3) Their behavior usually changes

rapidly, but between behaviors

with other behaviors are often

opposite. The results of the

meeting between Mrs. Utiyah

as the therapist and manager of

the Yayasan Dzikrul Ghofilin

in May 2018, said that at the

time of arriving at Yayasan

Dzikrul Ghofilin Yuli included

a malignant patient. He

shouted, not long after he

laughed, not how long he even

cried again. When

interviewing Yuli, she says

that her behavior only follows

what she feels inside her. It

appears that the behavior is

based and driven by a rapidly

changing emotional

atmosphere (cf. Arden, 2006)

(4) They understand and react to

events differently. In one of the

interviews, Mrs. Utiyah said

that when she was mentally

disorder, a small event could so

absorb her attention (the term

informants use is too deep to

think of something). So deep

that the falling leaves he

noticed carefully and picked it

up very slowly while looking

up from where the fall. Mrs.

Utiyah said it was done by

people with mental disorders

because they very deep to think

something. So deep that they

seem to be absorbed by what

they think. So it is not

surprising that daydreams of

people with mental disorders

are generally longer (cf. Arden,

2006)

(5) They claim to be able to

communicate with animals.

When still experiencing mental

disorders, Mrs. Utiyah claimed

to be able to communicate with

chickens. Strangely, the

chicken seems to know what is

said by Mrs. Utiyah. Therefore

it is not surprising to see

mental disorders talking to

animals or plants, because

mentally disorders think they

can do so.

(6) What do they see? When

Sangidun and also Mrs. Utiyah

were still mentally disorder,

some of the neighbors came

with the intention of visiting.

But they call them dog, pigs,

etc. Why do they do that? They


104

claim to see the neighbors look

like the kind of animal they call

it. When asked if they did it

was evil. They say they know,

but they claim they can not

control their mouths to speak.

(7) They also have the same

expectations as normal human

beings. They need people who

are willing to accept them for

what they are instead of

turning away, laughing,

mocking, abandoning, let

alone locking them up. That is,

when they speak or behave

differently, they hope to be

accepted and accepted as they

are.

3. Handling and treatment of

people with mental disorders at

the Yayasan Dzikurul Ghofilin.

It is undeniable that the foundation

of Yayasan Dzikurul Ghofilin,

because the own experience of Mrs.

Utiyah with her three younger

brother had became suffered from a

mental disorder. She said that when

she realized she was recovering,

Erorejo elementary school teacher

expressed her intentions to her

husband and her children, to

accommodate and care for people

with mental disorders in her home,

they all rejected the intention of the

Mrs. Utiyah. Her brothers did not

allow when they knew the intention

of Mrs. Utiyah. When one of her

brother found out that Mrs. Utiyah

had already accommodated one of

the neighbors of the mental disorder

in her house, he beaten Mrs. Utiyah.

At one time the mental

disorder who was housed in her

house was dumping her feces in the

room, rubbed on the floor, smeared

it on the wall and wiped her head,

Mrs. Utiyah cleaned and bathed the

sufferer witnessed by her husband

and her children. After done it Mrs.

Utiyah got up and said to her

husband and her children "If I still

suffered from a mental disorders,

you will do this to me. Therefore,

which one do you choose, we

accommodate and treat mental

disorders in our homes or I still

suffered from a mental disorders?

"Hearing that, her husband and her

children cry. Since then her family

no longer prohibits Mrs. Utiyah to

accommodate and care for people

with mental disorders at home. Even

they all helped take care of mental

disorders. It was happened in 2003.

From that time Mrs. Utiyah always

open to receive and accommodate

the mental disorder whose coming to

her house. When this research was

held, the number of mental disorders

who were accommodated and

treated by Mrs. Utiyah in her house

was 150 people.


105

According to her confession

the care of the sufferer of mental

disorders is able to do first of all not

because of her strength but because

of God's own power that helps her.

She said: "There is no way I can do

this if it is not for the strength and

help of God". Secondly, because she

herself had a mental disorder so she

admitted to knowing a lot about

what they needed and how to deal

with them. Although initially

rejected, but in the end the whole

family support and help her. Fourth,

she was so convinced of God's help.

Just to be known, she does not fix

costs for patients who enter. They

pay according to their ability. Even

some patients do not pay. She also

does not use drugs to cure her

patients.

Here are some forms of

therapy performed by Mrs. Utiyah

revealed in the interview and found

in the observation.

(1) Newly admitted patients. It

must be admitted that

almost all people with

mental disorders are not

treated as human beings.

Public facts about people

with mental disorders:

shabby, dirty, no bath,

tattered clothes, or even no

clothes, the food is not

healthy, if prisoner’s

stocks, it means they do

everything in that place. So

when they arrived at the

Yayasan Dzikrul Ghofilin

they were cleansed first.

Then removed without

being handcuffed. Unless

the patient is still malignant

and will harm himself and

others.

(2) Malignant and rebellious

patients are subdued. They

are made to feel weak. For

that purpose Mrs. Utiyah

stepped on or pretended to

threaten her. If the patient

is shouting loudly, Mrs.

Utiyah will shout even

louder while threatening

her.

(3) Being tired by being

confronted with what is

feared.

(4) Patients are massaged. If

there are patients who do

not want to be massaged,

Mrs. Utiyah who turns in

for a massage.

(5) While massaged, Mrs.

Utiyah began to slowly

establish communication.

When the communication

starts, Mrs. Utiyah begins

to insert words that can

give them hope and

encouragement to heal.

(6) Socializing. Patients in the

Yayasan Dzikrul Ghofilin


106

are allowed to interact with

each other. For example

playing ball together.

Unless of course patients

are still malignant and will

harm other patients.

(7) Invited to learn self-

control. For example those

whose inclinations are

constantly talking are

invited to be silent.

Conversely those who

remain silent, invited to

speak.

(8) Invited to express

themselves through singing

and or dancing.

(9) Patients are invited to dhikr

(repeatedly reciting God's

name)

(10) Patients are invited to take

responsibility for

themselves or others.

Patients began to heal are

invited to learn to

sweeping, washing,

bathing and showering his

friend or help Cook the rice

and side dishes for his

friends

E. Conclusions

Based on all previous descriptions, it

can be concluded that,

1. The cause of mental

disorder is not singular.

From the informants it is

known that the cause of

them is disturbed due to the

conflicts of some

problems.

2. People with mental

disorders do not occur

instantaneously. Disorders

arise in the patient through

the process and in a

relatively long time

3. Mental disorders are no

longer able to control their

behavior as a result of their

inability to control their

thoughts and moods.

4. Due to the cause of diverse

mental disorders and

singular in each patient, it

is easy to understand if

handling and therapy

performed by Mrs. Utiyah

to the patients with many

mental disorders and varied

5. Therapy and restoration of

health to the sufferer never

lasted instantaneously. It

always takes a relatively

long process and time.

6. Uniqueness of therapy

performed by Mrs. Utiyah

is without the use of

tranquilizers or sleeping

pills. From the accounts of

the patients they

interviewed they all

admitted they began to

sleep more soundly after


107

going through a series of

therapies given by Mrs.

Utiyah. So through a series

of therapies, patients

become tired and make

them naturally fall asleep

by themselves.

References

[1] Ali, Yunasril. 2005. Pilar-

pilar Tasawuf. Jakarta: Kalam Mulia

[2] Arden, John B. 2006. Bekerja

Tanpa Stress. Jakarta: PT Bhuana

Ilmu Populer.

[3] Baihaqi. 2005. Psikiatri:

Konsep dasar dan gangguan jiwa .

Bandung : Refika Aditama.

[4] Budiman. 2010. Jumlah

Gangguan Jiwa.

http://www.suarabandung.co

m. Diperolah pada tanggal 23

Juni 2018.

[5] Depkes RI. 2010. Buku

pedoman pelayanan

kesehatan jiwa di fasilitas

kesehatan dasar. Jakarta :

Depkes RI

[6] Dharmono. 2007. Diabetes

Melitus pada pasien

Gangguan jiwa. Semarang :

Cv Agung Semarang.

[7] Hawari, d., 1997. Al Qur’an

Ilmu Kedokteran Jiwa dan

Kesehatan Jiwa.

Yogyakarta: P.T. Dana

Bhakti Primayasa,

[8] _______. 2002. Dimensi

Religi dalam Praktek

Psikiatri dan Psikologi.

Jakarta: Fakultas Kedokteran

Universitas Indonesia, 2002.

[9] Kaplan & Sadock, 1997.

Sinopsis Psikiatri Ilmu

Pengetahuan Perilaku

Psikiatri Klinis. Jakarta: Bina

Aksara.

[10] Kemenkes RI. 2013. Riset

Kesehatan Dasar. Jakarta :

Kemenkes RI.

[11] Magnis-Suseno, F. 2003.

Pemikiran Karl Marx.

Jakarta: Gramedia

[12] Maramis, W.F. (2010). Ilmu

kedokteran jiwa. Jakarta:

Erlangga Universitas Press.

[13] Nevid, Jeffrey S., dkk. 2005.

Psikologi Abnormal. Jakarta:

Gramedia

[14] Puslitbang Depkes. 2007.

Gangguan Jiwa. Diperoleh

pada tanggal 23 Juni 2018

dari:

http://www.LitbangDepkes.c

o.id

[15] Silalahi, Bennett. 2006.

Ergonomi: sebagai asas

manajemen keselamatan dan

kesehatan kerja. Jakarta:

Sekolah Tinggi Ilmu

Manajemen LPMI

[16] Stuart, G.W & Sundeen.

2009. Principles and

Practice of Psychiatric

Nursing. St. Louis: Mosby.

[17] Sudiarja, A. dkk. 2006.

Karya Lengkap Driyarkara.

Jakarta: Gramedia


108

[18] Suprapti & Markam. 2008.

Pengantar Psikologi Klinis.

Jakarta: Universitas

Indonesia - Press

[19] Yosep, Iyus. 2014.

Keperawatan jiwa. Bandung

: Refika Aditam


109

TREATMENT PATTERN FOR PATIENT OF

MENTAL ILLNESS IN DZIKRUR GHOFILIN

FOUNDATION WONOSOBO

Agustinus Rustanta

TARAKANITA School of Communication and Secretarial Studies [email protected]

Abstract

Treatment for mental illness patients at Dzikrur Ghifilin Foundation is very

unique. The nurses are all volunteers and all of them were recovered from mental

illness. One the uniqueness is that the volunteers do not give the patients some

medicine. They only develop interpersonal relationship. Intensive

communication leads them to mental health. Their way of treating patients were

based on their experience of avoiding medicine. Their experience is the best

medicine for patients. The most important thing is that there is trust. The

volunteers believe that they can help the patients, and the patients believe that

they can be recovered by the help of those who had been recovered. Data were

collected form informants that determined by purposive sampling technique.

There four volunteers and four patients recovered from mental illness. Based on

the observation, there are some steps completed to take care of the patients:

introduction, identification, exploitation, and termination.

Keywords: Communication, Mental illness, Identification, Exploitation,

Termination.

A. Introduction

There are kinds of approaches

to treat a person with mental illness.

It depends on which theoretical

orientation; biological,

psychodynamic, cognitive

behavioral and humanistic

theoretical orientation (Oltmanns &

Emery, 2012).

First, biological therapies see

mental illness as physical illness.

The therapist would focus on

making diagnosis and give

medication to recover from such

physical illness. The treatment will



110

concentrate on symptom

Alleviation, reducing the

dysfunctional symptoms of a

disorder. Second, a psychodynamic

therapist would concentrate on the

unconscious motivations or

conflicts that lie behind

psychological difficulties. To

recover from illness, a patient

should come to share the psycho-

analyst’s understanding of the

conflicts. Third, the cognitive-

behavior therapist would focus on

cognitive and behavioral pattern.

Cognitive-behavior therapy

encourages collaborative therapist-

client relationships. Fourth, a

humanistic therapist would focus on

emotional awareness. Therapist-

client relationship is seen as the

method for encouraging change. In

humanistic therapy, the relationship

is the treatment itself.

In short, treatment of a person

with mental illness is developing. It

has its own characteristics and

uniqueness. There are state and

private institutions that focus of

mental illness treatment, including

one of them is effort to take care of

the patients with mental illness in

Wonosobo, Central Java. The

question is which approach is

implemented in the operation to

recover from mental illness. The

purpose of this research is to

answer the research question of

“How do volunteers in Wonosobo

treat the mental illness patients?”

This research focused on the

process of alternatively treating

people with mental illness.

B. Theoretical Framework

Hildegard Peplau (1957)

introduced a psychodynamic

nursing theory. This theory can be

used to analyze the phenomenon

happening at Dzikrur Ghofilin

Foundation; that is treating clients

of mental illness. This theory is

influenced by the interpersonal

relationship which might have

significant therapeutic interpersonal

process. Peplau defined its nursing

process as psychodynamic

treatment. It is to comprehend

someone’s behavior in identifying

his/her problems and to apply

human right principles with regards

to matters coming up from his/her

experience.

This theory focused on

individual and on the process that

result in relationship between a

nurse and clients. Based on the

theory, patient is a person with her

needs of feeling. Treatment is an

interpersonal and therapeutic

process. The objective of the

treatment is to educate patients and

his/her family to help clients to

reach his/her maturity of his/her

psychology. That’s why a nurse

tries hard to develop productive

relationship between a nurse or

health professional. A nurse or

professional functions as a

counselor or even a parent.


111

The concept of theory of

nursing is about the ability to

comprehend self and others. It is

believed that the relationship

between persons cover (1) patient,

(2) nurse/health professional, (3)

anxiety disorder, and (4)

interpersonal processes.

Interpersonal process means

interpersonal relationship between a

nurse or health professional and the

patient where a nurse is

transforming energy in four levels.

Peplau (1997: 163) identified four

steps (1) orientation, (2)

exploitation, (4) resolution. Every

step is completing one another as a

process of overcoming health

problems.

C. Previous Study

There have been some

researches about the treatment of

people with mental illness. The

researchers already included the

attitude and behavior of health

professionals. One of them is

Corrigan (2007) who mentioned

some principles of treatment such

as self-determination, attention to

consumer’s personal goals and

preferences, real-world focus, focus

on strength, and skill training.

There are changes in treating

people with mental illness (Slade,

2015). In 1750-1900, mental illness

was seen as illness. Medical

approach was implemented to cure

physical illness. Then, in 1900-

1950 mental illness is approached

as ‘the other’. Mental illness is

genetic disorder. Some treatments

such as surgery, water therapy, cold

therapy were implemented. After

1950, mental illness is approached

as neurotransmitter disturbance.

Then, it was invented chemical

resolution. The first antipsychotic is

chlorpromazine.

Melisa et al (2017) did a

research titled “The analysis of

nurse’s therapeutic communication

to cure patients with mental illness

at Mental Public Health in Aceh”.

The research objective is to

describe the implementation of

therapeutic communication toward

the recovery of patients especially

those with hallucination. This

research is using psychodynamic

nursing theory by Heldegard

Peplau. It is a qualitative research

where data were collected through

semi structure interview, non-

participant observation, and

documentation. The number of

informants is determined by using

purposive sampling technique.

There are four informants chosen to

be the persons who are able to give

information for this research. The

research resulting that therapeutic

communication implemented in the

Mental Health Hospital is

constructed from four steps; pre-

interaction, orientation, working,

and termination. Verbal and non

verbal communication is


112

implemented during the

communication processes.

Alini (2014) found out that the

objective of the research is to see

the relationship between the nurse

knowledge about therapeutic

communication and the application

of it to the inpatient in Riau

Province in 2014. It is a survey

research with cross sectional

approach. Samples are 62 persons.

Data were collected through

distributing questionnaires and it is

analyzed by univariate and

bivariate. The result showed that

there is no positive and significant

relationship between the

implementation of therapeutic

communication and the knowledge

of therapeutic communication of

the nurse with α= 0.8.

D. Research Method

Interpretive paradigm is

implemented to see the actual

phenomenon. It is assumed that

every individual is searching to find

the reality of the world where

she/he lives (Creswell, 2009:8) and

(Anshori, 2017: 246). Reality is

constructed or made. Human beings

and the society are the products of

dialog, dynamic and plural. It is a

descriptive research. The objective

is to develop a concept and to

collect facts (Bajari, 2015). The

researcher looks at the object as

something which is active. Data

were collected through field

research, participatory observation,

and interview. Observation is done

using the five senses where as

participatory observation is getting

data through real participation in

the world of the subjects learned

(Fetterman, 2010: 37). Woodside

(2010) looked at it as direct

information from the experience of

the researcher. The research was

done in March-December 2017 in

Wonosobo, Central Jawa,

Indonesia. There are 4 informants

who have been recovered from

mental illness and 4 informants are

volunteers who take care of the

patients.

E. Findings

It is to point out that Dzikrur

Ghofilin is the name of the

institution where hundreds of

mental illness patients receive

treatment. It was a voluntary action

from ordinary persons. It has been

operating since 2003. In 2013 the

government facilitated this

voluntary action and it became a

foundation in 2013. There are four

volunteers working for this

organization. They are brothers and

a sister. They all had been

recovered from mental illness. They

treat some patients of mental illness

in their home until now. There have

been 150 patients here now.

There is nothing special can

be seen in this house. It is just a big

house but there are hundreds of

persons are living in it. The


113

volunteers treat them day by day

starting from cleaning their bodies,

giving them clothes, shelter, and

food. They can live and socialize

with other patients freely because

they are in an open house. The

house is not divided into small

rooms. They can talk, sleep, eat,

and socialize easily and freely.

Looking at the way the

volunteers work, it seems there is

nothing special. Everyone in this

house is treated as a human. They

just take care of them like taking

care of their own family members.

In general, mental illness sufferers

are isolated, ignored, and neglected.

Here, in this house, the patients are

happy. They are accepted as human

beings.

When observing closer, it

seems that the volunteers work

systematically. It is started with

introduction, followed by

identification of detail information

about the patient, exploitation, and

the last one is termination where

patient is ready to go back to

his/her family (Peplau, 1997).

Since the volunteers are not

doctors or nurses of health

professionals, the first phase is just

an initial meeting with the family or

the patient him/herself. It is not the

same as first inspection in a clinic

or hospital where a nurse will check

the blood pressure, heart beats, and

other physical problems. They do

not take notes of the symptoms, or

other indications. There is no

document of each patient such as

his/her medical records and so on.

There is no record about the

patient’s history of treatment and

medication. The patient needs only

write down his identity. There is no

book where people can write their

personal data. Everything is just

informed and received orally.

Since it is a private and

personal enthusiasm, there is no

receptionist, no nurse or doctor,

psychologist, therapist, nutritionist,

and mention some. The volunteers

are just ordinary persons. They are

from the same family. The oldest is

a woman. She is an elementary

school teacher. The other three are

men. There are two persons

helping them (volunteers) to cook

and to wash the patients’ clothes

everyday.

There is no activity as we can

find in a big hospital. It is rarely

seen that the family members or

relatives or friends are coming to

visit and meet the patient. It is just

an ordinary house in the village. It

seems very quiet, silent, and calm.

It seems unbelievable that there are

hundreds of patients are in side.

They are struggling to recover.

When looking at the way they

treat the patients, there are patterns

that can be seen. Pattern means that

it becomes a habit. It is the same

from one patient to other patients. It

is started with initiation and ended

by termination where the patients

are recovered and they are ready to


114

go home. The following are steps of

activities found in the foundation.

1. Introduction Phase

In this phase, patient is usually

coming together with his/her

family. It is usually initiated by

telephone conversation with the

owner or the chairwoman of the

foundation though sometimes they

come without any appointment

before. People know the

information about the existence of

treatment for mental illness by

searching on internet. Some of them

know it from their neighborhood.

The families visit the Dzikrur

Ghofilin Foundation with a hope.

They hope that they can ask for

help to take care of one of the

family member who gets mental

illness. When visiting the

foundation, there are a number of

people. As other initial meeting,

they introduce themselves. They

mention their names, addresses,

mentioning how they get the

information about this location, and

they also deliver the purpose of

their visit. They want to know more

about the foundation and the

requirements for registering a new

patient, and the fee for treatment. It

is just a simple conversation

between family. There is no

registration form to fill in. There is

no initial diagnose.

2. Adaptation/identification

Phase

After they know each other,

the chairwoman of the foundation

asks some information about the

patient. The questions are asking

the causes of mental illness, the

symptoms, the abnormal behavior

when at home, the treatment given,

the length of the mental illness, and

how they take care of him/her

before including the names or other

mental illness clinic they have

visited. Sometimes, she (the

chairwoman) of the foundation

talks to the client. Some clients are

happy to talk but some are not. In

this simple conversation, the

chairwoman gets some initial

information about the patient.

It is rarely seen that the patient

is rejected. A sheet of paper

consisting a statement of the family

is given to fill in and sign. It is just

a simple declaration, containing the

name of the family and the name of

the patient, the address and phone

number. Then, the main therapist

explains the way how to give

treatment, the responsibility of the

family during the treatment and the

length of the initial treatment. It is

two months for the volunteers to

work with the patient. If it is a

significant changes, then the

treatment will be continued but if

there is no change, she/he will be

send back to the family.

In some cases, the patient is

rejected after two months treatment


115

processes. The problem is that the

family cannot afford to receive

him/her. The reason is because the

family does not have the source to

take care of him/her. In other case,

it is difficult to contact the family.

No telephone number presented on

the letter is active. It these two

cases, the patient will stay in the

foundation for a long time even

forever. There is no limit of time.

There is no visit and no attention

from the family and there is no

contribution from the family. There

is no money from the family. They

stay there until his/her death.

There is no specific amount of

money the family should spend for

the treatment. They are free to

donate the money to the foundation.

But if the family has some money,

they may give more to the

foundation. It is not for the

volunteers but for the patients. The

volunteers are not given salary.

They work for free. They not only

work for free but they also donate

some resources including their own

money to take care of hundreds of

patients as they do not have

permanent donators or sponsors.

One of the volunteers will take

the new patient to a large place

where other mental illness stay in.

He is not isolated in a special room.

He/she is not chained. He/she is

free to meet other patients. He is

free to do anything. He/she is

surprised when other patients are

approaching him/her. They

introduce themselves and they are

willing to talk to him/her. He/she

feels that there are people who can

accept him/her. He/she feels

different. He/she is isolated and is

tied up his/her legs so that he/she

cannot go anywhere. He/she has to

stay in a small, dirty, and far away

from the family or the society. In

this house, he/she can meet other

people. According to the

volunteers, it is one of the therapies.

They are human and they have to

be with other human beings. They

need to socialize. They to be

inclusive. They have to be

humanized in order to come back to

be a human being.

3. Exploitation Phase

When the process of

identification is over, the patient

should be doing the next steps. It is

the exploitation stage. Based on the

observation, there are some

techniques of therapeutic

communication but they are not in

order or stages. First, socialization.

In this phase, the new patient

should meet old ones. He/she will

see a lot of persons with the same

fate. He will be exposed to many

patients. They will greet him/her.

They will ask him/her name and

other ordinary simple introduction.

He/she will talk to the others. This

stage is giving new experience for

the new patient as accepted,

included, and cared form others. It

is something different from


116

exclusiveness, isolation, and

violation, or even dehumanization.

Second, physical cleanliness.

In general, persons with mental

illness would be very dirty with

long sticky hair, long black dirty

nails, long beard (for man), muddy

skin, and incomplete clothes. A

therapeutic action in done. If the

patient is still able to clean

him/herself, nobody will help

him/her. If he/she is not able to

clean his/her body him/herself

because of the age, physical

disorder or serious illness, the

volunteers will help him/her take a

bath and change his/her clothes.

Besides, other patients will be

asked to help those who are not

stable yet. Cleaning his/her body

will effect on his/her convenience.

Third, conquering. Not all

patients are ‘tame’. Some patients

are ‘wild’, destructive and

dangerous for other patients. If the

patient is dangerous, he/she is

chained or put him /her in a special

room. The purpose is to let him/her

be calm and ‘tame’. When she/he is

calm, he will be released and get

together with others.

Fourth, suggestion. Some

patients are mentally ill with

different causes. If they experience

stressful life such as anxiety or

depression, small conversation or

unstructured conversation is enough

(Lambert & Bergin, 1994 in

Oltmanns & Emery, 2012: 64).

Conversation with patient is useful

to open up his/her mind. He/she can

share his/her problems with the

volunteers.

Fifth sleep. The volunteers say

that sleep disorder will result to

mental illness. Several patients

have got the same experience. They

got difficulties to sleep in several

days or weeks. Some of them do

not sleep because keeping awake is

one of the requirements for getting

supernatural power. When someone

is not able to sleep, he/she will

experience hallucination and other

physical and mental disturbance.

When the problem is on the sleep

disorder, volunteers force him/her

to take bath. Taking a bath will

make his/her body fresher, calmer,

and more convenient. Then, he/she

is able to sleep. Sleep can be useful

to force hallucination, whispers,

and anxiety away from him/her.

Sixth, drug addiction or

medicine addiction. According to

the volunteers, one of the causes of

mental illness is medicine usage.

Patients from Mental Health

Hospitals usually consume

medicine to sleep. If they don’t

consume medicine, he/she feels

anxious and he/she cannot sleep.

When a person with mental illness

is treated in the hospital, a

biological model of treatment is

applied. The patient should take

some medicine to recover. It is very

contradictory with the model of

treatment done by the volunteers.

The patient should be free from


117

medicine. He/she should sleep

naturally. Natural sleep will effect

on good physical and mental health.

The last is zikir (pray). Zikir is

saying a word or a phrase over and

over again. This is to help patient

concentrate to the God. At least the

patient has something to do.

Anybody who is closed to God will

be recovered from any kinds of

illness including mental illness.

This activity is very simple but it

gives positive effect to the patients.

4. Socialization or termination

Phase

The destination of the trip of

medication or treatment is wellness.

When a patient is recovered from

any kinds of illnesses, he/she will

be back to his/her family or the

society and so is the patient of

mental illness. No matter how long

the treatment takes place, those

patients who are hopeful and lucky

will be recovered from mental

illness. There are four criteria

indicating that the patient is ready

to go home. First, he/she is able to

take care of his/her own life,

adaptable with the environment,

independent (he is responsible to

earn a living by him/herself), and is

able to communicate effectively.

When a patient can show these for

criteria, he/she deserves to be back

home.

F. Discussion

The way how volunteers at

Dzikrur Ghofilin Foundation treat

the patients is very unique. They do

not use modern and sophisticated

medical equipment. They only give

the patients simple treatments such

as take a bath, sleep, and so on, but

hundreds of patients have been

recovered from any kinds causes of

mental illnesses. It is indicating that

the treatment is successful. There

are some factors influencing the

recovery of patients. One of them is

the location. It is situated in a

remote are. The atmosphere is still

natural. The panorama is very

attractive as everything looks green

because the house is surrounded by

trees and rice field. This situation

can make weather cool enough. The

situation is so calm, it is not noisy.

It is so convenient to take a rest or

to have some treatments.

The other uniqueness is on the

volunteers. They are not doctors,

special nurses or health

professionals. They are just

ordinary villagers who have been

recovered from mental illness. They

have an experience of being

mentally ill. They know how it

feels. Their lives are dedicated to

take care of persons with mental

illness. They are persons who have

the same experience as the patients.

Deegan (1988) called it as peer

support.

Peers who have the same

experience give positive impact and


118

it can change the way the patients

think. Stotland (2008: 53) called

them certified peer specialists is a

recovery-based strategy with

documented success in promoting

successful illness self-management.

Peer specialist use the power of

peers to support, encourage, and

model recovery from mental illness

in ways specific to the needs of

each individual from the

perspective of someone who has

been there. Peer specialist is

described as a beacon of hope and

encouragement to people living

with mental illness. Peers

specialists know how it feels to be

hopeless and helpless but also

knows it is possible with treatment

and hard work, to recover and

flourish. Peer specialist works with

other consumers to cultivate their

ability to make independent choices

and gain information and

community support to achieve their

goal.

The way of thinking not only

gives positive effect but also

negative impact (Benson, 2000:

18). Positive thinking might build

trust. Trust might cause positive

effect to physical and mental health.

The more positive the way he/she

thinks, the better the health is. In

medical term, the positive thinking

is called placebo effect. Placebo

means ‘I will entertain’, first found

by Henry Beecher in 1955. Today

this term refers to any kinds of

medicine or inactive and curative

procedures. Placebo effect is to

entertain and to calm down the

patients.

Looking back to the way the

volunteers take care of the patients,

there is no special treatment. So far,

there are two activities which are

contradictory with that of clinical

treatment. First, there are books and

journals said that mental illness

causes sleep disorders (Ahmadi et

al, 2010; Godbout, 2010; Holmes &

Corrigan, 1995). In order to sleep,

the patients should be given some

medicine. On the other hand,

volunteers have different view of

sleep disorder. Before having some

treatments, patients should be free

from medicine first. The body

should be free from the influence of

the medicine. When the patients

still consume medicine, they might

sleep but they do not feel better.

They said that consuming medicine

gives them negative impact. They

feel powerless and dizzy.

The second one, patients with

mental illness are not isolated and

chained. All patients are free to

socialize, to meet and to talk to

others including the volunteers.

They are not isolated in a special

room with his/her legs are tied up.

It seems that the volunteers are

really sure that they will not be

frightening.

G. Conclusion There are hospitals for person

with mental illness but they are still


119

limited. Having treatment in

hospital is expensive for people

from low economy community but

the number of people with mental

illness are increasing. Because of

this reason, alternative treatment

can be found anywhere. Aside from

the fee which is affordable, the

treatment is sometimes giving

positive hope. Hospital and

alternative private treatment have

different way of giving treatment.

Doctors in a hospital will see a

person with mental illness as

physical diseases. The best way of

treatment if eliminating the

diseases. On the other hand,

alternative treatment does not need

medicine as most patients are not

economically established. What

more is that the therapists do not

look at mental illness as physical

disease. On the other hand, they

suffer from psychological disorder.

The patients need psychological

treatment. They need a person who

is willing to listen and to

comprehend his/her needs

(naturalistic point of view).

References

[1] Ahmadi, Negar, Philip

Saleh, and Colin M Shapiro,

In Kramer, Milton. 2010.

Sleep and Mental Illness.

Cambridge University Press

[2] Alini. 2014. Hubungan

Pengetahuan Perawat

Tentang Komunikasi

Terapeutik Dengan

Penerapan Komunikasi

Terapeutik Pada Pasien Di

Ruang Rawat Inap Rumah

Sakit Jiwa Tampan Provinsi

Riau Tahun 2014. Jurnal

Keperawatan STIKes

Tuanku Tambusai Riau Vol

5, ed 2, halaman 1-9.

[3] Astuti, Wening Marsudi,

Made Sumarwati, & Tulus

Seyiono. 2010. Pengaruh

Terapi Kognitif

Restrukturisasi terhadap

Penurunan Skor Depresi

pada Pasien Gangguan Jiwa.

Jurnal Keperawatan

Soedirman Vol. 5, No 3

halaman 164-173.

[4] Anshori, Dadang S. 2017.

Etnografi Komunikasi:

Persepektif Bahasa. Jakarta:

Rajawali Press

[5] Attree, Miora. 2000.

Patients and Relatives’

Experiences and

Perspectives of ‘Good’ and

‘not good’ quality care.

Journal of Advanced

Nursing Vol. 33., No. 4 page

456-466

[6] Bajari, Atwar. 2015. Metode

Penelitian Komunikasi:

Prosedur, Tren, dan Etika.

Bandung: Simbiosa

Rekatama Media.

[7] Creswell, John W. 2009.

Research Design:

Qualitative, Quantitative,


120

and Mixed Methods

Approaches Third Edition.

SAGE Publications Ltd.

[8] Deegan, Patricia E. 1988.

Recovery: The Lived

Experience of

Rehabilitation. The

Psychosocial Rehabilitation

Journal Vol. 11., No. 4 page

11-19

[9] Godbout, Roger In Kramer,

Milton. 2010. Sleep and

Mental Illness. Cambridge

University Press

[10] Holmes, E. Paul, Patrick W.

Corrigan, Sarah Knight, &

Judith Flaxman. 1995.

Development of a sleep

management Program for

People with Severe Mental

Illness. Psychiatric

Rehabilitation Journal, Vol

19 No 2, page 9-15

[11] Lalongkoe, Maksimus R &

Edison, Thomas A. 2014.

Komunikasi Terapeutik:

pendekatan praktis praktisi

kesehatan. Yogyakarta:

Penerbit Graha Ilmu.

[12] McCann, Terence V &

Baker, Helen. 2001. Mutual

Relating: developing

interpersonal relationships

in the community. Journal of

Advanced Nursing. Vol 34

No. 4 page 530-537

[13] McCann, Terence V. &

Baker, Helen. 2001. Mutual

Relating: Developing

Interpersonal Relationships

in The Community.

Blackwell Science Ltd.

[14] Meliza, Cut Putri & Nur

Anisah. 2017. Analisis

Komunikasi Terapeutik

Perawat dalam Pemulihan

Pasien Gangguan Jiwa di

Rumah Sakit Jiwa Aceh

Jurnal Ilmiah Mahasiswa

FISIP Unsyiah Volume 2,

Nomor 2:151-170 Mei 2017

[15] Morse, Janice M. 1991.

Negotiating Commintment

and Involvement in the

Nurse-Patient Relationship.

Journal of Advanced

Nursing Vol. 16, page 455-

468.

[16] Oltmanns, Thomas F &

Robert E. Emery. 2012.

Abnormal Psychology,

seventh edition. Pearson

Education, Inc

[17] Peplau, Hidegard E. 1997.

Peplau’s Theory of

Interpersonal Relations.

Nursing Science Quarterly

Vol. 10 No. 4 page 162-167.

[18] Potter, Patricia A & Perry,

Anne Griffin. 2013.

Fundamentals of Nursing.

Eighth Edition. Mosby of

Elsevier Inc.

[19] Puspitosari, Warih Andan.

2009. Terapi Kognitif dan

Perilaku pada Gangguan

Obsesif Kompulsif. Mutiara

Media, Vol 9, No 2 halaman

73-79.


121

[20] Shattell, Mona M. 2004.

Nurse-Patien Interaction: a

review of the literature.

Journal of Clinical Nursing

Vol 13, page 714-722

[21] Slade, Mike. 2009. Personal

Recovery and Mental

Illness: a guide for mental

health professionals.

Cambridge University Press.

[22] Suryani. 2015. Komunikasi

Terapeutik: Teori dan

Praktik. Jakarta: Penerbit

Buku Kedokteran EGC.

[23] Witojo, Djoko & Arif

Widodo. 2008. Pengaruh

Komunikasi Terapeutik

terhadap Penurunan Tingkat

Perilaku Kekesaran pada

Pasien Skizofrenia di RSJD

Surakarta. Berita Ilmu

Keperawatan Vol. 1 No. 1

halaman 1-6.


122

THE PRACTICES OF REPUBLIC INDONESIA’S

DIPLOMACY TO TAKING OVER THE

MANAGEMENT OF FLIGHT INFORMATION

REGION (FIR) ABOVE NATUNA ISLAND FROM

THE REPUBLIC OF SINGAPORE

Pramono Benyamin

Faculty Of Communication Science, Padjadjaran University

[email protected]

Abstract

Indonesia has to fully control "Flight Information Region" (FIR) over the Natuna

islands to strengthen control over air space in the border area. Natuna borders on

South China Sea in which Pacific big powers, China and the United States have

security interest. FIR over Natuna has to be put immediately under full control of

Indonesia. FIR concerns not only flight safety, but also the country's sovereignty,"

Bamsoet said during a working visit to the border area together with the country's

military chief, FIR over Natuna is still controlled by Singapore. currently the

government puts border areas high in priority in its development program. The

paradigm of development in border areas should be based on national security and

improvement of the local people's welfare, Indonesia's territorial security is

determined partly by security in border areas. Therefore, development of military

base in the Natuna islands is very important. It is not impossible we also would

build and strengthen military bases in other outermost islands.

Keywords: National Defence, Millitary Support, Taking Over airspace

A. Introduction

FIR (flight information region)

is a part of regulation of aviation and

aviation problem areas infinitely at

one state, which means that aviation

world would be touching by one and

another states, then to achieved

safety on aviation regulation is

necessary. Flight information region

is an air space regulation that flight

information service and alerting

service are contained in. FIR’s


123

dispute starts with RAN I that hold

by ICAO. On RAN I’s meeting said

that FIR management in Natuna

Islands has been delegated to

Singapore because Indonesia

couldn’t have ability to manage this

FIR effectively. Because of

technology and human resources

restrictiveness. There’s so many

phenomenon that makes Indonesia

want to taking back indonesia’s

authority on FIR with any efforts.

This research theoretically has built

with realism perspectives on

International Relations and

supported by Diplomacy Theory by

Harold Nicholson with setting

diplomacy and also state analysis.

Formulation of all arguments, facts

and theoretical framework on this

research is guided by qualitative

explanation methods. Scope of this

research is Singapore’s management

on FIR and also Indonesia’s

diplomacy to taking back FIR from

Singapore.

Researcher has formulated an

answered-hypothesis that

Indonesia’s diplomacy with joint

management model to finish this

FIR dispute in Natuna Islands with

Singapore. Joint management is

made to finish this dispute because

Indonesia want to make a peace and

win-win solution. So joint

management diplomacy is used to

finish this FIR dispute currently.

In aviation, a flight

information region (FIR) is a

specified region of airspace in

which a flight information

service and an alerting

service (ALRS) are provided. It is

the largest regular division of

airspace in use in the world today.

FIRs have existed since 1947 at

least. Every portion of the

atmosphere belongs to a specific

FIR. Smaller countries' airspace is

encompassed by a single FIR; larger

countries' airspace is subdivided into

a number of regional FIRs.

Some FIRs encompass the territorial

airspace of several

countries. Oceanic airspace is

divided into Oceanic Information

Regions and delegated to a

controlling authority bordering that

region. The division among

authorities is done by international

agreement through the International

Civil Aviation

Organization (ICAO).

There is no standard size for

FIRs – it is a matter for

administrative convenience of the

country concerned. In some cases

there is a vertical division of the FIR,

in which case the lower portion

remains named as such, whereas the

airspace above is named Upper

Information Region (UIR).

An information service and alerting

service are the basic levels of air

traffic service, providing

information pertinent to the safe and

efficient conduct of flights and

alerting the different relevant

authorities should an aircraft be in

distress. These are available to all

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aviation

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Airspace

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flight_information_service

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flight_information_service

https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Alerting_service&action=edit&redlink=1

https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Alerting_service&action=edit&redlink=1

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Civil_Aviation_Organization



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Upper_Information_Region

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Upper_Information_Region


124

aircraft through a FIR. Higher levels

of Air Traffic Advisory and Control

services may be available within

certain portions of airspace within a

FIR, according to the ICAO class of

that portion of airspace (with regard

to national regulations), and the

existence of a suitably equipped

authority to provide the services.

In a sovereign form or

conception of the state requires

understanding and awareness of

each individual about the

sovereignty of his country. Such

awareness includes awareness of

space and boundary consciousness

that will form the conception of

space (space conception) of a nation

about the territory of the country. If

it is not handled seriously, the

question of a country's borders will

still be a great homework for any

government.

As President of the Republic of

Indonesia Susilo Bambang

Yudhoyono during his reign at that

time has made a lot of efforts to take

over FIR from the power of

Singapore. As we have seen that the

thing that also makes Indonesia

inferior under Singapore is the fact

that we are actually not fully

sovereign over the air of our own

country as some are still controlled

by Singapore.

Until 2014 the end of the

administration of President Susilo

Bambang Yudhoyono part of

Indonesia's airspace will still be

controlled by Singapore's air traffic

controllers. Why this can happen,

because that is the sound of

Presidential Decree No. 7/1996 on

the ratification of the FIR (Flight

Information Region) agreement with

Singapore, which states that the

eastern navigation system in

Indonesia is controlled by Singapore

no later than 15 years.

In the Law of the Republic of

Indonesia No. 3 of 2002 on State

Defense stated that the defense of

the state aims to safeguard and

protect the sovereignty of the state,

the territorial integrity of the Unitary

State of the Republic of Indonesia

(NKRI) and the safety of the whole

nation from all forms of threat.

Efforts to realize the recognition of

sovereignty in the territorial waters

of the archipelago are inseparable

from the archipelago principles of

the four countries' (Fiji, Filiphina,

Indonesia, Mauritius) disclosure

documents at the session of the

United Nations Seabed Committee

in 1972 in New York, particularly

the second principle which states,

"The archipelagic sovereign state of

the waters contained in the straight

line is drawn between the outer

islands of the island. This

sovereignty not only covers the

waters but includes seabed and

subsoil and airspace over

archipelagic waters.

Conception of space referred to

Friedrich Ratzel certainly also

related to the problem of state

sovereignty in the air. In the aviation


125

world there is a Flight Information

Region (FIR) whose territory is not

based on territorial territory, but

based on safety consideration. In

connection with the issue of state

sovereignty in the air, the control of

Air Traffic Control (ATC) by

Singapore in the Indonesian territory

of Riau Islands (Kepri), not only

causes violations of the territorial

sovereignty of the Unitary State of

the Republic of Indonesia (NKRI)

which is very broad especially in

aspects of air defense and economic

losses.

The management of air

navigation, especially in the west, is

not 100% controlled by Indonesia.

The management of the ABC sector

airspace or in the Riau Islands area,

Natuna, is still controlled by the

Singapore authorities. Because the

Flight Information Region (FIR)

system is still held by the Air Traffic

Control tower of Singapore so that

Indonesian aircraft flying in the area

must be licensed to Singapore even

though flying over the territory of

Indonesia. It turned out that

surveillance and regulation of FIR

for Natuna or ABC sectors has been

held by Singapore since 1946 or one

year after Indonesia became

independent. At that time, the

International Civil Aviation

Organization (ICAO) held a meeting

to discuss the distribution and

management of FIR. But the

Indonesian representatives were not

present. As a result, the FIR for

Natuna area is given to Singapore.

This condition is quite

alarming because foreign aircraft are

free to pass without any supervision

by FIR (Flight Information Region)

Indonesia located in Jakarta. This

concern not only arises from

Indonesia but also from the country

around it as Indonesia's fragility

means a threat to them. Indonesia's

unstable condition makes the

country around to try to take action

especially in the case of Indonesia's

air safety that tend to be neglected,

FIR (Flight Information Region) is a

specified airspace of its dimensions

in which provided Flight

Information Service and Alerting

Service.

References

[1] GFN-SSR. (2007) A

Beginner’s Guide to Security

Sector Reform (SSR). United

Kingdom: GFN-SSR.

[2] OECD. (2005) DAC

Guidelines and Reference

Series : Security System

Reform and Governance.

OECD Publishing.

[3] United Kingdom, Defence

Diplomacy, Ministry of

Defence Policy Paper No.1


126

Website

http://www.recaap.org/Home.aspx

http://www.deplu.go.id/moscow/Pa

ges/Divisions.aspx?IDP=8&l=id

http://maritime-

connector.com/ship/crest-gold-1-

9468267/

http://americansecurityproject.org/is

sues/climate-energy-and

security/energy/todays-

supply/geographic-choke-points/

http://www.shipspotting.com/galler

y/photo.php?lid=1466288

http://www.deplu.go.id/Daftar%20P

erjanjian%20Internasional/singapur

a.htm

http://www.deplu.go.id/Daftar%20Perjanjian%20Internasional/singapura.htm




127

RECONSTRUCTION OF IDENTITY OF MALAY

Alfarabi1, Anter Venus2, Nuryah Asri Syafirah3, Noor Efni Salam4

Universitas Bengkulu1, Universitas Padjajaran2, Universitas Padjajaran3,

Universitas Riau4

[email protected], [email protected], [email protected],

[email protected]

Abstract

After reformation era, Malay in Riau revived to show their existence in Riau

Island. It is through the reconstruction of their identity as Malay. This study is to

comprehend how the identity of Malay in Riau is reconstructed to build their

image and their social position in the society. The theory of social action is

impelemented in this research. A case study is chosen as the method research.

The main data were collected through interview and observation. The research

result shows that the reconstruction of Malay identity is achieved by redefining

the character of Malay, redefining who the hosts in Riau are, and through

implementing the Islamic values for their lives. The reconstruction of their

identity becomes the power for Malay in Riau to achieve their rights which have

been neglected. It also gives new roles of Malay to push the central and local

government, foreign and local corporations and newcomers in Riau.

Keywords: Malay, Reconstruction, Identity

A. Introduction

The construction of post-

reform Malay identity is an effort

made to renegotiate the role of

Malays in Riau.. This negotiation

was done because for thirty-three

years the Malay identity was under

pressure from the New era

government (Salam, 2012: 72).

Malay identity was only beginning

to show up in the reform era which

gave space for the emergence of

local identity. A considerable effort

by the Malay elite at the beginning

of this reform was done in an

attempt to restore the identity of

Malay in the land of Riau.

Openness to express opinions in the

Reformation era provided an






128

opportunity for local elites to

reconstruct the Malay cultural

identity. This condition is in

background by the negative

labeling of Malay characters living

and developing in Riau society.

This negative character label makes

the Malay status weaker when

faced with newcomers.

In this situation is considered

unprofitable in an era of reform that

gives the Malays the opportunity to

hold strategic positions. In addition,

the reform era also provides

communication space for the Riau

Malay community to request the

right to share natural resource

profits to big companies in Riau.

The demands for equitable sharing

of natural resource benefits are also

directed to the central government

which holds policies in the

management of Riau's largest oil,

petroleum assets.

The opening of the

communication space can not be

fully utilized when the growing

Malay label is perceived negatively.

This condition is recognized by the

Riau Malay elite by making the

vision of Riau 2020 where the

derivation of the spirit is to

reconstruct the identity of Malays

who are introduced to outsiders,

especially migrants.

This study will be examine

how Riau Malay elites reconstruct

ethnic identity to give positive label

to Malay people. In this study the

elite is defined as a person or group

considered as individuals or groups

who have the skills in providing

direction and understanding to the

community (Prasetya, 2014: 376).

To explain the field findings

then used the theory of social

construction of reality from Peter L.

Berger and Thomas Luckmann. The

choice of Riau as a research site is

based on the political dynamics of

post-reform identity in the region.

In addition Riau is a province

whose weight strong and unique

resistance to the central government

even though its resistance ended in

defeat (Haboddin, 2012: 126).

B. Method

This research uses qualitative

method with case study approach.

According to Creswell (2013: 261-

263) qualitative research is in a

natural setting where researchers

are the key instrument for

collecting data. The study of case

studies involves the study of a case

in real life, in contexts or

contemporary settings (Yin in

Creswell, 2014: 135). The purpose

of case study is to understand

specific issues, problems, or

concerns to be able to understand

the problem well (Stake in

Creswell, 2014: 137). The subjects

of the research used as informants

in this research are the Riau Malay

elite. Informant selection process

based on snowball sampling

approach. Data collection

techniques in this study rely on in-

depth interview techniques. The


129

process of data analysis in

qualitative has been done since

from data collection. To ensure the

validity of the data then the

researcher will use triangulation of

sources.

C. Result

As an ethnic who had been

marginalized in his own country in

the era of the old era and the new

era, freedom in the era of reform is

really utilized by Riau Malay

people to reconstruct the identity.

The approach of identity in the

objective eyewear with the criteria

of Islam, Malay language, and

Malay culture has not changed

significantly. Based on the results

of the research, this objective

criterion only added one more

criterion that is living in Riau

region. Practice in the middle of

society, the criteria of who is

referred to as Riau Malay is

experiencing narrowing and

expansion depending on the context

that is happening. The first

constriction of who is called the

Malay is when speaking of religion.

individuals who are not Muslim

then are not referred to as Malay.

So strict is this ethnic boundary that

those who leave Islam

automatically lose the Malay

identity. However, Islamic criteria

are difficult to attach to indigenous

tribes of Riau whose religion still

retains ancestral beliefs. Especially

for the indigenous tribe, the Malays

still recognize them as Old Malay.

The second constriction of who

is called Riau Malay is in the local

political dimension and previllage

to gain access and benefit sharing

of Riau's natural resources

management. In this context there

is the slogan of the original son of

the region and the children of the

country meaningful Riau Malay

people are those who were born and

raised in Riau and derived from the

descent of Riau Malay. In the

context of local politics and the

demands of a fair share of

resources, these are the ones who

must take precedence in leading

and receiving the benefits.

Otherwise, ethnic Malay ethnic

boundaries become widespread

when in the context of Malay,

Malay culture and residing in Riau.

Following this ethnic restriction,

almost all Muslim immigrants can

become Malay (Unless Batak

individual who although already

Islamic but has language and

culture that is considered some

distance from Malay family,

however if Batak people want to

follow Malay language and culture

then still can considered as Malay).

Entrants in Pekanbaru in general

can be categorized as Malay when

faced with language and cultural

criteria. The ease of becoming a

Malay Muslim origin is a direct

description of the openness of the

Malay people themselves.


130

Beyond ethnic Malay ethnic

boundaries objectively there is

embedding of identity based on

Malay character. Identity in the

context of character is obtained

through the stereotype that

developed in the midst of

Pekanbaru society, even in Riau in

general. Stereotypes of Malays who

live in the community have

negative connotations and are used

as identification of Riau Malay

people. The unique stereotype of

the Malay character is

acknowledged not only by migrants

but also to the Malays themselves.

Based on the stereotype Malay

people are identified as lazy, do not

like to work hard, often used, and

avoid conflict. The identification of

Malay characters is perceived as

detrimental and therefore the Malay

elite redefined to counter the

stereotype. Redefinition is a counter

discourse by the elite to reposition

the position of Malays in the

presence of immigrants. Lackless

stereotypes and hard-working

counterparts with migrants'

inattention to Riau's abundant

natural wealth.

This natural wealth makes

Riau Malay people do not need to

bother to support themselves. This

condition is different from the area

of origin of migrants who are in

nature requires someone to struggle

to survive. Furthermore, the

stereotype that Malay is easy to use

is the basic character of the Malay

people who are open and embraces

every settler in Riau. This character

is positive, it is precisely that

utilizing the goodness of the Malay

people to dredge the natural wealth

of Malay precisely that should be

labeled negative. Thus his views

must be reversed, not the good ones

that are judged bad, but the greedy

and ignorant who are considered

not good. The stereotype that

Malay people avoid conflict is not

appropriate because in practice

Malay people have a marwah that if

disturbed there will be resistance.

The right one for Malay characters

is to avoid disputes. The Malays

tend to seek common ground rather

than impose a will or engage in a

coachman's debate.

various counters the to

negative stereotype of the Malay

finally boils down to the Malay

character identical to the teachings

of Islam. The Malay is Islam in

essence not only as a condition of

identity. Islam is a reference to

values and behaviors embodied in

Malay daily life. Malay stereotypes

are lazy, do not like to work hard,

easy to use and avoid conflict in the

end rejected because it is not in

accordance with Islamic values.

Malay adherence is Islam hinting

that the Malay character must be

viewed based on Islamic values.

Islam is not only one of the

criteria to be called the Malay.

Islam is attached to the Malay and

becomes the spirit of the Malay

people themselves. Malay

redefinition is Islam not because of


131

the former Malay people do not

have to Islam. This redefinition

actually reinforces Islamic values

from material to abstraction, from

thinking to behaving. When Islam

has become a soul then Malay is its

container, this consequence makes

starting from way of thinking,

attitude and behavior of Malays is

embodiment of Islamic values

itself.

The embodiment of Islamic

values in the Malay became more

progressive after reformation.

Malay symbols are not only

displayed in Malay but also in the

Malay community itself. Each

ornament is embedded Islamic

values. This is what happens with

the philosophical of selembayang,

meaning of a rowing, the

philosophical meaning of the teluk

belango outfit, and the

philosophical meaning of the title

of custom. Islamic values are also

used as guidance in running the

system of government. The vision

of local government and program

policies speaks about civil society

and the establishment of a Malay

cultural center in Southeast Asia.

This is a picture of the redefinition

of Malay identity that embeds

Islamic values in Malay thoughts,

attitudes and behavior reflected in

the symbols, visions and policies

that exist in Riau, especially in

Pekanbaru.

The reconstruction of Malay

identity also touches on the realm

of psychology in which the

pressures of the past which make

the Malay marginalized in its own

region are channeled through the

slogans of the country's children.

The identity of the children of the

country is a resurrection of the

decline of identity in the past. The

message to be conveyed in the

slogan of the country's children is

about who the host in Riau,

including in Pekanbaru which is

considered as the city of migrants.

This message is also an effort to

communicate to migrants to respect

and prioritize Malay as the owner

of the territory. The children of the

country are an emotional group of

Riau Malay people who are aware

of the importance of achieving

strategic position in the social

system and government in Riau.

The children of the country also

have the right to get a fair share of

natural resources of Riau.

The emergence of the slogan

of a child of the country is a

consequence of the application of

identity itself that seeks equality as

well as seeking differences of

identity itself with the identity of

others. A person who considers

himself a Malay will see

similarities and differences with his

surroundings. The description is in

accordance with the writings of

Sosiawan et al (2015: 236) which

says that philosophically, identity

has two meanings: (1) singleness

over time and (2) sameness amid

difference. These two concepts


132

show that there are similarities and

differences that are conceived in the

sense of identity.

Amid communities, the

practice of strengthening the status

of the country's children appears in

two contexts. First in the context of

local politics, and secondly

emerged within the context of the

demands of sharing the benefits of

Riau's natural resource

management. In the context of local

politics, the children of the country

are a force to compete for regional

leadership. The child of the country

in this context means that the

Malay must regulate his own

territory. The history of the past

where the leadership in Riau was

widely held by those who came

from outside Riau became a

reference for the event not to

happen again.

In the context of natural

resources, the identity of the

children of the country arises in

terms of access and benefit sharing

of management. The children of the

country can be used as access to

obtain previllage in the recruitment

of employees in private and foreign

companies. Negative stereotypes

about Malay characters have been

believed to have made Malays less

competitive with outsiders. Private

and foreign companies in Riau tend

to prioritize the recruitment of

employees from outside Riau

because it is considered more

diligent and not much trouble. The

stereotype makes many Malays

only a spectator in the management

of natural resources in the region.

The emergence of the identity of

the children of the country made the

Malay through the laskar urges the

company to accept the Malay as an

employee. The identity of the

children of the country can also be

used to pressure the company to

provide work projects to the

Malays. The presence of the army

makes the bargaining position of

the Malays become energized when

negotiating with the company.

The identity of the most

prominent child of the children is

present in the context of demand

for profit sharing of natural

resource management. The profit-

sharing demands of the central

government unite the Malay in one

voice. Through local government,

the demand for these results

continues to be discouraged to the

central government. The identity of

the children of the country in this

context becomes a stakes of self-

esteem that the natural wealth of

Riau should no longer be enjoyed

by the benefits of Outsiders Riau.

Construction of the Identity of

Malay Identity; Externalization,

Objectification, and

Internalization

The attempt to reconstruct the

identity of Malays goes through

several stages that take place in a

circular manner. The first stage is

externalization. The Malay elite's

attempt to reconstruct the identity


133

of the Malays is done through

externalization through the

construction of the importance of

bringing the identity of Malay

through symbols. This effort is a

form of externalization. Besides

externalization is also done by

saying that the Malay people have a

positive character because of

running the values of Islam. These

efforts are discouraged to become a

guide for Malays in identifying

themselves. The discourses are

translated into various forms of

identity symbols. Physically the

objectivity of Malay discourse is

manifested in the form of

selembayung, teluk belango,

uniform paratrooper, and action on

the field. While the abstract

objectification appears in the form

of pride of being a Malay by

issuing the slogan 'Not Lost Malay

on Earth', and 'Malay is Islam'.

The discourses of identity that

were originally a process of

expression and outpouring of

Malay people (externalization)

turned into objectivity (manifested

in real life in everyday life).

Malayness that has formed in the

life of society continues to process

through interaction between Malays

to achieve stability. Malayness that

has lived in this society in the end

made reference by the Malay

people to be socialized to the

younger generation of Malays and

to immigrants in Pekanbaru or in

Riau in general. This Malayness

eventually became the identity of

the Malays to be a guide in

behaving and behaving everyday.

The process of disseminating the

discourse of Malay people's identity

is the entrance to the internalization

of Malay values.

D. Discussion

Construction of Malay Identity;

A Conscious Action Of The

Situation Experienced By Malays

In The Past

The construction of the Malay

identity is a conscious act of the

Malay elites to reposition the

Malays in post-reform social life.

Freedom in the reform era to show

local identity is used as an entrance

to reconstruct Malay identity. This

condition is taken because the view

of the Riau region in general and

Pekanbaru in particular much

regulated by those who come from

outside of Riau or outside Melayu.

Host awareness is manifested into

action through the Malay symbols

addressed to the Malay people

themselves and in particular as a

message to migrants in the Riau

region-including foreign and

private-companies.

The message of the

children of this country has a

purpose that is consciously

conveyed to migrants to be more

knowledgeable when in the land of

Malay. The field findings are also

reinforced by Andriana's research

(2011: 114) which sees that the


134

emphasis of Malay as a child of the

country is reinforced by the issue of

"Son of the Region" in an effort to

put more importance on the

indigenous people of Riau. Action

in the form of the message of the

children of the country was taken

because of the behavior of the

immigrants in Riau. The existence

of workers, private companies,

foreign companies, and State

enterprises has long been perceived

as harming Riau Orang Melayu.

After a long period of silence, in

the reform era, the demand for

change is manifested in the form of

demand for justice in the Malay.

Riau's massive natural wealth does

not have a great contribution to the

Malays because those who enjoy it

are immigrants in the form of

individuals and companies. These

past immigrant actions encouraged

the Malay social action to

reconstruct identity as a form of

position negotiation when dealing

with the migrants. Thus the Malay

social action in the form of the

message of the child of this country

to consider the behavior of migrants

over the years and oriented to the

behavior of migrants in the future.

In the eyes of the theory of social

action, what this elite Malay is

doing is a rational act aimed at

repositioning the Malay position in

the presence of immigrants.

In Weber's view, what the

Malay do is an act of instrumental

rationality. This action is based on

consideration of the Malay

condition before the reforms that

have experienced many stresses

both structurally and culturally.

Efforts to change the condition is

done by showing who the host in

the land of Riau, including in

Pekanbaru. It is also a conscious

action to change the fate of the

Malay people themselves.

Opportunities in the reform era that

provide such opportunities are used

to reposition and negotiate the role

of Malay in Riau in general.

Freedom to show local identity and

supported by the direct electoral

system of politics became a

strategic instrument to achieve the

repositioning objectives of the

Malays.

In Weber's spectacles, the

reconstruction of Malay identity is

aimed at achieving a more strategic

Malay position both in social

standing and in policy making. This

goal becomes strategic because post

reformation opportunities to

reposition Malay positions in Riau

become open. The way to

reposition the Malay position is

manifested in the Malay form of

Islam which is used to counter the

negative stereotypes that live in

social life, and the Malays are the

children of the country to make

negotiations on the equitable

sharing of resources in the

distribution of Riau's natural

resources. The reconstruction of

Malay identity is addressed to

migrants in Riau in general. Where

this form of migrants can be seen


135

from people outside Riau, private

and foreign companies, as well as

central government. Thus the

purpose of reconstructing the

identity of the Malay is to establish

an Islamic Malay who is the master

and the master of his own natural

resources. The motivation of

achieving that goal is to improve

the fate of Malay people who

before the reforms experienced

structural and cultural pressure by

repositioning and negotiating the

position of Malay in Riau.


identity is a value-oriented social

action. The values that are referred

to in this social action are Islamic

values. The action of the Malay

elite to perceive Malay is Islam is

an attempt to apply Islamic values

in the minds, attitudes and behavior

of Malays in daily life. The

embodiment in the implementation

of Islamic values comes from the

historical where the guide for the

Malays is 'Adat Besanding Syara,

Syara Besanding Kitabullah'. The

history of Malay glory in the past

has also influenced value-oriented

social action. Malayness in the past

is considered to have actualized

Islamic values.

E. Conclusion

Meaning and Strength in the

Reconstruction of Malay Identity

Identity gives meaning to the

individual or group in which the

identity is inherent. Identity

embodied in social practices built

from two sides namely the

individual and social side (Amilda,

2011: 4). The meaning is derived

from religious, cultural, ethnic

values that are summarized and

embodied in identity. When the

identity is attached to the individual

or group, the values are also

attached to the individual and the

group.


identity gives a new meaning to the

Malays. This new meaning gives

new strength because it contains

pride as well as their rights as Riau

Orang Melayu. The new meaning

also simultaneously erodes negative

stereotypes in Riau Malay People.

The Malay identity of Islam gives a

positive meaning that in every

thought, attitude and behavior of

Malays is an implementation of

Islamic values. In general, other

ethnic groups in Indonesia do not

directly refer to certain religions as

ethnic tendencies, but Riau Malay

people explicitly mention Islam as

inseparable from the Malays. The

assertiveness of the election of

Islam as the identity of the Riau

Malay people also rejects the

stereotype that Malays are lazy, do

not like to work hard, and away

from conflict, it is not in

accordance with Islamic values.

The identity that the Malays

are the children of the land gives

meaning to the Malays that they are

the host in Riau. As the host then


136

they are entitled to engage in local

government policy including in the

management and utilization of

natural resources in Riau. The

identity of the country's children

provides pride as well as the right

to enjoy a fair share of Riau's

natural resource management. Thus

the identity of Malay is Islam and

Malay is a child of the country is an

attribute that can be used by Malays

to perform actions that demand

change both at the level of social

life and at the level of government

policy in Riau.

Identity also has power in the

individual or group in which the

identity is attached. The existence

of these forces makes those

attached to the identity have a basis

for achieving a goal through the

social actions they choose. The

Malay identity reconstructed post-

reformation ultimately gives the

Malay people the power to move

and change their self-image. In the

economic context, this power is

used to change the fate of the

Malays. The reconstruction of post-

reform identity becomes the energy

to unite the Malay and demand the

rights of those who have been

neglected. Individually the

reconstruction of Malay identity is

used to ask for priority in access

and recipients of policy both from

local government and from private

and foreign companies in Riau.

While ethnically, the reconstruction

of Malay identity is used in

pressuring both the central

government, local government,

foreign and private companies and

migrants in Riau. Based on these

conditions, the identity of Malays

in Riau is not only seen from the

label that is pinned because of new

roles performed by the Malays. The

identity of Malays is seen as a

meaning that is a source of strength

because it has a goal to be achieved.

Reconstruction of identity

gives birth to social actions by the

Malays to achieve the goals they

have set. In the end the identity of

the Malay post-reformation is a

framework of reference to other

Malay identities (Islamic values

become references in symbolic

meaning to buildings, clothing

symbols, custom processions and

education). Inside the identity is

also contained a self-defense

mechanism for the Malays.

The identity of Malay people

after the reformation was shaped

from the experience of Malays who

were under structural and cultural

pressure in the New Order era. The

pressure experienced by the Riau

Malay is a source of identity

formation. Pressure in the New

Order era is contrasted with other

elements, namely the glory of the

Malay kingdom in the past. These

two basic elements are derived

from collective memory, history,

power apparatus, Islamic values,

and Riau geography.


137

F. Acknowledgement

The researchers would like to

thank to the research informants

who have helped make it easy to

understand the changing ethnic

identity of post-reform in Riau

References

[1] Salam, Noor Efni. 2012.

Simbol dan Identitas; Kajian

Tentang Negosiasi dan

Konsolidasi terhadap Simbol

Budaya dalam

Mempertahankan Identitas

Masyarakat Riau. Jurnal Ilmu

Komunikasi Vol 4, Nomor 4

(2012) Universitas Bandar

Lampung.

[2] Prasetya, Yanuar Yudha. 2014.

Dinamika Internal Kekuasaan

Antar Elite dalam Organisasi

Pengurus Cabang Nahdlatul

Ulama Kabupaten Lamongan.

Jurnal Politik Muda, Vol. 3 No.

3, Agustus-Desember 2014.

[3] Haboddin, Muhtar. 2012.

Menguatnya Politik Identitas di

Ranah Lokal. Jurnal Studi

Pemerintahan Vol.3 No.1

Februari 2012.

[4] Creswell, Jhon W. 2014 (Edisi

Ketiga). Penelitian Kualitatif

& Desain Riset; Memilih di

Antara Lima Pendekatan.

Pustaka Pelajar: Yogyakarta.

[5] Sosiawan, Edwi Arief dan

Rudi Wibowo. 2015.

Representasi Politik identitas

Dalam Kampanye Online

Calon Legistatif Partai Politik

Peserta Pemilu 2014. Jurnal

Ilmu Komunikasi, Volume 13,

Nomor 3, September -

Desember 2015.

[6] Andriana, Nina. 2011.

Hegemoni Ideologi dalam

Konstruksi Identitas Budaya

Masyarakat Melayu Riau pada

Desain Arsitektur. Widyariset,

Vol. 14 No.1, 2011.

[7] Amilda. 2011. Menjadi

Melayu Yang Islam: Sebuah

Politik Identitas Etnis

Minoritas Dalam, Menghadapi

Dominasi Negara Dan Etnis

Mayoritas. Makalah/Paper

telah dipresentasikan pada

forum “Annual Conference on

Islamic Studies (ACIS) ke-11”,

bertempat di Bangka Belitung,

10 s.d. 13 Oktober 2011.

diselenggarakan oleh

Direktorat Pendidikan Tinggi

Islam, Ditjen Pendidikan Islam,

Kementerian Agama RI.


138

RESPONSIBLE LEADERSHIP AND CORPORATE

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: THE ROLES OF A

LARGE COMPANY IN SUSTAINABLE

DEVELOPMENT

Risa Bhinekawati

University of Agung Podomoro, Jakarta, Indonesia

[email protected]

Abstract

This paper clarifies the linkages between the concepts of responsible leadership

and corporate social responsibility (CSR) and social capital by comparing the

theoretical framework with empirical evidence from PT Astra International Tbk,

one of the largest public-listed companies in Indonesia. Since 1995 the company

has conducted CSR programs in skilled labor development program through its

corporate polytechnic. Up to 2015, the company has generated more than 2,500

skilled workers for manufacturing industry. Using an exploratory qualitative case

study, this study investigates why and how a corporation contributes to sustainable

development through its CSR programs and social capital development. Primary

and secondary data from company documents, archival records, interviews and

observations were analysed to develop a theoretical model. The study finds

responsible leadership as the driving force for the company in investing in CSR

programs. Stakeholder relations and resource allocations through the CSR

program have developed social capital, which enable the company and its

stakeholders to co-create value to achieve economic, social, and environmental

performance for the company and the beneficiaries of CSR programs. This

research contributes to the management theory as it clarifies the actual linkages

between responsible leadership, CSR, social capital and sustainable development,

which is lacking in the literature. The theoretical model from the research can be

replicated and applied by other companies, especially for the ones operating in

emerging economies. However, further research is needed to test its applications

to other contexts.

Keywords: corporate social responsibility, corporate sustainability, responsible

leadership, social capital, Sustainable development


139

A. Introduction

The roles of corporate

leadership in contributing to

sustainable development goals such

as eradicating poverty, improving

the quality of education, decreasing

inequality between the rich and the

poor countries, and preserving the

environment have been debated in

the literature. Until recently,

research on corporate social

responsibility (CSR) mostly focus

on the relationship between CSR

and corporate performance, but they

provide very little knowledge on the

process under which CSR generates

the expected outcomes (Aguinis &

Glavas, 2012; Christensen, Mackey

& Whetten, 2014). Experts argues

that an integration of leadership

theory with CSR concepts can

explain why and how firms can

contribute to improving the society

(Christensen et al., 2014; Morgeson,

Aguinis, Waldman & Siegel, 2013;

Pless, Maak, & Waldman, 2012)

In fact, the United Nations

Development Programme (UND)

found that global value chains, trade

and investment have contributed to

inequality between rich and poor

countries. The Human Development

Report reveals that most of the

benefits of trade, foreign direct

investment, and the global value

chain are still captured by MNCs,

while developing countries only get

minimal benefits of globalisation.

Corporations need to undertake

more significant roles to reduce

inequality and improve prosperity of

developing countries (UNDP,

2014). In current interconnected

world, globalization calls for

“collective political responsibility”

because corporations may work in

countries where state powers are

limited (Wettstein, 2010: 276). In

the global environment,

corporations need to use their power

to contribute to the common good or

the wellbeing of stakeholders related

to their presence, which implies that

corporate governance and corporate

responsibilities should go beyond

“just do no harm” (Wettstein, 2010:

275). Companies should aim at a

higher purpose in playing their roles

in society. Davis (1973) suggests

that companies can contribute to

improving the conditions of society

because they have the resources and

expertise to help solve social

problems by improving productivity

of limited resources in society (p.

313). By being an agent for

development, companies can

prevent many social issues and

create a healthier society, which is

good for business (Fort & Schipani,

2007 : 3610).

To do so, the roles of

companies should be expanded to

cover environmental and corporate

social responsibilities (CSR) along

the company’s supply chain

(Scherer & Palazzo, 2011). CSR is a

corporate action but it is the leaders

of the corporation that make


140

decisions and policies and CSR

(Aguinis & Glavas, 2012: 2).

However, in many cases, leaders of

companies are facing with dilemma

when they have to justify their

investment on CSR (Porter &

Kramer, 2006). Leaders of

companies are considered to be key

actors in solving such dilemma

(Morgeson, et al., 2013).

Christensen and colleagues (2014)

posit that leadership literatures can

explain and whether CSR programs

affect the organizational outcomes

related to the society and the

environment. However, further

research is need to prove their

propositions.

Hence, to fill in the research

gap, this article aims to answer the

question on why and how the

concepts of responsible leadership,

CSR, and social capital evolve in a

practice of a responsible company.

This article draws on the experience

of PT Astra International Tbk

(Astra), an Indonesian indigenous

public-listed company which started

as a family business in 1957 and

now becomes one of the largest

companies with over 200,000

employees (Astra International,

2015). Specifically, this paper

explores why and how the leaders of

the company decide to solve the

scarcity of skilled labor issues in

Indonesia by establishing a

reputable manufacturing

polytechnic in 1995. Subsequently,

this article illuminates how the

polytechnic builds social capital that

contributes to sustainability

performance of Astra and also

sustainable development of

Indonesia.

A theoretical framework is

developed by comparing the

theoretical framework from the

literature review with field evidence.

It is expected that the model

generated from this study can be

replicated by other companies,

especially the ones operating in

developing countries.

B. Responsible Leadership,

Corporate Social

Responsibility, Social Capital,

and Corporate Sustainability

Performance: A Theoretical

Framework

Leadership is a process

whereby an individual influences a

group of individuals to achieve a

common goal (Northouse, 2007: 3).

Responsible leadership, according

to Pless (2007) is a “values-based

and thorough ethical principles-

driven relationship between leaders

and stakeholders who are connected

through a shared sense of meaning

and purpose through which they

raise one another to higher levels of

motivation and commitment for

achieving sustainable value creation

and social change” (p. 438). Pless,

Maak, Waldman (2012) posit that

responsible leadership concept can

explain the link between CSR,


141

corporate performance and the

actions of the leaders and policy

makers of the company. They argue

that responsible leadership

orientations influence leaders

actions on CSR, based on the degree

of accountability towards others and

the breath of constituent group focus

(p. 56).

Responsible leaders play

important roles in balancing

organizational effectiveness and

corporate responsibility, while

enabling sustainable relationship

with stakeholders by promoting

good citizenship within and outside

the organization (Maak, 2007: 331;

Pless, 2007: 450). Responsible

leadership concept can also be used

to explain the link between

leadership, CSR, stakeholder

relationship, and the expected

outcomes of CSR to the organization

and the society at large (Pless &

Maak, 2011; Pless et al., 2012)

which include triple bottom line and

social change (Maak, 2007; Pless,

2007). The concept of responsible

leadership also has the potential to

show the motivation of leaders, and

the process under which leaders

conduct CSR activities to achieve

organizational outcomes

(Christensen, et al., 2014, p. 173).

In terms of CSR, like

responsible leadership, its definition

has also evolved over time. Carroll

(1979) suggests that the “the social

responsibility of business

encompasses the economic, legal,

ethical, and discretionary

expectations that society has of

organisations at a given point in

time” (p.500). He argues that “the

CSR firm should strive to make

profit, obey the law, be ethical, and

be a good corporate citizen”

(Carroll, 1999: 289). This definition

is consistent with Aguinis and

Glavas (2011) who define CSR as a

“context-specific organizational

actions and policies that take into

account stakeholder’s expectations

and triple-bottom line of economic,

social, and environmental

performance” (p. 855). When the

CSR definition of Aguinis and

Glavas (2012) is combined with the

responsible leadership definition of

Maak (2007), it can be understood

that responsible leadership is the

process of integration and

facilitation of CSR actions and

policies to enable internal and

external stakeholders interact to

achieve higher level of commitment

and motivation to achieve common

goals, that is, triple bottom line or

sustainable value creation towards

social change.

With regards to the linkages

between CSR, social capital and

corporate sustainability, prior work

has been done by Bhinekawati

(2017). Based on her research at

Astra, she found that sustainable

development is the driving force and

the purpose behind the company’s

motivation in implementing CSR

programs. The CSR programs


142

become corporate inputs, actions

and process under which corporate

resources, competence, and

management cycles are integrated.

Over time, the process of goal

setting, implementation, evaluation,

and modification of CSR programs

enables the company and its

stakeholders to interact and

communicate, thus building social

capital. However, as suggested by

Pless et al (2012), a more conceptual

development and empirical research

is required to better understand the

relationship between responsible

leadership orientations at the

individual level and organizational

configurations of actual CSR

implementation and outcomes (p.

60).

Responsible leaders would

recognise that in dealing with social

and environmental issues require the

company to play “political” or

“public roles” in contributing to

sustainable development (Scherer &

Palazzo, 2011). They integrate and

facilitate CSR actions and policies to

enable internal and external

stakeholders interact to achieve

higher level of commitment and

motivation to achieve common

goals, that is, triple bottom line or

sustainable value creation towards

social change (Aguinis & Glavas,

2012; Maak, 2007). When corporate

leaders can find a strategic fit

between its corporate aim, the social

issues where it operates, and its

business needs, it is possible for

them to integrate CSR programs into

corporate structure and strategy

(Zadek, 2007).

Responsible leaders would

involve corporate staff in the process

of goal setting, implementation,

evaluation and modification of CSR

programs that enables related

stakeholders to interact in achieving

their common goals. This process

enhances the social capital of people

involved in the programs (Maak &

Pless, 2006). The long-term

relationship with stakeholders

allows the company leaders, as the

initiator of the CSR program, to act

as the focal actor that strengthens the

social network or relationships

among the parties in the program

(Coleman, 1990; Uphoff, 2000).

Once these social relationships are

developed, it is expected that the

shared resources like economic

capital, human capital owned by

people in the network, ways of

working or shared norms and trust

will increase over time (Coleman,

1990; Fukuyama, 1995; Putnam,

1995). The enhanced social capital

would then facilitate the company

actors to work together towards a

common purpose (Putnam, 1995:

67).

Responsible leaders can utilize

the enhanced social capital to

facilitate co-creation of shared value

to contribute to the company’s

sustainability. The enhanced social

capital—social relationships, shared

norms and trust—create and


143

reinforce interdependence, which

supports collective actions (Uphoff,

2000). In collective action, people

in the network combine and

exchange their resources to achieve

common objectives (Nahapiet &

Ghoshal, 1998). When responsible

leadership integrates relevant

stakeholders into their strategic CSR

programs, it is expected that the

social capital will be established,

because the company and its

beneficiaries invest more time, share

more information, grow more

connected and become more

interdependent (Coleman, 1990).

Such social connectedness and

collective actions enable the co-

creation of value between the

company and community

(Kirchgeorg & Winn, 2006; London

& Hart, 2004). Responsible leaders

drive and facilitate the

institutionalization of CSR

programs into the organization

(Pless, et al., 2012). During the

implementation of CSR programs,

different levels of responsible

leadership within the company build

social capital as they interact

frequently with internal and external

stakeholders (Maak & Pless, 2006).

The enhanced social capital enables

company to act collectively with the

CSR beneficiaries in achieving

corporate sustainability

performance (triple bottom line).

Eventually, when a company

achieves its economic, social and

environmental performance

simultaneously, the responsible

leadership of company contributes

to the aspirations of responsible

leaders in sustainable development.

The above discussion can be

summarized in a theoretical

framework that shows the

interrelationships among

responsible leadership, CSR

programs, social capital, and

corporate sustainability concepts, as

depicted in Figure 1 below.


144

Figure 1. Theoretical Framework for the Linkages between Responsible

Leadership, CSR, Social Capital and Corporate Sustainability

To fill in the research gaps and

answer the research questions on the

interlinkages between responsible

leadership, CSR programs, social

capital and corporate sustainability

performance, the Theoretical

Framework in Figure 1 should be

tested with empirical evidence to

develop a model for responsible

leadership and CSR that can be

replicated by others.

C. Methods

This study applies an

exploratory qualitative case study

(Yin, 2003; 2009) to explore why

and how the concepts of responsible

leadership, CSR and social capital

have evolved and are interlinked

within the practice of a large

corporation over a period of time. A

case study has been known as an

appropriate strategy to illuminate

how the process evolves over time

under certain phenomena (Yin,

2009). The data collection were

made during the author’s PhD study

the Australian National University

in 2010to 2014 with updates from

the officials of Astra Manufacturing

Polytechnic in 2016.

A single-embedded case study

of PT Astra International Tbk, one

of Indonesia’s largest public listed

companies was chosen for

theoretical or purposive sampling to

achieve the research objective (Yin,

2009). Astra was selected because it

met the criteria of an “Exemplary

case study” (Eisenhardt & Graebner,

2007: 27; Miles & Huberman,

1994). In managing its CSR

programs, the company established

nine corporate foundations to deal

with education, environment, small

about:blank

about:blank

about:blank

about:blank

about:blank

about:blank

about:blank

about:blank


145

enterprises, and employees’ welfare

(Astra International, 2015). For this

article, the focus is on the Astra

Foundation for Knowledge

Development which establishes and

operates Astra Manufacturing

Polytechnic since 1995.

Three sources of evidence

were used: documents, archival

records, and semi-structured

interviews. Interview participants

were selected from the corporate

management, the management of

corporate foundation, and

beneficiaries of the corporate

foundations. A total of 32

informants were interviewed

individually or as a group with

duration between 15 minutes to 2

hours per interview. Respondents

consisted of parents and graduates of

the Polytechnic (6 respondents),

Management of the Polytechnic (7

respondents), management of Astra

International (7 respondents), and

managers of subsidiary company of

Asra International (12 respondents).

The secondary data were gathered

by conducting desk research of

company documents and archival

records to trace the development of

the company’s polytechnic program

for 20 years.

Chronology and pattern

matching techniques (Yin, 2009)

were combined to understand the the

linkages between corporate

sustainability strategy, CSR

pogram, social capital and corporate

sustainability performance. Atlas.ti

and EndNote software were used for

data management. The conclusions

were drawn by comparing the

empirical findings with the

theoretical framework (Eisenhardt,

1989; Eisenhardt & Graebner, 2007;

Yin, 2009).

D. Results and Discussions

The research finds that

responsible leaders, in this case, the

founder and directors of Astra,

become the drivers of the company’s

intention in solving social issues in

fulfilling its business needs. The

founder, William Soeryadjaya, set

the corporate aim as “to prosper with

the nation” and the first principle of

Astra’s corporate is “to be an asset

of the nation”. The corporate aim

and corporate philosophy have

inspired Astra’s leaders to build

conduct CSR programs by

undertaking the Polytechnic

program (in 1995) to deal with the

issue of poverty and skilled labour

scarcity in Indonesia.

1. Responsible Leadership and

CSR Programs

Until recently, Indonesia still

have societal challenges such as

poverty (UNDP, 2011), scarcity of

skilled labour that can meet the need

of the industry (McKinsey Global

Institute, 2012; World Bank, 2010),

as well as weak management and

technical competence for small and

about:blank

about:blank

about:blank

about:blank

about:blank


146

medium enterprises (Tambunan,

2008; 2009). In dealing with these

challenges, leaders of Astra

understood that the company cannot

operate without sufficient supply of

skilled labour. The leaders clearly

set the vision and mission of the

company as a responsible company

that should contribute to sustainable

development of Indonesia. The

corporate aim and philosophy have

been translated into the corporate

vision that the company intends to

be “a socially responsible

corporation and to be

environmentally friendly.” (Astra

International, 2015). Astra’s aim

and philosophy are adopted

translated into the establishment of a

corporate foundation dedicated to

overcome the scarcity of skilled

labour, with a vision “to provide

professional education in the field of

technology, especially as related to

automotive and natural resources,

producing ‘ready-to-work’

graduates with the best

competencies in Indonesia”. The

Astra Knowledge Development

Foundation establishes and operates

Astra manufacturing polytechnic

aiming to be the best polytechnic in

Indonesia. Since its establishment

in 1995 to 2015, Astra Polytechnic

has inaugurated 2505 graduates as

shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2. POLMAN Graduates from 2001 to 2015

Source: Larosa (2016)


147

2. CSR Implementation in Astra

When addressing social issues,

Astra leaders align social issues and

CSR programs, they integrate CSR

programs into corporate policies and

practices, they continuously learn

from mistakes and improve the CSR

programs, and they nurture

sustainable relationship with

stakeholders.

Table 1 illuminates that leaders of

Astra utilise CSR programs to deal

with universal issues such as poverty

and lack of skilled labour in an

integrated fashion.

In dealing with a lack of skilled

labour, Astra leaders conduct

capability building through formal

and informal education integrated

within the three CSR programs. In

formal education, since 1995 Astra

has operated and fully financed its

polytechnic program to provide a

high-quality manufacturing

polytechnic (POLMAN) for

educating the public in the areas of

process manufacturing, mechanical

engineering, information systems,

mechatronics, post-harvest

technology (mills), heavy

equipment and automotive. The

company also improves the quality

of 22 public vocational high schools

and connects these schools with

Astra’s service networks in 15 cities

all over Indonesia. Informally,

through its SME program, Astra

trains unemployed youth to become

mechanics and absorbs them into its

network of car and motorcycle

service stations, as well as provides

regular trainings and coaching for

MSMEs.

Over time, the Polytechnic

program has gone through three

phases: the initial phase, the phase of

inclusion in the corporate value

chain, and the phase of integration

into Astra strategy 2020 (see Table

1).

Table 1. Evolution of Corporation Foundations in Solving Social Issues Issues

Evolution of CSR

Programs

YABI/POLMAN for Skilled Labour development

Initial phase Directly included into corporate value chain of Federal

Motor (1995-1999)

Inclusion in

corporate value

chain

POLMAN under Astra; YABI operated POLMAN

Astra and enhanced the program, providing D3s in

seven subjects (1999–2010)

- Automotive

- Heavy Equipment

- Information Management

- Mechatronics


148

Evolution of CSR

Programs


- Mechanical Engineering and Tool

Manufacturing

- Post-Harvest Technology

- Production and Manufacturing Process

Corporate

commitment

while in crisis

YFBI was transferred to Astra Group (became YABI)

and strengthened during 1997/ 1998 economic crisis

Integration into

corporate strategy

2020

YABI/POLMAN as Astra’s arm to be the centre of

excellence for vocational school development and

knowledge management

Note. POLMAN: Astra Manufacturing Polytechnic; YABI: Yayasan Astra Bina

Ilmu (Astra Bina Ilmu Foundation); YDBA: YFBI: Yayasan Federal Bina Ilmu.

Source: Data Analysis

The findings confirm that the

initiatives of in undertaking CSR

programs can generate sustainable

partnerships with internal and

external stakeholders. The

Polytechnic program has enhanced

social capital for Astra and its

stakeholders in terms of social

relationships (bonding and

bridging), the resources that can be

accessed by the people in the

relationships (embedded resources),

and the synergies between Astra and

its stakeholders in achieving

common goals (collective actions).

3. CSR and Social Capital

In terms of social relationships,

the findings confirm that the

interactions between Astra and its

stakeholders during the

implementation of Polytechnic

program has enhanced the social

capital of Astra and its CSR program

beneficiaries. The bonding among

students has improved as they are

tasked to solve case studies together

in mixed groups consisting of

students with different backgrounds.

Polytechnic program has also the

company resources with

stakeholders involved in the

Polytechnic program. Leaders of

Astra have transferred the

company’s management and

technical competence, providing

access to finance, as well as job

opportunities for Polytechnic

graduates. In providing finance

access, students of Polytechnic are

given subsidised tuitions and


149

scholarships. For the Polytechnic

program, the “market” for graduates

is career opportunities in the Astra

Group of companies. Job

opportunities across Astra

companies have provided Astra and

the stakeholders of its CSR

programs to have long-term

relationships as they contribute to

each other along Astra’s value

chain. In sum, the improvement in

social relations combined with

dedicated resources for stakeholders

of CSR programs have improved the

social capital of Astra and its CSR

program beneficiaries that enable

value co-creation among them in

achieving corporate sustainability

objectives along the supply chain

(see Table 2).

Table 2. CSR and Social Capital Development

Social Capital YABI/POLMAN for Skilled Labour development

Social relations:

Bonding and

Bridging

Bonding among POLMAN students

Bonding among Astra’s subsidiaries

Bridging between students and Astra

Bridging between Astra, and national and international

institutions

Embedded

Resources (access

to knowledge,

access to finance,

access to market)

Technical and Management Competence in METM,

PMP, IM, Auto, Mech, Mills and HE

Campus, lecturers and operating expenses

Subsidised tuitions and scholarships

Astra factories and premises

Access for graduates to work for Astra

Collective Actions Collective actions among subsidiary companies in

providing resources for POLMAN

Collective actions among subsidiary companies in

curriculum development, student recruitment and

placement

Collective actions with external stakeholders in

developing vocational schools and manufacturing

competence in Indonesia

Note. Auto: Automotive; HE: Heavy Equipment; IM: Information Management;

Mech: Mechatronics; METM: Mechanical Engineering and Tool Manufacturing;

Mills: Post-Harvest Technology; MSME: micro, small and medium enterprise;

PMP: Production and Manufacturing Process; POLMAN: Astra Manufacturing

Polytechnic; YABI: Yayasan Astra Bina Ilmu (Astra Bina Ilmu Foundation).

Source: Data Analysis


150

4. Social Capital and Corporate

Sustainability Performance

The findings confirm that the

capital generated by the Polytechnic

program has contributed to the

economic, social, and

environmental performances or

triple bottom line of Astra. In terms

of economic performance, through

the polytechnic program, Astra

generates economic performance

through a continuous supply of

ready-to-work and skilled

technicians who are familiar with

Astra’s technology, culture and

ways of working. In addition, the

polytechnic program has also

developed the competence of shop

floor workers and foremen as well as

continuously upgraded the technical

performance of Astra’s current

employees. Finally, the polytechnic

program has also created process

innovation/improvements through

student projects, which generate

efficiency in Astra’s factories and

facilities.

Furthermore, the Polytechnic

program has also contributed to

Astra’s social performance by

providing a high-quality and

affordable manufacturing

polytechnic which is still lacking in

Indonesia. It allows students from

lower-income families to benefit

from higher education. Although the

manufacturing polytechnic is fully

funded by Astra, the non-

scholarship graduates are given

freedom to choose whether they

want to work for Astra or other

companies. Externally, the

Polytechnic program upgrades the

quality of 22 public vocational high

schools and several training centres,

including in Papua. In general, the

Polytechnic program shares Astra’s

knowledge with the public, develops

small enterprises in cooperation

with the SME program, and

functions as a certification

institution for Indonesian

professionals in manufacturing.

Finally, the findings also

confirm the improvement of

environmental performance of

Astra. The polytechnic program’s

environmental performance is

indirect because the polytechnic

produces human capital that needs to

be employed before it can practice

clean production process, and

eventually contribute to

environmental performance by

managing clean production

processes. Overall, the corporate

sustainability performance

generated from Polytechnic

program can be seen in Table 3.


151

Table 3. Corporate Sustainability Performance of Astra

Sustainability

Performance


Economic

Performance

Supply to skilled technicians

Process improvements

Competence development for employees and foremen of

Astra

Social

Performance

Availability of high-quality, affordable higher vocational

education for public

Availability of higher quality workforce for industry

Employment opportunities for graduates

Availability of knowledge management centre for Astra

competence for Indonesian industry

Environmental

Performance

Indirect outcome: graduates who are capable of managing

green process of production

Note. POLMAN: Astra Manufacturing PolytechnicYABI: Yayasan Astra Bina

Ilmu (Astra Bina Ilmu Foundation);

Source: Data analysis

E. Conclusion, Implications,

Limitations, and Further

Research

1. Conclusions

The Polytechnic program has

clarified linkages between

responsible leadership, CSR

programs and social capital. Indeed,

social capital is a product of

investment (Bourdieu, 1986) to

change the skills and capabilities of

people to make them capable of

working in new ways (Coleman,

1988: S100). When a company

improves the capability and social

capital of its CSR program

beneficiaries, both parties co-create

value in the social network (London,

2009). Overall, the case analysis of

Polytechnic program of Astra

confirms that Astra leaders have

driven and facilitated the

achievement of corporate

sustainability performance (Maak,

2007) that can loop back to Astra’s

corporate aim “to prosper with the

nation”. The more sustainable the

company, the more contributions the

company can give to sustainable

development through CSR program

and social capital development.

Indeed, companies can mitigate


152

poverty through their core business

operations, such as employment;

through community investment

beyond core business, such as by

providing schools; by providing

public goods, such as infrastructure

development; and by influencing

public policy on responsible

business practices (Forstater, et al,

2002: 68–76). Eventually, a

company can contribute to poverty

eradication if the capability of

people living in poverty is

developed (Ansari, et al., 2012:

817). By being responsible, the

company contributes to sustainable

development as it is able to “meet its

own needs without compromising

the ability of future generations to

meet their own needs” as posited by

Brundtland (1987). Based on the

above findings and discussions, the

following theoretical model can be

developed.

Figure 2. The Linkages between Responsible Leadership, CSR, Social Capital

and Sustainability Performance.

2. Implications

This research contributes to

theory by developing a model

showing the interlinkages between

responsible leadership and CSR

which is still lacking in the literature

(e.g. Aguinis & Glavas, 2012;

Christensen, et al, 2014; Morgeson,

et al, 2013; Pless, et al, 2012). The

findings also fill in the needs for

research on the actual roles of

corporate leaders, from CEOs to

field managers, in implementing

CSR that is contextualised to

address the needs of the poor


153

(Prietto Carron, et al., 2006;

Waldman, et al., 2006).

Furthermore, this study also fills in a

research need to show strategic

benefit of stakeholder management

for a large publicly listed firm

(Laplume, Sonpar & Litz, 2008). It

also fulfil the research question on

how responsible leadership, through

CSR programs, improves the social

structure and welfare of the people

(Granovetter, 2005: 47; Lin, 1999b:

483). Moreover, this case study also

shows that economic investment on

social issues can be justified, which

is still debated in the current

literature (Granovetter, 2005).

In terms of contribution to

management practice, this research

provides justifications for the

multinational and domestic

companies in playing their “political

roles” and shows how a company’s

mitigation of social issues helps it in

achieving its sustainability

objectives in a developing country

(Fukukawa, 2014; Valente & Crane,

2009; Visser, 2009). As found by

Porter and Kramer (2006), leaders of

companies struggle to justify

investment in CSR to serve

rationales like moral obligations and

sustainability, especially in

balancing the short-term cost with

long-term results of CSR investment

(p.4). This is especially the case with

companies playing extended roles in

building the capabilities of low-

income people along their supply

chain (Ansari, et al., 2012; Scherer

& Palazzo, 2011). Moreover, the

study has generated empirical

findings that companies can

generate sustainable value for

themselves and prosperity for

society, thereby justifying their CSR

investment.

3. Limitations and Further

Research

It is expected that the

theoretical model can be generalised

to other corporations operating in

developing countries, but it may not

be applicable in other contexts.

Unlike developing countries, most

governments in developed countries

play their roles in providing public

goods and in managing corporate

behaviour (Campbell, 2009; Moon

& Vogel, 2007). Therefore, further

studies in other settings are needed

to test this model’s generalisability.

Finally, Eisenhardt (1989)

argues that a qualitative case study

would be appropriate for early

stages of research to provide novel

perspectives on the concepts under

study (p. 535). In the future, it would

be interesting if other researchers

follow up the findings of this

research and apply the ‘network

density’ method to measure the

amount of social network that an

individual or a company has before

and after their involvement in

certain CSR programs.


154

References

[1] Aguinis, H. & Glavas A.

(2012). What We Know and

Don't Know About Corporate

Social Responsibility; A

Review and Research Agenda.

Journal of Management, 38,

932-968.

[2] Astra International. (2015).

Sustainability Report 2015:

Building Resilience

Responsibly. Jakarta:

Indonesia.

[3] Bhinekawati, R. (2017).

Corporate Social

Responsibility and Sustainable

Development: Social Capital

and Corporate Development in

Emerging Economies. Oxon,

UK: Routledge

[4] Carroll, A. B. (1979). A three-

dimensional conceptual model

of corporate performance. The

Academy of Management

Review, 4(4), 497–505.

[5] Carroll, A.B.

(1999). Corporate Social

Responsibility: Evolution of a

Definitional Construct. Journal

of Business and Society,

38,268-295.

[6] Christensen, L.J., Mackey, A.

& Whetten, D. (2014). Taking

Responsibility for Corporate

SocialResponsibility: The Role

of Leaders in Creating,

Implementing, Sustaining, or

Avoiding Socially Responsible

Firm Behaviors. The Academy

of management Perspectives,

28(2), 164-178.

[7] Coleman, J. (1990).

Foundations of social theory.

Cambridge, MA: Harvard

University Press.

[8] Davis, K. (1973). The case for

and against business

assumption of social

responsibilities. Academy of

Management Journal, 16,

312322.

[9] Eisenhardt, K. (1989). Building

theories from case study

research. Academy of

Management Review, 14(4),

532–550.

[10] Eisenhardt, K. & Graebner, M.

(2007). Theory building from

cases: Opportunities and

challenges. Academy of

Management Journal, 50(1),

25–32.

[11] Elkington, J. (1997). Cannibals

with forks: The triple bottom

line of 21st century business.

Mankato, MN: Capstone.

[12] Fort, T. L.& Schipani, C.A.

(2004). An action plan for the

role of business in fostering

peace. American Business Law

Journal, 44 (2), 359-377.


155

[13] Fukukawa, K. (2014).

Introduction: The multiplicities

of CSR. In Fukukawa, K (Ed).

Corporate social responsibility

and local community in Asia,

pp.1−14.London: Routledge.

[14] Fukuyama, F. (1995). Trust:

The social virtues and the

creation of prosperity. New

York: Free Press.

[15] Granovetter, M. (2005). The

impact of social structure on

economic outcomes. The

Journal of Economic

Perspectives. 19(1), 3350.

[16] Kirchgeorg, M. & Winn, M.

(2006). Sustainability

marketing for the poorest of the

poor. Business Strategy and the

Environment, 15, 171–184.

[17] Lin, N. (1999). Social networks

and status attainment. Annual

Review of Sociology, 25, 467-

487.

[18] London, T. & Hart, S.L.

(2004). Reinventing strategies

for emerging markets: Beyond

the transnational model.

Journal of International

Business Studies, 35(5),

350−70.

[19] Maak, T. (2007). Responsible

Leadership, Stakeholder

Engagement and the

Emergence of Social Capital,

Journal of Business Ethics,

74(4), 329343.

[20] McKinsey Global Institute.

(2012). The archipelago

economy: Unleashing

Indonesia's potential.

Washington, DC: McKinsey &

Company.

[21] Miles, M. B. & Huberman, A.

M. (1994). Qualitative data

analysis: An expanded

sourcebook(2nd ed.). Thousand

Oaks: Sage.

[22] Morgeson, F. P., Aguinis, H.,

Waldman, D. A. and Siegel, D.

S. (2013). Extending corporate

social responsibility

research to the human resource

management and

organizational behavior

domains: A look to the future.

Personnel Psychology, 66,

805-824.

[23] Nahapiet, J. & Ghoshal, S.

(1998). Social capital,

intellectual capital, and the

organisational advantage.

Academy of Management

Review, 23(2), 242–266.

[24] Northouse, P.G. (2007).

Leadership: Theory and

Practice. Thousand Oaks:

Sage.

[25] Pless, N.M. (2007).

Understanding responsible

leadership: Role identity and

motivational drivers. Journal

of Business Ethics, 74, 437-

456.


156

[26] Pless, N.M., & Maak, T.

(2011). Responsible leadership:

Pathways to the future. Journal

of Business Ethics, 98 (S1), 3-

13.

[27] Pless, N. M., Maak, T .&

Waldman, D. A. (2012).

Different approaches toward

doing the right thing: Mapping

the responsibility orientations

of leaders. Academy of

Management Perspectives,

26(4), 51-65.

[28] Porter, M. & Kramer, M.

(2006). Strategy and society:

The link between competitive

advantage and corporate social

responsibility. Harvard

Business Review (Reprint

R0612D), 1–17.

[29] Prieto-Carron, M., Lund-

Thomsen, P., Chan, A., Muro,

A. & Bhushan, C. (2006).

Critical perspectives on CSR

and development: What we

know, what we don't know,

and what we need to know.

International Affairs, 82(5),

977–987.

[30] Putnam, R. D. (1995). Bowling

alone: America's declining

social capital. Journal of

Democracy, 6(1), 65–78.

[31] Scherer, A. G. & Palazzo, G.

(2011). The new political role

of business in a globalized

world: A review of a new

perspective on CSR and its

implications for the firm,

governance, and democracy.

Journal of Management

Studies, 48(4), 900–931.

[32] Tambunan, T. (2008). SME

development, economic

growth, and government

intervention in a developing

country: The Indonesian story.

Journal of International

Entrepreneurship, 6, 147–167.

[33] Tambunan, T. (2009).

Promoting innovation in SMEs

through transfer of technology.

Tech Monitor (Jul–Aug 2009),

30–36.

[34] UNDP (2014). Human

Development Report 2014:

Sustaining human progress,

reducing vulnerabilities and

building resilience. New York:

United Nations Development

Programme.

[35] UNDP. (2011). Human

Development Report

2011:Sustainability and equity.

New York: United Nations

Development Programme.

Retrieved 20 December 2012,

from

http://www.undp.org/content/u

ndp/en/home/librarypage/hdr/h

uman_developmentreport2011.

html.

[36] Uphoff, N. (Ed.). (2000).

Understanding social capital:

http://www.undp.org/content/undp/en/home/librarypage/hdr/human_developmentreport2011.html





157

Learning from the analysis and

experience of participation.

Washington DC: World Bank.

[37] Valente, M. & Crane, A.

(2009). Private, but public:

Companies in emerging

markets often have to take on

services usually provided by

the government. It isn’t always

easy. The Wall Street Journal,

23, R6. Retrieved 7 October

2014 from

http://online.wsj.com/articles/S

B123739493828172921Waldm

an, D. A., Siegel, D. S. &

Javidan, M. (2006).

Components of CEO

transformational leadershipand

corporate social responsibility.

Journal of Management

Studies, 43(8), 1703-1725.

[38] Visser, W. (2009). Corporate

social responsibility in

developing countries. In A.

Crane, A. McWilliams, D.

Matten, J. Moon, & D.S. Siegel

(Eds), The Oxford handbook of

corporate social responsibility,

online publication, 119, New

York: Oxford University Press,

retrieved10 October 2014 from

www.oxfordhandbooks.com.

[39] Wettstein, F. (2010). For better

or for worse: corporate

responsibility beyond “do no

harm”. Business Ethics

Quarterly, 20, 27583.

[40] World Bank. (2010). Indonesia

skills report: Trends in skills

demand, gaps and supply in

Indonesia. Washington, DC:

World Bank. Retrieved 20

December 2012, from

http://siteresources.worldbank.

org/EASTASIAPACIFICEXT/

Resources/226300-

1279680449418/HigherEd_Ind

onesiaSkillReport.pdfYin, R.

K. (2003). Applications of case

study research (2nd ed.).

Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

[41] Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study

research: Design and methods

(4th ed.). London: Sage.

[42] Zadek, S. (2007). The civil

corporations. Retrieved 17

October 2014 from

http://www.zadek.net/wp-

content/uploads/2009/12/Civil-

Corporation-2nd-Edition-First-

Chapter.pdf.

http://online.wsj.com/articles/SB123739493828172921

http://online.wsj.com/articles/SB123739493828172921

http://www.oxfordhandbooks.com/

http://siteresources.worldbank.org/EASTASIAPACIFICEXT/Resources/226300-1279680449418/HigherEd_IndonesiaSkillReport.pdf





http://www.zadek.net/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/Civil-Corporation-2nd-Edition-First-Chapter.pdf





158

PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS ON PRACTICUM

TRAINING OF SENIOR HOSPITALITY AND

TOURISM MANAGEMENT: A BASIS FOR

PROGRAM ENHANCEMENT AND

DEVELOPMENT

Prof. Jayson C. Bacosa, MBA

Dean, College of Hospitality & Institutional Management

Abstract

This study aimed to assess the level of performance of the student

interns in BSHM students. They said students were evaluated by the

managers/immediate supervisors of different hotel establishments. The result of

the study served as the basis for designing a proposed Practicum/Internship

program of College in enhancing the knowledge, skills and attitude of

Hospitality Management Students. The study surveyed immediate

supervisors/managers in three different five star hotel establishments in Metro

Manila using a survey questionnaire based from Performance Evaluation on

KSA (Knowledge, Skills and Attitude) as well as knowing the strengths and

weakness that may draw from the results of the study. Overall, training

performance was rated Very Good while Skills and Attitudes were rated as

Excellent. This study also revealed that there was no significant relationship

between academic performance and training performance. Continuity of

evaluation to upgrade the industry training in the curriculum was recommended

to ensure its further improvement.

Keywords: Knowledge, Skills, Attitude, Training, Excellent, Performance

Evaluation, Internship, Hospitality, Tourism, Performance.


159

A. Introduction

As one of the promising and

fast-growing industries, hospitality

created opportunities as well as

future leaders in the business

arena. As classified by many,

hospitality was a billion dollar

industry which consisted of a

broad area in an entrepreneurial

manner (Brown, 2011). More and

more entrepreneurs have ventured

into this business, creating an

increasing demand for skilled

service personnel (Roldan, 2008).

As viewed from both international

and local sectors, the industry

played a vital role in creating and

developing the social aspects of

one country, generating revenue,

as well as elevating the status and

lifestyles of the people. In well-

developed countries like the

United States of America, Canada,

Singapore, and France, the

importance of evaluating and

creating a detailed plan was the

number one priority to pursue the

consistency of economic stability

(Birchfield, 2008).

Hospitality Management, as

a business course, created a

significant impact, particularly in

the Philippines. The increasing

number of students and

practitioners for the past twenty

years had witnessed the

development of the course in

terms of administration, objectives

and project outcome. This increase

has become evident in educational

institutions that offered different

hospitality courses like Hotel and

Restaurant Management, Travel

and Tourism Management, Food

Technology, and Culinary

programs

Additionally, in terms of

socio-economic contributions,

tourism industry, as described by

many, was one of the world's

largest industries employing

hundreds of millions people

worldwide. Statistically and

research has shown that in the year

2013, over 2,000 schools and

universities in the country have

produced almost 3,000 college

graduates (Badjao, 2013). Reports

stated that annually, the country

generated more than 120,000

graduates of Hotel and Restaurant

Management. Most of the Hotel

and Restaurant Management

graduates also needed

additional/extra skills who were

training to qualify for employment

locally and even internationally.

B. Method

1. Research Methods and

Design

The researcher made use of

the descriptive survey method. This

method lends itself very effectively

in describing, analyzing and

interpreting status of phenomena or

study as well as interpreting current

trends and issues and relationships

as Berelson, (2002) explained.


160

Therefore, the use of the method

can serve adequately the reasons for

analyzing/ assessing the

performance of the student trainees.

The author describes that the way it

lends itself is very important in

obtaining information concerning

the current status, of “what exist? “

with respect to variables or

conditions under study.

Descriptive method is

characterized as a survey or

normative approach to the study of

conditions, essential guide to

individual or one’s thinking. To

gather the data and information

needed for the study, a Likert Scale

structured questionnaire constructed

for the purpose was used as a

primary data gathering tool.

Calmorin (2006) explains that

descriptive methodology is

effective in describing, recording,

analyzing, interpreting phenomena.

According to Polit and Beck,

(2008) descriptive research is a

research design wherein its purpose

is to describe, observe and

document aspects of a situation as it

normally occurs sometimes to serve

as a starting point for hypothesis

generation or theory development.

The researcher sought answers

based on the demographic profile of

the respondents. Three (3) factors

affecting the performance

evaluation of the student trainee

was used. This was based on this

Assessment: Knowledge, Skills and

Attitude.

2. Sampling Methods

The primary respondents of

this study were thirty (30) hotel

managers/ supervisors assigned for

the internship program. The study

was conducted during Academic

Year 2015-2016, and focused on

the senior Human Resource

Management student of Baliwag

Polytechnic College. Three hotel

establishments in Metro Manila

were chosen: Makati Palace Hotel,

City of Dreams, and Hotel

Lembrand. A universal sampling

was used in this study.

Table 1

Respondents of the Study

Respondents

# of

Practicu

mer/

Trainee

Percen

tage

(%)

1. Makati

Palace

Hotel

15 52

2. Lembrant

Hotel

10 35

3. City of

Dreams

5 13

Total 30 100

As shown in Table 1, there

were three hotel institutions

involved in collecting the data.

Each establishment presented the

outcome evaluation of student

trainee. The school sent the

evaluation form together with the

attached questionnaires that

determined the outcomes of student


161

evaluation. Supervisor/Manager or

the person in charge under the

Human Resource Department was

the only person who could evaluate

the performance sheet sent by the

school.

Overall, there were thirty

student trainees who were currently

enrolled in practicum program of

Baliwag Polytechnic College.

Fifteen (15) trainees came from

Makati Palace Hotel, ten (10)

trainees from Hotel Lembrand and

only five from City of Dreams.

The respondents were asked to

evaluate according to the

performance of the student trainees.

The basis for student evaluation

was gathered from the evaluation

sheet provided by the school. This

was based on the knowledge, skill

and attitude of the intern. They

were also asked for the personal

profile of the respondent such as

name, age, gender and the name of

the company. This also included the

course finished and the length of

stay in the company/the years of

service.

C. Results

This part presents the results

of the study using a two-part locally

structured questionnaire

administered to thirty (30) senior

BS Hospitality Management

students of the College of Our Lady

of Mercy deployed to three (3)

different hotels in Metro Manila for

their on-the-job- training.

D. Discussion

The findings derived from the

study led to the following

conclusions:

1. Majority of the

respondents are female

and are deployed at Makati

Palace Hotel

2. Performance level of

student trainees on their

practicum in terms of

knowledge was very good

while performance levels

in terms of skills and

attitudes were excellent.

3. Practicumers’ strengths

included good

interpersonal relationship,

application of intellectual

curiosity and reflective

thinking, and application

of practical skills.

4. Implications that might be

considered for policy and

program enhancement are:

(1) Most work settings

were powerful situations

in that the proper behavior

is clearly prescribed.

Thus, most people will

adjust their behavior

regardless of their

personality dispositions.

(2) If Knowledge, Skills

and Attitudes were

important to job

performance, then it may

be considered whether

such skills can be trained

of, and if so, how they can


162

be trained. (3) The

emergence of new

Knowledge, Skills and

Attitudes means that the

dimensionality of work is

changing and the social

aspects of work becomes

more important and (4)

Future research could

examine the importance of

Knowledge, Skills and

Attitudes to promotion

criteria, career paths, and

mobility opportunities.

E. Recommendation

The conclusions drawn merit

the following recommendations:

1. Continual review and

upgrading the industry

training in the curriculum and

the need to consistently

redefined the curricular focus

to meet the industry standard

and quality of work. Focus on

understanding and

performance on the area of

improving language and

communication skills, higher

order thinking skills,

resources, information and

system in terms of data

software Address information

gap such as: the awareness of

the student, orient and

motivate students to do

research studies for the

improvement of their

learnings, participate in

Computer and Information

Technology training school

or seminar specifically in the

software in POS.

2. Engage and encourage

Hospitality Management

students to participate/access

vital information from the

internet or website and

address system gap: that will

enhance classroom activity/

knowledge of the industry

system prior to industry

exposure.

3. The college/institution should

initiate more behavioral/value

ladden skills training for

Human Resource

Management students to

improve the students’

attitude/personality with the

sense of responsibility in

handling the task assigned

through sponsored team-

building and task oriented

civic and community- service

projects and activities.

4. More character-building

seminars, recollection, retreat,

workshops and symposia

should be conducted in

exercising self-confidence and

to become more comfortable

in airing problems and

difficulties.

5. The school/institution may

continue to implement and

upgrade the existing activities

in preparation for the

deployment of interns to


163

different establishments such

as: Personality Development

Seminar, English proficiency

Seminar and Pre-Internship

Seminar and Orientation. The

Institution may continue its

mission in providing quality

and holistic education through

continually updating and

upgrading the course syllabus

by providing training and

seminars to hospitality

professors and instructors that

continuously implement the

Outcomes Based

Curriculum.The school may

upgrade thequality of facilities

such as laboratories, working

station and other area of

concentration for Human

Resource Management

students to continuously

enhance knowledge and skills

of the students necessary to

have future work assignments.

6. Future studies may also be

conducted to further confirm

the results of this study.

F. Acknowledgement

I would like to extend my

gratitude to the God Almighty who

never got tired to guide me and

forgive me. To my COLM Family,

HIM Faculty, Deans of different

programs, to all the VP’s of the

Institution and to the Executive

Vice President of the Institution.

And to my family who give me

strength whenever I feel all the

challenges of my life. Thank you so

much.

References

[1] American Psychological

Association. (2014).In the

internship hunt, your

personality is more important

than ever, study finds.

[2] Arroyo, R. A.

(2010).Practicum Performance

in Singapore and the

Philippines of Hospitality

Students in State University.

Asian Journal of Business and

Governance Vol. 1, No.1,

January 2011

[3] Borillo, C. et

al.(2011).Evaluation of the

Practicumers of the College of

International Tourism

Hospitality Management of

the Lyceum of the Philippines

University Batangas.

[4] Brislin, R.W., (1976).

Comparative research

methodology: cross-cultural

studies. International Journal

of Psychology 11 (3), 215–

229.

[5] Bukaliya, R.(2009). “The

Potential Benefits and

Challenges’ of Internship

Programmes in an ODL

Institution: A Case Study for

the Zimbabwe Open


164

University”. Zimbabwe Open

University, Mashonaland East

Region, Marondera,

Zimbabwe, Africa

[6] Celis, M. I. &Felicen, S

(2009).Singapore experience

of the HRM and Tourism

Students of Lyceum of the

Philippines University in the

Context of Cross Cutural

Orientation Initiatives.

Lyceum of the Philippines

University, Capitol Site

Batangas City, Philippines.

[7] Charles, K.R., (1992). Career

influences, expectations, and

perceptions of Caribbean

hospitality and tourism

students: a third world

perspective. Hospitality and

Tourism Education 4 (3), 9–

14.

[8] Commission of Higher

Education Memorandum

Order Retrieved April 26,

2013

http://www.ched.gov.ph/ched

www/index.php/

[9] De Leon, D. et al.(2011).The

US Work and Travel Program

of the Lyceum of the

Philippines University.


University, Capitol Site,

Batangas City, Philippines.

[10] De Leon, D. et al.(2011).The

US Work and Travel Program

of the Lyceum of the

Philippines University


University, Capitol Site,

Batangas City, Philippines

[11] Jacobs, R.L. (2003).

Structured On-the-Job

Training: Unleashing

Employee Expertise in the

Workplace, 2nd ed., Berrett-

Koehler Publishers, Inc., San

Francisco. ISBN:

157675242-9.


165

THE INFLUENCE OF BILINGUALISM AND

BILINGUALITY ON HUMAN BEHAVIOR:

SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION, OGNITIVE

DEVELOPMENT AND LANGUAGE USE IN

SPEECH COMMUNITY

C. Widi Astuti

English Lecturer at TARAKANITA School of Communication and Secretarial

Studies


Abstract

Bilingualism and bilinguality are an integral part of human behavior. This paper,

based on a library research, indicated that bilingualism and bilinguality have

beneficial impacts on second language learning, cognitive development, and

language use in speech community. The first impact was on the second language

learning fueled by both integrative and instrumental motivation. The second one was

on the learners’ cognitive development. Many research works found that

bilingualism and bilinguality improves the learners’ control of their cognitive

function, with wider experience and better performance because they operate in two

languages, and greater flexibility and greater facility in concept formation. The third

impact was on the use of languages in speech communities. In any society, language

is seen as a symbol and instrument that usually leads to valorization. Bilingualism

and bilinguality might benefit the society with additive bilingualism, or, if not

managed carefully, they might lead to subtractive bilingualism and subsequent

language death.

Keywords: bilingualism, bilinguality, SLA, cognitive development, language

use, speech community, valorization.



166

A. Introduction

Why do people want to learn

another language? What is the

drive? What is the goal? It is a

widely known that establishing

communication with other people is

one of the natural characteristics of

human beings. In some cases, this

includes learning (an)other

language(s), especially in societies

where more than one language are

used in interaction. As the world

‘shrinks’ due to the global

communication, ‘the interaction is

often carried out through a

speaker’s first, second, third, or

even fourth language’ [2].

Reference [2] further referred to

[10] claim that approximately two-

third of the world’s children grow

up in a bilingual environment,

which in turn, leads to adult

bilingualism or multilingualism.

The goal of the quest to learn other

languages is be able to

communicate with other people. In

the linguistic term, this is known to

be a bilingual.

B. Method

This paper was aimed at

describing bilingualism and

bilinguality as an integral part of

human behavior; that they influence

the second language acquisition, the

bilingual’s cognitive development,

and the usage of language in its

speech community. Using a library

research as the basis of the findings

and discussion, this paper relied

much on the works of researchers,

the description of bilingualism and


human behavior. This paper

elaborated on how bilingualism and

bilinguality influence second

language acquisition, followed by

how bilingualism and bilinguality

relate to bilingual’s cognitive

development and the usage of the

language learned in its speech

community.

C. Results

Many research works about

bilingualism and bilinguality have

been conducted by many experts,

but some questions still linger.

What is meant by being bilingual?

What is bilingualism and how is it

different from bilinguality?

Bilingualism and bilinguality have

been defined in many ways

according to the perspective of the

experts using the definitions in their

research works, but still there is no

agreement among those experts on

the definition of bilingual,

bilingualism, and bilinguality. It

seems that their definitions change


167

through times and tend to be more

‘open’ and ‘inclusive’.

Reference [6] offered a

definition of ‘bilinguals’ as

individuals who have ‘native-like

control of two languages’ This

definition is quite limiting for many

as there are many people, let’s say

in Indonesia, who are able to read

and comprehend utterances in

English but have difficulty in

speaking and writing in it. Can’t we

categorize them as ‘bilinguals’ as

well? Perhaps a definition by [15]

gives a better picture. He defined

‘bilinguals’ as individuals who are

fluent in one language but who ‘can

produce complete meaningful

utterances in the other language’. A

definition by [21] accommodates

wider groups of people who could

be categorized as bilinguals. They

defined ‘bilinguals’ as ‘individuals

or groups of people who obtain

communicative skills, with various

degrees of proficiency, in oral

and/or written forms, in order to

interact with speakers of one or

more languages in a given society’.

With English in mind, this

definition is in line with the

increasing recognition of the

existence of the so-called World

Englishes, i.e. the range of different

varieties of English that have been

developed since the nineteenth

century [19].

The existence of bilinguals

assumes that there are two or more

languages in contact or used in the

society where these bilinguals

belong to. Reference [17] defined

‘languages in contact’ as ‘the use of

two or more codes in interpersonal

and intergroup relations as well as

the psychological state of an

individual who uses more than one

language’. This leads to the

definition of the second term,

bilingualism. Reference [7] offered

the following definition:

‘Bilingualism can be defined as

psychological and social states of

individuals or groups of people that

result from interactions via

language in which two or more

linguistic codes (including dialects)

are used for communication’.

Reference [7] distinguished the two

terms as follows.

“Bilingualism refers to the state of

linguistic community in which two

languages are in contact, with the

result that two codes can be used in

the same interaction and that a

number of individuals are bilingual

(societal bilingualism)”. While

“bilinguality is the psychological

state of an individual who has

access to more than one linguistic


168

codes as a means of social

communication; the degree of

access will vary along a number of

dimensions which are

psychological, cognitive,

psycholinguistic, social

psychological, social, sociological,

sociolinguistic, sociocultural and

linguistic”.

Thus, to put it in a nutshell,

bilingualism is more on the societal

level, while bilinguality is more on

individual level.

The concepts of bilingualism

and bilinguality are closely related

to human behavior in any given

society. People living in a bilingual

society tend to learn the language

other than their mother tongue. The

driving motivation might be

integrative, i.e. in order to

participate or communicate with

other members of the society,

and/or instrumental, i.e. to get the

concrete benefits that learning the

second language might bring about

[13]

Bilingualism and bilinguality

are also closely related to

bilingual’s cognitive development.

Many research works’ findings

have shown that bilinguals are

better than monolinguals in terms of

cognitive development:

bilinguals outperform

monolinguals in cognitive

control of information

processing [3], [4].

bilinguals scored higher than

the monolinguals on tests of

verbal and non-verbal

intelligence [22].

more balanced bilingual

children scored higher on

non-verbal intelligence tests

[16].

bilingual children probably

develop special reflective

skills which generalize to

other meta-cognitive

processes [21].

Some other research findings

only confirmed the notion that

bilingualism affects bilingual’s

cognitive development. Reference

[5] found that bilinguals show more

dominant executive control in non-

verbal tasks requiring conflict

resolution. Reference [8] found that

native bilingual children

demonstrated better performance on

a battery of executive functions

tasks compared to their late

bilingual and monolingual

counterparts. Reference [18] also

emphasized on the benefits of being

bilinguals in terms of ‘vocabulary

and grammatical development’. She

said bilinguals are equal or exceed


169

monolingual children on vocabulary

and grammatical development.

Bilingual development takes

place in a society where there are

‘languages in contact’ [17]. This

society provides speech

communities that may enhance or

diminish bilingual development.

Language behavior and language

attitude of the given speech

community determine the

development of the languages in the

community as well as the

development of the bilinguals.

The definition about

bilingualism and bilinguality

offered by [17] above reflects the

real situation of many bilinguals

living in many bilingual

communities. Let’s take the

example of Indonesia where many

people are actually bilinguals as

most of them have mother tongue

other than the lingua franca,

Indonesian; even in many

communities, Indonesians also have

access at least to one other foreign

language, for example English,

Chinese, Japanese, to name some.

They learn other linguistic codes in

order to use them in interaction as a

means of communication in their

speech communities. This learning

activity is known as second

language acquisition and the goal is

usually driven by integrative

motivation (to interact in their

speech communities) or

instrumental motivation (to get a

job or position using the language

learned).

Reference [13] claimed that the

motivation of learning the second

language, in its turn, greatly affects

the second language learning

behavior. A motivated individual

tends to create and employ more

learning strategies. Highly

motivated learners used more

strategies relating to formal

practice, functional practice,

general study and conversation

elicitation than poorly motivated

learners [13]. Thus, motivation and

learning behavior determine the

success or failure of second

language acquisition. In the same

vein, [12] suggested that

‘Motivation provides the primary

impetus to initiate learning in the

L2 and later the driving force to

sustain he long and often tedious

learning process…Without

sufficient motivation, even

individuals with the most

remarkable abilities cannot

accomplish long-term goals, and

neither are appropriate curricula

and good teaching enough on their


170

own to ensure student

achievement.’

Empowered by high

motivation and positive learning

behavior, the process to be

bilinguals is then, easier. When a

second language learner acquires

the language, it is said that the

learner achieves bilingualism. From

psychological point of view, the

process of being bilingual and the

state of bilingualism affect the

learner’s cognitive development.

Not only do bilinguals get benefit in

language development, but

bilinguals also get benefit in their

cognitive development. Reference

[28] stated that

“language plays an essential role in

cognitive development, at least

from the time the child has attained

a certain level of language

competence. Language, first

developed as a means of social

communication, is later internalized

and becomes a crucial tool in the

shaping of cognitive processes

relevant for the elaboration of the

abstract symbolic system which

will enable the child to organize

thought”

Reference [28] traced back to

the very beginning when a child

learns his language competence,

learns to express his mind in a

language, and tries to communicate

with other people. It is also the

beginning of his cognitive

development when the child begins

to develop his metalinguistic

awareness as a base of his cognitive

development. Vygotsky stated

further that this awareness may be

generalized into other concept areas

of learning and thinking. When this

process is conducted in more than

one language, the result is even

better. Quoting [26], [17] stated that

‘bilinguals have better ‘mental

calculus’ which enables them to

alternate between two systems of

rules in manipulation of symbols

(p. 85).

Not only [28] and [26], other

researchers also found that

bilinguals experience better

cognitive development than their

monolingual counterparts. [3] in

one of their research works found

that bilinguals outperform

monolinguals in cognitive control

of information processing. Even

earlier, [22] conducted a research

and found that bilinguals scored

higher than the monolinguals on

tests of verbal and non-verbal

intelligence. Greater mental

flexibility and a greater facility in

concept formation is the main factor

of the higher scores of the


171

bilinguals on intelligence measures.

This finding also demonstrates the

positive effect of bilingualism on

cognitive development. In the same

vein, [16] in their study of Spanish

– dominant bilingual children found

that more balanced-bilingual

children scored higher on non-

verbal intelligence tests. In the

same year, Reference [21] found

that bilingual children probably

develop special reflective skills that

generalize to other meta-cognitive

processes. These skills empower the

children to have more control on

their cognitive function as to use it

more effectively. Therefore, [21]

concluded that bilingual children

are better learners.

Bilingual development is

closely related to the speech

community where ‘languages in

contact’ take place. Bilingualism

emerges when two different

language communities come into

sustained contact [14]. The

immigrant families in the United

States are often cited as the perfect

example of bilingualism, the impact

on the minority language. The

speech community is then shaped

by language behavior of the users

of the languages and the language

attitude towards the languages used.

Language cannot be separated from

its culture, therefore bilingual

development also has to do with the

way speech community members

influence their culture.

D. Discussion

In this section, bilingualism and


human behavior will be elaborated.

The elaboration starts with the

description of how bilingualism and

bilinguality influence second

language acquisition, followed by

how bilingualism and bilinguality

relate to bilingual’s cognitive

development, and the last part, how

bilingual development and behavior

relate to the speech community.

Bilingualism and bilinguality are

an integral part of second

language acquisition.

People learn to acquire a language

other than the mother tongue with

different motivations: integrative

motivation (to interact with others

in their speech communities) or

instrumental motivation (to get a

job or position using the language

learned). This activity is termed as

second language acquisition.

Reference [13] used the term

‘second language acquisition’ to

refer to the acquisition of any

language after the acquisition of the


172

mother tongue, regardless of the

types of learning (second language

learning and foreign language

learning).

Second language acquisition is

the process of being bilingual

(acquiring another language). This

is true, for example, in the context

of Indonesia. Some Indonesians

were raised in Indonesian as their

mother tongue, with many others

were raised in their local languages

and then acquired Indonesian when

they were at their early school

years. Basically, most Indonesians

are bilinguals already, following

definition offered by [13]. As

second language acquisition is also

used as an overarching term to

cover both second and foreign

language learning, Indonesians also

learn foreign languages, such as

English, Chinese, Japanese, Korean,

French. The learning process may

be formal and conscious at schools,

which is usually compulsory for the

students, or voluntary as needed by

the learners. Many operators offer

private lessons. Once again, the

goal of learning foreign languages

is also to be bilingual.

Second language acquisition is

usually powered by motivation.

Following [12], [1] and [13],

motivation is categorized into two:

integrative and instrumental

motivation. Integrative motivation

refers to the intention to be part of

the speech community of the

language. For example, Indonesians

learning English to be part of

English-speaking society in

Indonesia which most people view

as educated society. Reference [1]

stated ‘learners sometimes want to

affiliate with a different language

community’. Such learners wish to

join in and identify with the

minority or majority language’s

cultural activities, and consequently

find their roots or form friendships’.

Instrumental motivation refers to

learning a language for useful

purpose, i.e. to find a job and earn

money, further career prospects,

pass exams, help fulfill the

demands of their job, or assist their

children in bilingual schooling.

Reference [1] stated further

that these two motivations are

actually intertwined and cannot be

separated rigidly. For example,

most Indonesians learning English

have the two of the types of

motivations. They want to be part

of English-speaking society, able to

read English publications, able to

have access to many English-

language resources, and they want

to secure employment as many job


173

vacancies put English proficiency

as one of the requirements. Even

though many of them will not use

English actively in their everyday

work (as they work in Indonesia,

for Indonesian employers, with

Indonesian co-workers, and in

Indonesian), English proficiency is

viewed as a must-have ability.

Perhaps, this has to do with the

integrative motivation, becoming

the ‘member’ of educated society.

What is the result of second

language acquisition then? A

successful language learner then

can be characterized as having

access to more than one language

(linguistic code) as a means of

communication. This is what is

called as ‘bilingualism’ [17]. So, in

general it can be said that the

objective of second language

acquisition is to be bilingual.

Reference [9] stated that many

research works already witnessed

some shift away from conceiving

the successful language learner as

one who operates only

monolingually in the new language

towards an appreciation of bilingual

identity. After all, ‘the goal of

second language acquisition is

bilingualism’ [25].

Being bilingual is also

characterized by possessing

language competence, which should

not be limited into linguistic

competence only. Reference [1]

reiterated this by quoting [27] six

different forms of language

competence to be acquired for

communication purposes: linguistic,

sociolinguistic, discourse, strategic,

social-cultural and social

competence. The details of each

competence are presented in Table

1 below.

Table 1 Van Ek’s six forms of

language competence

No. Competence Description

1. Sociolinguistic

competence

The ability to

communicate

accurately in

different

contexts, with

different

people, and

when there are

different

intentions in the

communication;

the ability to

use appropriate

strategies in

constructing

and interpreting

different texts,

the ability to

contribute to


174


the construction

of a spoken

discourse in

communication

2. Discourse

competence

The ability to

use appropriate

strategies in

constructing

and interpreting

different texts,

the ability to

contribute to

the construction

of a spoken

discourse in

communication.

3. Sociocultural

competence

The ‘awareness

of the

sociocultural

context in

which the

language

concerned is

used by native

speakers and

the ways in

which this

context affects

the choice and

the

communicative

effect of

particular

language


forms’

4. Strategic

competence

The ability to

use verbal and

non-verbal

communication

strategies to

compensate for

gaps in the

language user’s

knowledge.

5. Social

competence

The ability to

use particular

social strategies

to achieve

communicative

goals.

Apart from the language

competence as the outcome of

second language acquisition, [1]

identified important non-linguistic

outcomes from second language

learning (acquisition) such as

change in attitudes, self-concept,

cultural values and beliefs. For

example, the learning of a second

language and the act of becoming

bilingual may change attitudes of an

Indonesian who might be more

open and appreciative towards

Indonesian and English, be more

confident, and have more awareness

and appreciation of cultural

differences. Reference [1] stated


175

further that having mastered a

second language and being able to

interact with a different language

group may change one’s self-

concept and self-esteem.

The process to achieve

bilingualism is not always

perceived as positive by language

experts fearing language deaths in

many societies. It has to do with

valorization of certain language,

usually the language used in wider

communication. In relation to this,

[1] differentiated ‘additive

bilingualism’ from ‘subtractive

bilingualism’. Additive

bilingualism occurs when a second

language is learnt by an individual

or a group without detracting from

the maintenance and development

of the first language. A context

where a second language adds to,

rather than replaces, the first

language is important for

bilingualism to flourish, while

subtractive bilingualism occurs

when a second language is learnt at

the expense of the first language,

and gradually replaces the first

language. The latter is known to an

early process of a language death.

Many language experts have

long been concerned about

subtractive bilingualism and have

warned policy makers of the

languages in danger as the impact

of subtractive bilingualism. In

Indonesian context, linguists have

been very concerned about the

diminishing ability of young

Indonesians in using the correct and

proper Indonesian in expressing

their ideas both orally and in

writing. It seems that Indonesian is

losing its charms among young

Indonesians, who have more pride

in speaking broken Indonesian with

some sprinkles of English chunks.

This situation has been encountered

in the last twenty years in the

classrooms as well as in the society.

Bilingualism and bilinguality

affect bilingual’s cognitive

development

Bilinguals are better learners, [21]

claimed. This is because bilingual

children possess skills that

empower them to have more control

on their cognitive function as to use

it more effectively. This is one of

the benefits bilinguals experience

from their being bilinguals

(bilingualism). The learners who

are proficient in English tend to

show better knowledge and skills in

other subjects, that is, they have

higher scores in other subjects than

the less proficient students. This

fact is in line with the findings of a


176

work by [22], perhaps because

bilinguals possess greater mental

flexibility and a greater facility in

concept formation that is the main

factor of the higher scores of the

bilinguals on intelligence measures.

There are also many findings

of research work related to the

benefits enjoyed by bilinguals in

terms of cognitive development.

The work of [21] paved way for

many research works [11]; [3];

[16]; [4]. [5]; and [26]. All of them

confirm the earlier findings that

bilinguals get advantages in their

cognitive development just because

of their being bilingual.

Specifically, [11] claimed that

bilinguals may have a wider and

more varied range of experiences

than monolinguals due to their

operating in two languages and

probably two or more cultures.

Bilinguals have more access to

publications, movies that gives

them more experience, knowledge,

and opportunity to know and learn

from other cultures represented by

the languages they learn. For

example, an Indonesian-English

bilingual might easily understand

the news in English publications

such as The Jakarta Post, watch

international TV channels, and

enjoy watching Hollywood movies

without being hindered by the

subtitles. An Indonesian-Japanese

bilingual might easily converse in

Japanese with her Japanese teacher

confidently.

Reference [1], quoting [24],

claimed that bilinguals may have

advantages with performance

components: ‘Having command of

two languages leads to greater use

of verbal mediation and increased

use of language as a cognitive

regulatory tool. Having two

interlocking performance systems

for linguistic codes gives double the

resources for executing verbal

tasks… Also there is greater use of

learning strategies when learning

two languages.’

This is true for the Indonesian

English learners. Bilingual learners

usually have more vocabulary

arsenal to be used in

communication. The more

proficient they are the more

vocabulary they have. Some of

them might read the reading

materials in Indonesian, but their

being bilingual helps them convey

the message more coherently. This

enables them to deliver their

thoughts better.


177

Bilingualism development and

behavior are related to the speech

community.

Bilingual development and

behavior take place in the speech

community that provides

environment for them to interact.

Without the speech community, no

language ever survives, let alone

develops. We witness many local

languages in Indonesia, or maybe in

other parts of the world, die down

because there is no speaker of them.

Bilingualism emerges when two

different language communities

come into sustained contact and it

develops when people participate in

day-to-day activities that require the

use of the two languages [23].

In the speech communities,

bilingualism has more than just a

communicative value. Bilingualism

has social value that enables

bilinguals to build communication

and interaction within both speech

communities. For example, the

children of Spanish immigrants in

the United States are able to

communicate with their family

members in Spanish and interact

with their peers at school in

English. They get the cognitive

benefits of bilingualism: more

control of their cognitive function,

wider experience, and better

performance because they operate

in two languages, and greater

flexibility and greater facility in

concept formation.

Bilingualism also has

psychological value that is

increasing self-esteem of having the

identity belonging to certain group

of people in the society. For

example, English-speaking people

in Indonesia are usually respected

and valued higher than people who

cannot speak English. This has to

do with language behavior and

language attitude towards English

and Indonesian.

Languages in speech

community are usually seen as a

symbol and instrument. For

example, Indonesians from rural

areas who come to Jakarta to get

employment tend to speak in

Indonesian to show that they share

the same language with other

people. Speaking in their first

language (usually one of the local

languages in specific dialect) gives

no instrumental benefit that is why

they limit the usage of their first

language in their inner circle. This

is a valorization of Indonesian; it is

feared that in no time leads to

subtractive bilingualism. The

similar case is with English in

Indonesia. High valorization of


178

English is feared to lead to

subtractive bilingualism at the

expense of Indonesian.

Bilingualism is not limited to

language but it also involves

culture. Reference [17] stated that

language is a component of culture

and that our cultural representations

are shaped by language. Language

is said to be the transmitter of

culture. For example, English

learning in Indonesia also transmits

English culture. English learners

usually internalize English culture

in the process. One of the

characteristics of English-speaking

people is being efficient, for

example in using time and

resources that can be seen in the use

of compound sentences,

contraction, et cetera.

The discussion about bilingual

development sometimes is related

to subtractive bilingualism.

Therefore, [17] suggested treating

bilinguality as a cultural trait which

is expected to help encourage

additive bilinguality. The

development of additive

bilinguality is dependent on social

factors that lead to the valorization

of both languages and cultures.

E. Conclusion

To sum up, bilingualism and

bilinguality are an integral part of

human behavior. People tend to

interact and communicate with

other people, including with those

who do not share the same language

with them. Their first language

seems to be inadequate to serve,

that is why they need to acquire the

language used in communication.

This is second language acquisition

and the objective of second

language acquisition is to be

bilingual, to achieve bilingualism

and bilinguality. The driving force

of second language acquisition is

motivation that empowers the

learners to develop positive

learning behavior as a base for

learning strategies.

The second language acquisition

affects the cognitive development

of the learners. Bilingualism and

bilinguality give more benefits in

the learners’ cognitive

development. They are more

control of their cognitive function,

wider experience and better

performance because they operate

in two languages, and greater

flexibility and greater facility in

concept formation.

The bilingual’s development

and behavior should not be


179

separated from the society where

the languages in contact take place.

When people use the languages in

their daily life, bilingualism

develops. In the society, language is

seen as a symbol and instrument

that usually leads to valorization. If

it is not carefully managed, the

impact is worse: subtractive

bilingualism and subsequent

language death. Therefore, [17]

suggested treating bilingualism as a

cultural trait as to encourage

additive bilingualism.

References

[1] Baker, C. 2001. Foundations of

bilingual education and

bilingualism (3rd ed). Buffalo,

NY: Multilingual Matters.

[2] Bathia, T.K. 2006. Bilingualism

and Second Language Learning.

In Mey, J.L. (Ed). Concise

Encyclopedia of Pragmatics.

Elsevier Ltd., Oxford. 49 – 56.

[3] Bialystok, E. and Ryan, E.B.

1985. Toward a definition of

metalinguistic skill. Merrill-

Palmer Quarterly 31 (3), 229–

251.

[4] Bialystok, E. (ed.) 1991.

Language Processing in

Bilingual Children. Cambridge:


[5] Bialystok, E. 2010. Experience

and the mind: Psycholinguistic

implications of bilingualism.

In B. Bokus (Ed.) Studies in the

Psychology of Language and

Communication. In honor of Ida

Kurcz. (pp. 183-190). Warsaw:

Matrix Press.

[6] Bloomfield, L. (1935)

Language. London: Allen and

Unwin.

[7] Butler, Y. G. and Hakuta, K.

2004. Bilingualism and Second

Language Acquisition. In

Bathia, T. K. and Ritchie, W.C.

(Eds) The Handbook of

Bilingualism. Blackwell

Publishing Ltd.

[8] Carlson, S. M and Meltzoff,

A.N,. 2008. Bilingual

experience and executive

functioning in young children.

Developmental Science 11:2

(2008), pp 282–298

[9] Cook, G. 2010. Translation in

Language Teaching. Oxford:

Oxford University Press.

[10] Crystal, D. 1997. English as

global language. Cambridge.


[11] Cummins, J., 1976. The

influence of bilingualism on

cognitive growth: A synthesis of

research findings and

explanatory hypotheses.


180

Working Papers on

Bilingualism 9,

1–43.

[12] Dörnyei, Z., 1998. Motivation

in second and foreign

language teaching. Language

Teaching 31, 3, 117–135.

[13] Ellis, R. 2008. The Study of

Second Language Acquisition.

Oxford: Oxford University

Press.

[14] Gonzalez, J. M. 2008.

Encyclopedia of Bilingual

Education. SAGE Publication,

Inc

[15] Haugen, E. 1950 The analysis

of linguistic borrowings.

Language. In Hamers and

Blanc. (Eds). Bilinguality and

Bilingualism. Cambridge.


[16] Hakuta, K. and Diaz, R. M.

(1984) The relationship

between degree of

bilingualism and cognitive

ability: a critical discussion

and some longitudinal data. In

K.E. Nelson (Ed.) Children’s

Language, Volume 5.

Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

[17] Hamers, J.F and Blanc,

M.H.A. 2004. Bilinguality and

Bilingualism. Cambridge:


[18] Hoff, E. 2003. The specificity

of environmental influence:

Socioeconomic status affects

early vocabulary development

via maternal speech. In L.

Lanir. The Effects of

Bilingualism and SES on

Language Development.

http://www.decodedscience.co

m/the-effects-of-bilingualism-

and-ses-on-language-

development/29280 (accessed

October 15, 2013).

[19] Holmes, J. 2008. An

Introduction to

Sociolinguistics (3rd ed).

Pearson Education Limited.

[20] Lanir, L. 2013. The Effects of

Bilingualism and SES on

Language Development.

[22] Peal, E. and Lambert, W.E.

1962. Relation of bilingualism

to intelligence. Psychological

Monographs 76: 1 -23.

[23] Reyes, I. Bilingualism in

Holistic Perspective. In

Gonzalez, J. M. (Ed). 2008.

Encyclopedia of Bilingual

Education. SAGE Publication,

Inc.

[24] Reynolds, A.G. 1991. The

cognitive consequence of

bilingualism. In Baker, C. (ed)

Foundations of bilingual

education and bilingualism

http://www.decodedscience.com/the-effects-of-bilingualism-and-ses-on-language-development/29280





181

(3rd ed). Buffalo, NY:

Multilingual Matters.

[25] Sridhar, S. N.and Sridhar, K.

K. 1980. The syntax and

psycholinguistics of bilingual

code-mixing. Canadian

Journal of Psychology, 34,

407—16.

[26] Segalowitz, N. 1977.

Psychological perspectives on

bilingual education. In B.

Spolsky & R. Cooper (eds.)

Frontiers of Bilingual

Education. Rowley, MA:

Newbury House.

[27] Van Ek, J.A. 1986. Objective

for Foreign Language

Learning. Vol 2: Scope.

https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED287

280 (accessed December 3,

2013)

[28] Vygotsky, L. S. 1962. Thought

and Language. In Hamers, J.F

and Blanc (eds). Bilinguality

and Bilingualism. Cambridge:





182

MARKETING COMMUNICATION STRATEGY:

SEMIOTIC ANALYSIS OF SINGAPORE TOURISM

BOARD ADVERTISEMENT “SINGAPORE

WHERE PASSION IS MADE POSSIBLE”

VERSION IN THE VIEW OF ROLAND BARTHES

Evi Frisnawaty Aruan

Major of communications, Faculty of Marketing Communications, The London

School of Public Relations, Jakarta, Indonesia

Email : [email protected]

ABSTRACT

A global tourism industry competition to attract travelers are getting more

intense. Countries communicate their identity, uniqueness, food, culture,

tradition, architecture through different brand destination slogans to promote

the image of their countries as an attractive tourist destination. Malaysia with

Truly Asia, in the Philippine use It’s more fun in the Philippines, Indonesia with

Wonderful Indonesia, Thailand with Amazing Thailand. It begins with the

people, Vietnam with Timeless charm, Brunei Darussalam with A kingdom of

unexpected treasures, Myanmar with Let the journey begin, Cambodia with

Kingdom of wonder and many more. The brand destination is designed as an

effective communication strategy to promote the tourism potentials of each

country. As one of the popular tourist destinations in South Asia, Singapore also

embarked on this effort and had rebranded its slogan 6 times to lead the global

competition. Passion Made Possible is their latest destination brand slogan that

was designed to promote Singapore tourism globally and also to attract

travelers to visit Singapore. This new brand destination is communicated

through several video advertisements entitled “Singapore Where Passion Is

Made Possible” that was uploaded in YouTube’s channel Visit Singapore.

Advertisement as one of the marketing communication strategy to attract the

audience is made through a combination of audio and visual elements that


183

convey the message or meaning through symbols. The researcher in this

research tried to find out the connotations, denotations, and break the myth that

was hidden in the symbols of Singapore’s ad campaign “Where Passion Is

Made Possible” using semiotics perspective study of Roland Barthes. The

semiotics study is required to understand the advertisement’s meaning and myth

as well as prevent the polysemy. Within this context, the understanding of

symbols can also be used in the marketing communication strategy to attract

the attention and interest of the public, and the effectiveness of its use may

influence the interest of the public in choosing their travel destinations. This

research uses qualitative methodology using interpretive paradigm.

Keywords : semiotics, Roland Barthes, Singapore, Passion made possible,

Brand destination

A. Introduction

A global tourism industry

competition to attract travelers is

getting more intense. Countries

communicate their identity,

uniqueness, food, culture, tradition,

architecture through different brand

destination slogans to promote the

image of their countries as an

attractive tourist destination.

Malaysia with Truly Asia, in the

Philippine use It’s more fun in the

Philippines, Indonesia with

Wonderful Indonesia, Thailand with

Amazing Thailand. It begins with

the people, Vietnam with Timeless

charm, Brunei Darussalam with A

kingdom of unexpected treasures,

Myanmar with Let the journey

begin, Cambodia with Kingdom of

wonder and many more.

The brand destination is

designed as an effective

communication strategy to promote

the tourism potentials of each

country. As one of the popular

tourist destinations in South Asia,

Singapore also embarked on this

effort and had rebranded its slogan

6 times to lead the global

competition.

This new brand destination is

communicated through several

ways such as product launching,

business trade, partnership industry

and advertisement with title

“Singapore Where Passion Is Made

Possible” that publish through spot

advertisement in Cinema,

Television and VisitSingapore

YouTube which will be deployed in

ten countries that Singapore's

worldwide market such as Japan,

Indonesia, China, Belgium,

Malaysia, Germany, UK, USA,


184

Australia and India (Singapore

Tourism Board, 2017, Aug 24).

Singapore's popularity as the

second major destination for

tourism and business destinations in

Asia can be seen from the growing

number of tourists visiting each

year. Between 2010 and 2016,

international arrivals to Singapore

increased 5.9% year on year.

Figure 1. International Tourist

Arrivals 2010 – 2017 from

Singapore Tourism Board, 2017,

October 23.

An effective marketing

communication strategy is needed

to market the tourism potentials of

Singapore to increase the number of

tourists arriving significantly.

Communication aims to

provide something to a person or

audiences a lot by using a medium

as a means to convey something

such as providing information,

invite, and establish relationships.

In order to create the same message

between the sender of the message

and the recipient of the message

then required a good

communication and clear.

In the process of sending

messages, to get a good feedback

from recipients, senders tend to face

many obstacles one of it is the

difference in meaning or meaning

received by the recipients.

Recipients often can not receive

and understand the meaning of

messages and ideas that the

message maker is trying to convey.

Advertising is one of the

media that can be used in marketing

communication process.

Advertising as a form of marketing

communication strategy is made by

combining audio and visual

elements to convey messages or

meanings through signs. The

information and promotions that are

present in an advertisement

presented in a persuasion ways and

aims to influence

audiences/consumers.

As time passes,

advertisements undergo extended

functionality not only as a

promotional tool but also a tool for

implanting symbolic meaning

implicitly through the language and

visualization of existing motion in

advertisements (Nawiroh Vera,

2015: 43 - 44).

Through advertising media

Singapore's strives to continue to

market their tourism globally as

well as attract tourists to always

visit Singapore for tourism and

business activity. With an engaging


185

and creative advertising concept

that can be enjoyed audio-visually

Singapore tries to convey a

message to the audience about the

newest slogan of their brand

destination Passion Made Possible

with the title of ads “Singapore

Where Passion Is Made Possible”.

After the researcher saw

Singapore Where Passion Is Made

Possible advertisement and

analyzed that advertisement, the

researcher assumed that

advertisement contained meaning

of spirit determination which

continuously pursued the

possibility. Where Singapore can be

a place for them (tourists) to be

alive or inspired to seek and pursue

passion in their lives.

In this study, researchers also

conducted pre-research by finding

public opinion about the ad by

asking some resource to support the

initial assumption of the meaning of

the advertisement found by the

researcher. Researchers asked some

of the informants who had gone on

holiday to Singapore and who had

never been on holiday in Singapore,

of course, from different

backgrounds of work, education

and age.

Variety of opinions from some

informants and the assumptions

from researchers make researchers

argue that not all the audience has

an opinion and form a similar

meaning of what exactly want to be

communicate Singapore Tourism

Board through “Singapore Where

Passion Is Made Possible”

advertising. So it can be said that,

advertising can generate

interpretation of the difference

meaning or the creation of

uniformity of meaning. The

meaning will vary greatly for the

audience who sees the

advertisement because the viewing

audience consists of different

backgrounds with their each point

of view.

Therefore, researchers are

interested in researching,

understanding and interpreting what

messages are trying to convey

Singapore Tourism Board (STB)

and Economic Development Board

(EDB) Singapore through

“Singapore Where Passion Is

Possible” advertisement. In this

study, researchers used ads sourced

from YouTube VisitSingapore

channel. The researcher will

recognize, organize, analyze, and

interpret the connotation,

denotation and disguise of hidden

myths in the signs contained in

“Singapore Where Passion Is Made

Possible” ad using semiotic in the

view of Roland Barthes's. Semiotic

studies are needed so that the

meaning and myths contained in the

advertisements can be understood

well known. signs and meanings are

two things that connect semiotics

with communication.

Where in the semiotics of

Roland Barthes explained that the


186

meaning hidden or implicit in an

advertisement, film, song lyrics and

advertisements can be analyzed

from various scenes displayed in

each scene through the relationship

between sign, signifier and

signified which are linked up to

then produce denotative,

connotative and mythical meanings.

Researchers use Roland

Barthes perspective in this research

because researchers want to see and

analyze the role and relationship of

sign, signifier and signified in

shaping the meaning or social

reality contained in Singapore

Where Passion Is Made Possible

advertisement.

B. Formulation of the problem

Based on the background that

researchers have described above,

then the problem formulation in this

study is "What is the meaning

contained in Singapore Tourism

Board advertisement “Singapore

Where Passion Is Made Possible”

version and its relation with

strategy marketing

communication?"

C. Research purposes

The purpose of this research is

to recognize meaning hidden in the

signs contained in the Singapore

Where Passion Is Made Possible

advertisement using Roland Barthes

semiotics view.

D. Method

In this study, researchers will

use qualitative research methods.

Creswell (2014: 67) defines that

qualitative research is an approach

undertaken to explore and

understand the meaning of

individuals or groups that are

considered a social problem. In

qualitative research the research

process involves the research

participants to then be given

questions by researchers, perform

data collection, analyze the data,

determine the focus, and make

interpretation of the data obtained.

Where the results of the analysis is

usually a narrative or description of

the word descriptively.

While Merriam and Tisdell

(2015: 12) explains that qualitative

research is interpretive or

constructivist research that has a

purpose to describe, understand and

interpret the picture of the results of

research conducted by researchers.

As well as using social reality with

context or subject construction are

bound.

From some qualitative

understanding above can be

concluded that qualitative research

is a subjective research, where all

the results of the analysis conducted

by researchers based on the point of

view, knowledge and experience of

researchers. By using interpretive

research paradigm, the researcher

can see the phenomenon of the

research object.


187

Therefore, in this study

researchers used qualitative

interpretive method to know and

describe more deeply about this

research. Where in this study the

researchers tried to give meaning of

the signs - signs that are formed in

the advertisement subjectively

based on the knowledge and

experience of researchers.

Researchers focus on the signs that

exist in advertisements that are

broadcasted in narrative and

cinematic terms as a researcher's

phenomenon and how researchers

interpret and understand the

meaning of existing verbal or

nonverbal signs formed within the

ad.

Research method is one

important part of all the existing

research elements. According to

Lofland and Lofland (1984: 47) in

Moleong (2010: 157) the main data

source in qualitative research is the

words and the rest is additional data

such as documents and others. In

order to support this research,

information or other relevant data

or data relevant to the purpose of

the research is needed, where the

data or information will be used as

research material to assist the

analysis process. There are several

techniques in qualitative research

that can be used as a method of data

collection and the data collection

methods undertaken in this study,

including :

1. Observation

Merriam and Tisdell (2016:

137) explain that interviews are the

main source of data in qualitative

research; So also with observation

or observation. Observation or

observation generally occurs in

many types of qualitative research,

such as in case studies,

ethnography, and research studies

of qualitative measures. While

Bungin (2007: 118) describes the

observation as observation

techniques using the senses of the

eyes and other senses. In this

research, researchers will perform

data collection by doing text

observation on Singapore Tourism

Board (STB) advertisement with

Singapore Where Passion is Made

Possible version which aired on

various electronic media channel.

However, in this study

researchers will make observations

or observations of ad text with data

obtained from youtube.

Observations or observations that

will be conducted by researchers is

to conduct direct observation of the

ad to the advertisement that became

the object of research by watching

Singapore Tourism Board

advertising version of Singapore

Where Passion is Made Possible on

YouTube.

Observation or observation to

be done is to identify signs or

symbols arranged in the process of

recording images, scene stories, and

sequences with elements - elements


188

of writing, images, sounds,

expressions and signs or other

symbols are formed in each other

advertising. To then be understood

and analyzed by researchers to be

given meaning by using semiotics

Roland Barthes.

2. Documentation

In addition to observation,

researchers will also use data

collection methods using

documentation techniques. As a

complement to observational

studies or observations made by

researchers, it takes secondary data

collection techniques that is

documentation. In the book of

qualitative communication research

methods Pujileksono (2015: 120)

explains that research using

constructivistic or interpretative

paradigm such as semiotic analysis,

discourse analysis, framing more

appropriate when using data

collection methods with

documentation techniques.

Meanwhile, Bungin (2007:

124) explains that the documentary

method is one of the data collection

methods used in the social research

methodology used to track

historical data. In this case,

researchers will perform data

collection from documents such as

literature review of books, journals,

articles, and summaries of previous

research that has been done by

others.

3. Search Online Data

In addition to using data

collection methods with

documentation techniques, it will

also use other secondary data such

as conducting online data tracking

through the internet to obtain the

desired data that are appropriate to

and related to the research being

undertaken by the researcher.

4. Data analysis method

Techniques of data analysis in

this study will be done through

stages such as:

Identify the sign, in this

stage the researcher will

watch the Singapore

Where Passion is Made

Possible advertisement.

In this stage the researcher

chooses the scenes that

becomes the key scene

which is used as the

research focus.

This stage the researcher

will perform a grouping of

signs by looking at the

relationship or association

of each sign to find out if

there is a hidden message

associated with the mark

that resides in each scene

contained in the ad.

Interpretation of signs, in

this stage the researchers


189

interpret the sign or

meaning of the marks that

have been seen and

grouped in denotation and

connotation which then

produce myth.

In this stage the

researchers draw

conclusions about the

meaning of what is

contained in Singapore

Where Passion is Made

Possible advertising.

This study focuses on the

observation of the meaning

obtained through the sign or symbol

shown in the Singapore ads where

passion is made possible by using

semiotics analysis Roland Barthes

with data verification method using

triangulation technique of data

source derived from books,

librarian studies, expert opinion and

other references related to the

object of this study which will be

used as a validation test and as a

benchmark or reference of the

research results.

Where Paton (1987) in Bungin

(2007: 264 - 265) explains the data

stimulation is done by comparing

and checking the degree of

confidence of the information

obtained by (1) comparing the

observed or observed data with the

interview result obtained, (2)

comparing what what people say in

public with what is said personally,

(3) compares what people say relate

to the research situation, (4)

compares the person's

circumstances and perspective, (5)

compares the results of the

interview with the contents of a

related document.

In this case, researchers will

compare and check the degree of

confidence of observational data

with literature review of books,

journals, articles, and summaries of

previous research results done by

others.

The focus of research in this

research is to understand the

meaning contained in Singapore

Tourism Board advertising version

of Singapore Where Passion is

Made Possible with Roland Barthes

thinking concept. Where meaning

will be interpreted from the signs

that imply a certain meaning

observed by researchers from

elements film used in the ads.

E. Results

Barthes (1983 : 161) discussed

semiotic in dept with a new

understanding called myth. Myth is

a second order semiological system

with its three-dimensional system

which is signifier, signified and

sign. Sign is an associative between

concept and image in the first

system of language. Barthes (1983)

develop a meaning system that

connects meaning in a advertising


190

with other factors such as

interpretant experiences, historical

knowledge and cultural that the

myth formed.

After finding the singn in the

firts level, the researcher analyzed

more about the myth tucked in a

series of scenes in Singapore

Tourism Board ads. In the first

level of signification that signed the

spirit.

The myth in Singapore

Tourism Board advertisement

explains that in Singapore people

can do anything and achieve or

make come true what the want. The

spririt of Singaporeans to achieve

their dreams is evident from the full

range of facilities available in

Singapore. Not only for Singapore

residents but also for tourists who

come to Singapore, they can pursue

what they want there either for

business or leisure. Through thats

ads Singapore want to communicate

to their Target Market to never stop

looking for what can be done when

visiting singapore either for

business or leisure purpose because

Singapore have everything tourists

need.

Based on the above analysis,

the researcher concludes that the

content of messages view from

Marketing Communication stategy

perspective in Singapore Tourism

Board ads describes that although

singapore has been known by many

tourists and become one of the

countries in asia which is in

demand by tourists. Singapore

continues to market its tourism

globally by using advertising as a

medium to communicate Singapore.

Advertising is one of the most

effective marketing communication

strategies used to communicate

hidden messages within and to

influence the people who see the

ad.

F. Discussion

Through this research,

researcher want to show that

efectiveness marketing

communication strategy through

advertisement not only purpose to

promote creatively that brand,

product or services. Furthermore,

the advertisement must have the

right semiotic concept for the

message to be communicated to the

market , so that the meaning of the

message received and shaped by the

recipients of the message in the

advertisement equals the meaning

made by the messenger (dominant

party).

Reseacher also found that

Roland Barthes’s semiotic had

caused a polysemy or diversty of

meaning that audience receive.

Therefore, there are still things

that should be studied further on

this research, especially for the

effectiveness of marketing

communication strategy based on

semiotic method for benefit and the


191

continuity of communication

science.

REFERENCES

[1] Barthes, R. 2007. Petualangan

Semiologi Roland Barthes.

Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar

[2] Barthes, R. 2007. Membedah

Mitos - Mitos Budaya Massa:

Semiotika atau Sosiologi

Tanda Simbol dan

Representasinya. Yogyakarta:

Jalansutra

[3] Barthes, R. 1983. Mythologies.

New York, Hill and Wang

[4] Bungin, B. M. 2007. Penelitian

Kualitatif : Komunikasi,

Ekonomi, Kebijakan Publik

dan Ilmu Sosial Lainnya.

Jakarta : Preneda Media Group

[5] Creswell, W. J.2014. Research

Design : Qualitative,

Quantitatives and Mixed

Methods Approaches.United

Kingdom:SAGE Publications,

Inc

[6] Merriam, B.S., & Tisdell, J.E.

(2016). Qualitative research :

A Guide to Desing and

Implementation. San Francisco

: Jossey - Bass

[7] Moleong, J. L. 2010.

Metodologi Penelitian

Kualitatif (Edisis Revisi).

Bandung : PT Remaja

Rosdakarya

[8] Vera, Nawiroh. (2014).

Semiotika Dalam Riset

Komunikasi. Bogor : Ghalia

Indonesia

[9] Pujileksono, D. S. (2015).

Metode Penelitian Komunikasi

Kualitatif. Malang : Kelompok

Intrans Publishing

[10] Singapore Torism Board. 24

August 2017. Singapore

Tourism Board and Singapore

Economic Development Board

Launch Passion Made Possible

Brand for Singapore. Directed

https://www.prnewswire.com/n

ews-releases/singapore-

tourism-board- and-

singapore-economic-

development-board-launch-

passion-made- possible-

brand-for-singapore-

300508940.html

https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/singapore-tourism-board-and-singapore-economic-development-board-launch-passion-made-possible-brand-for-singapore-300508940.html









192

ANALYSIS OF ASSET MANAGEMENT RATIO,

LIQUIDITY RATIO, FINANCIAL LEVERAGE

RATIO TO PROFITABILITY RATIO

(The Study on Mining Company Listed in BEI 2013-

2015 Period)

Ester Mulatsari1, Yohanes Jhony Kurniawan2

Management /Economic Departement, Universitas Terbuka, Indonesia - UPBJJ

Singapore1, Secretary / Secretary Department, STIKS Tarakanita2

[email protected], [email protected]

Abstract The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of ratio of assets, the

liquidity ratio, and debt ratio, effect on profitability. The theory used in this

research is the theory of relationships (associative), a causal relationship (causal).

The population of this research covers nine mining company lested on the

Indonesia stock exchange (idx) period in 2013-2015, that publish their annual

financial reports in full, using technical purposive sampling. Technical analysis

is the analysis of the data, test assumptions, regression test and test hypotheses

and performed with statistical analysis and use Smart SEM software PLS 2.0.

Based on the test results the value 0.361417 on liquidity ratio reflects that the

assets were able to explain the variance of liquidity of 36,417%. The value

contained on the profitability is 0.172681 or 17.2681% which was influenced by

the ratio of assets, liquidity and debt ratio. Based on the results of the T-test

statistics: (1) the ratio of assets significant effect against liquidity, (2) the ratio of

assets ratio has no effect significantly to profitability, (3) liquidity ratio has no

effect significantly to profitability, (4) the debt ratio effects significantly to

liquidity (5) debt ratio affects significantly to profitability with a T-statistic value

of 4.369646 (> 1.96) The value of the original sample estimate is 0.467624.

Based on the results of this research it is found that the debt ratio affects

significantly to profitability on a mining company. Most likely it is due to the

mine company had a huge solid characteristics of capital which uses a large

amount of capital operations and Financial leverage is derived from interest

payments for debt used to mine the addition of company capital structure, the

company that uses the load remains high (interest) means using debt is high and


193

the degree of financial leverage of the company are also high. Indonesia's

economy growth in 2011 and 2015 were slow, it was due to a rise in the interest

rate of Bank Indonesia, declining commodity prices, the Mining ACT of 2009

Indonesia which implements a ban on the export of seeds of minerals in 2014. In

Indonesia the country's major commodity exporters such as stone-coal and crude

palm oil, are largely affected when commodity prices stay this low. The results

of this research show that the big influence of the independent variable, i.e., the

ratio of assets liquidity ratio and the ratio of debt to profitability that the

dependent variable can be described by this equation is 53%, while 47% are

influenced by other factors not included in the regression model.

Keywords: Financial leverage, Profit, Assets, Debt ratio, Liquidity ratio, Debt

ratio, Profitability ratio.

A. Introduction

The Asian financial crisis has

an impact on the economic

development of Indonesia, such as

in the year 1990 happened a decline

in GDP (gross domestic product),

the global financial crisis in the

years 2007-2009, and slow the rate

of growth of the world economy in

2010-2014. A slowdown in the

expansion of the economy in the

people's Republic of China (PRC)

as the country with the second

largest economy in the world give

impact on Indonesia, since

cooperation between the RRT with

Indonesia very closely, almost 10%

of all results Indonesia exports

affected by the RRT.

The country of Indonesia in

2011 and 2015 is experiencing a

sharp economic crisis caused by a

few things, namely the slow world

economy because of the

concentration on the country of

CHINA, declining commodity

prices, rising interest rates of Bank

Indonesia that high, the political

situation in Indonesia year 2014

legislative elections and President,

also there is the implementation of

a ban on the export of mineral seed

2014 year molai were forbidden to

be exported are listed in the mining

ACT of 2009 (Anonymous 2016).

The latest global economy causing

commodity prices come down to

low levels, caused by a slowdown

in the economy in the country's

major commodity exports, CHINA

Indonesia like a stone-coal and

crude palm oil, very affected when

prices such commodities decreased.

When supply goes down, global

demand is weak, it causes the price

of commodities went down to a low

level.


194

Addressing this Indonesia coal

mining Association (APBI) on

Tuesday, March 22, 2016, predicts

that the stone-coal mining company

will experience a decline in

profitability this year. The fall in

the price of commodities as coal

rock-influenced by the acquisition

of the company's profitability. The

profitability of the company's stone-

coal in 2011-2016 decline 60% and

profitability is expected to decline

10% more (Anonin 2016).

But other companies PTBA

(PT Bukit Asam Tbk), are

convinced that the global economy

will soon improve and the price of

coal will also undergo restoration

and will be even better in the years

ahead. Rising overseas demand will

be against coal as well as domestic

demand is expected to be enlarged,

it is believed will improve the

productivity and the profitability of

the mining company.

Innovative and creative so

needed at this time in order to

increase productivity of the

company as well as to meet the

growing market demand, efficiency

in all areas of both production and

the others need to be improved in

order to increase the the company's

profitability as well as to grow and

develop in line with the changing

times. The company currently is

required to improve good

management thoroughly and

systematically manage the

resources owned by either,

particularly financial resources as

resources company that is very

important and is the capital the

company. Capital is the concrete

goods, whether the domestic

companies that are found in the

balance sheet next to debit, as well

as in the form of purchasing power

or the exchange rate of the stuff

listed on the credits

(Areyouredsquirrel, 2001) that

quotes statements Bekker.

Profitability is a major factor

that must be considered in order to

the survival of a company and to

continue to be able to grow it

because of profit belonging to the

company, if the company is

experiencing a profitable or

profitable then the continuity of

corporate life can be assured and

makes it easy to provide confidence

to outside parties that would invest

his capital in the company.

Management of the company,

owner of the company and the

creditors will continue to seek the

full increase profits to the survival

of the company is to increase

profitability.

Liquidity used to measure the

company's ability to meet short-

term obligations, namely the

obligations to be met at this time as

well as obligations that must be met

for less than a year, exactly at the

time of the day of payment. The

size of the liquidity that is measured

from a ratio of current assets

divided by current liabilities, or


195

healthy liquid size i.e. The flow

ratio of not less than 100% and

include cash against the liability.

Good company is a company that is

capable of managing its assets to

good use. If a company has

excessive investment in the field of

assets, then its operational and

capital assets became very high and

this will lower its free cash flow

and also the price of its shares.

Conversely, if a company doesn't

have enough assets, the company

would lose the usual sales has been

achieved, could also lose the free

flow of funds, profitability and

stock price. Therefore, it is

important to have the right amount

of investment in the form of assets.

The ratio of debt management

or financial leverage, i.e. the level

of the extent to which a company is

funded by debt. There are three

implementation that should be

noted: (a) the addition of source

funds through debt, increased

investment company through highly

profitable debt Fund shareholders,

as shareholders without having to

increase the investments can add

control of the company, (b) the

lender hopes, got a small risk if the

only source or equity funds gained

from the shareholders already

provide enough portion of capital is

needed, (c) the acquisition of the

company's profits are expected to

generate more profit with the

investments financed with debt

compared with the amount to be

refunded then the rate of profit

earned stockholders got bigger

though do not add to capital

investment.

Analysis of financial

statements used to measure

financial position, to analyze the

condition of inteference of the

company today, both in terms of

management, financial and

turnaround used to facilitate all

departments of the company

towards the more efficiency. If the

retrieved value percentage ratio

assets high is getting better, as well

as on liquidity ratios obtained high

scores will be getting better and

healthier people the condition of the

company. Solvency ratio or debt

acquired a high value then the

unhealthy financial conditions in

long-term debt to pay, and the

higher the percentage ratio is the

better profitability for the company

should be higher from the average

of the industry.

Previous research, i.e. research

results (2010) by Hastuti in

manufacturing companies

registered in BEI 2006-2008,

generating research States that the

current ratio, inventory turnover

sales growth also has no influence

in the achievement of profitability.

The second study, namely the year

2015 by Deni and Lestari Ningsih

generate that cash, turnover,

accounts receivable, inventory,

working capital, has a positive

influence towards profitability. On


196

the research of 2011 by Adiyani on

Islamic commercial banks

registered in BEI 2005-2010,

researchers produce that BOPO,

CAR, NPF, FDR together effect on

profitability (ROA), FDR and the

CAR has no effect significant

positive against (ROA)

profitability, BOPO and significant

negative effect against the NPF

(ROA) profitability.

Research results by 2015

Widowati registered in BEI 2010-

2013, mentions that the CAR

significantly influential and positive

towards profitability, significant

and influential NPL negatively to

profitability, while the LDR has no

effect towards profitability.

Subsequent research by Fajriah

2016 on bank Indonesia Sharia

2011-2015 period of public

research results, namely economic

growth, capital, liquidity, the bank's

size, have an impact on profitability

is positively and significantly, while

inflation has a positive influence is

not significantly to profitability.

The company in General is

very eager to get the profit or the

profit of every activity he does.

Hope each company's management

was able to run all of the company's

activity is also capable of

maximizing capital to profitable

operations so that the viability of

the company will be growing

forward, running in accordance

with the the changing times, and

maximize profitability.

In this study based on previous

research also after studying the

exposure occurs then the

researchers ask research entitled

"ANALYSIS of the RATIO of

MANAGEMENT ASSETS,

LIQUIDITY RATIO and the

RATIO of DEBT to

PROFITABILITY

MANAGEMENT" (study on the

mining company registered in BEI

2013-2015 Years).

B. Formulation Of The Problem

In order to know the magnitude of

the effect on profitability then

measure the influence of ratio of

assets, liquidity ratio, the ratio of

debt to profitability in mining

company registered in BEI 2013-

2015, by formulating a research

statement:

1. How big is the influence of the

ratio of assets against liquidity

ratio?


ratio of assets against

profitability?


ratio of liquidity towards

profitability?


ratio of debt to the liquidity

ratio?


ratio of debt to profitability?


197

C. Research Objectives

The Research Objectives are:

1. to analyze the influence of

ratio of assets against liquidity

2. to analyze the influence of

ratio of assets toward

profitability

3. to analyze the influence of the

ratio of liquidity toward

profitability


ratio of debt to the liquidity

ratio


ratio of debt to profitability

The Benefits Of Research

The results of this research

as a reference which can

add knowledge for

researchers subsequent to a

broader study of materials

concerning the level of

inventory turnover.

These studies are expected

be able to provide

references and new

information regarding the

influence of rotation

between levels with

business profits.

1. Introduction

2.

D. Previous Research

The name of the Variable Methodology Results Of The Study

1. Hastuti (2010)

Inventory turnover,

debt, trade, current

ratio, Leverage,

sales, size of the

company

Multiple linear

regression analysis

1. current ratio, leverage,

there is sufficient inventory

turnover has no effectat the

profitability of

2. trade accounts receivable

Turnover,

The size of the company,

sales growth effect on

profitability.

2. Lestarinengsih

(2015)

Working capital

turnover, accounts

receivable,

inventory

Multiple linear

regression analysis

1. the working capital

Turnover has no influence

on the achievement of

profitability

2. rotation of the inventory,

accounts receivable affects

profitability


198

The name of the Variable Methodology Results Of The Study

3. Natalie (2015)

Rotation of Cash,

accounts receivable,

inventory

Multiple linear

regression analysis

Turnover, cash, receivables,

inventory have influence in

the achievement of the

company's profitability

4. Fajriah (2016 Capital, liquidity,

the bank size,

inflation, economic

growth

Panel data

regression analysis

of generalized least

square

1. Capital, liquidity, the

bank's size, economic

growth was positive and

significant effect against the

profitability

2. the positive influence of

Inflation have not

significantly to profitability

5. Widowati

(2015)

Car, Ldr, Npl

20 SPSS

1. Car sgnifikan and positive

effect on the profitability of

2. Ldr has no effect on the

profitability of

3. the Non performance loan

(NPL) influential negative

and significantly to

profitability

6. Adyani (2011)

Car, Npf, Bopo, Fdr

Multiple

regression analysis

1. Test results: F

Fdr, Npf, Bopo, Car

effect on profitability

2. Results (test t), Fdr, Car

has no effect on the

profitability of

3. Bopo, Npf negative effect

on the profitability of

Frame Of Mind

This study analyzes the

results of the financial statements

published on the BEI, to know the

level of the financial health of a

company, the influence of working

capital liquidity, leverage, and

profitability, inventory turnover

against conducted by measuring the

turnover assets, accounts receivable

turnover, the ratio of assets and

liquidity ratio, debt ratio as a free

variable. While dependent variable

i.e. (ROI) Returnon Investment and

Profit margin. Countries with

Indonesia a rich source of natural

resources, the development of more

and more mining company and an


199

increasingly tight competition. The

mining sector provides a large

source of revenue for Indonesia,

and economic conditions of mines

capable of positive or negative

impact for Indonesia's economic

stability.

Based on the phenomenon

that have been examined based on

historical studies of previous

research, then the research review

about profitability. It is concerned

with the acquisition of profit, profit,

profit measure values from previous

results, measure the ability of the

company gained profit through

sales, profitability can be measured

through Return on Investment

called ROI . By knowing the ROI,

will be able to see if the company is

able to manage its assets efficiently

in its operational activities.

Therefore, the researchers chose the

dependent variable as a Proxy of

profitability by measuring ROI and

profit margin shows the company's

ability to profit from the activity

that generates the run. Free

variables: (1) the ratio of assets:

accounts receivable turnover,

turnover of assets, the liquidity ratio

(2): with the current ratio, quick

ratio (3) debt ratio: the ratio of debt

to assets, which will affect

profitability.

From the explanation

above, formulating a framework of

thinking as follows:

Frame Of Mind

1. H1 = x 1 → x 2: the presence of

influence between the ratio of assets

against liquidity

2. H2 = x 1 → Y: presence of

influence between the ratio of assets

toward profitability


200

3. H3 = X 2 → y: the presence

influence liquidity towards

profitability

4. H4 = X 3 → x 2: the presence of

effect interrelations between debt

ratio against liquidity

5. H5 = Y → X 3: presence of

influence between the ratio of debt

to profitability

Research Hypotheses

The ratio of Assets against

Liquidity

Sawir (2009) says that current ratio

with low values will be negative

effect on profitability, there is a

problem in obtaining profits rather

current ratio with the presence of

many high value assets who are

unemployed and not used with

effectively so that adds to the

burden and reduce profitability. A

comparison between current assets

current liabilities per, shows the

company's ability to meet short-

term obligations. Arwana (2001)

with liquidity quick ratio measured

so liquidity can be improved by: (a)

debt smoothly adds to current

assets, (b) current assets to reduce

the debt owed smoothly, (c) when

the same amount to reduce the debt

and also current assets. Based on

the above description: there is an

influence of the H1 is obtained

between the ratios of assets against

liquidity.

The ratio of assets toward

profitability

Syafri (2008) saying that when

measured from the value of the

assets, the resulting profit regarding

the profitability of companies over

assets invested in sales turnover in

order to generate a profit, the

greater the value the better

profitability ratio. Based on the

descriptions in the above obtained

H2: there is a ratio between the

assets against the influence

profitability.

Ratio of liquidity against p

rofitabilitas

Sawir (2009) says that the low

liquidity affect liquidity means that

reducing the short-term investment

of working capital turnover so low

that could lead to the acquisition of

low profitability, low current ratio

shows the assets that are not

effectively thereby reducing

profitability. Based on the above

description is obtained the

hypothesis, H3: there is a liquidity

ratio between influence towards

profitability

The ratio of debt to the liquidity

Arwana (2001) liquidity quick ratio

is then measured by the liquidity

can be improved by: (a) debt

smoothly adds to current assets, (b)

current assets to reduce debt, (c)

when the same amount to reduce

the debt and also current assets.

Based on the above description was


201

obtained by hypothesis, H4: there

are influences between the ratio of

debt to the liquidity

The ratio of debt to Profitability

Sawir (2008) saying that debt ratio

is all wealth and liabilities owned.

Total debt to total assets ratio is per

debt to assets, measure the extent to

which debt can be met by total

assets. When debt increases while

the assets do not change then the

bigger the debt, the failure to pay

the debt higher. When the value of

the low debt ratio the better for of

company debt repayment risk,

meaning the lower. Debt capital

used on working capital, on

liquidity will affect the company's

profitability, most companies with

high debt capital with higher profit,

provided that the debt increase

assets, used on liquidity. Based on

the above description was obtained

by hypothesis, H5: there are

influences between the ratio of debt

to profitability.

E. Method Formulation of the design

research occurring one important

thing that should be considered in

conducting the research, so that the

goals can be achieved with either. A

series of observations of a

phenomenon is done within a

certain period, which requires

answers and settlement called

research. Causal research is

research that has the nature of

causal nature, cause and effect. This

research uses associative

relationships, design research, to

find out between two or more

variables. Sugiono (2007), research

to analyse the relationship between

the dependent variable causal

variable and causal research is

called dependent. This study tested

the influence of the level of

inventory turnaround against

business profits.

Everything that is defined

by the researchers to be examined,

studied, so as to produce the

necessary information and draw

conclusions is called variable

research, Sugiyono (2008). This

research researchers using one

variable the dependent variable that

is bound or profitability, using three

variables or variable-free

independent manner i.e., the ratio of

assets liquidity ratio and debt ratio.

Populations and Samples

Objects are collected

comprehensively will be measured

in research called population

(Cooper & Schindler, 2003).

Researchers in this study using a

mining company listed on the Bursa

Effect Indonesia 2013-2015 years.

Sample character that need IE the

period of 2013-2015 mining

company reported annual financial

report of the audit, then the

purposive sampling technique used

in this study as a sampling

technique non-profitability. As a


202

technique to ensure the sample

selected researchers have criteria,

elements defined by the researchers

as a sample (Black & Champion,

2001), researchers set:

Mining companies registered in

BEI 2013-2015 year

-Publish annual report 2013-2015

-Complete financial statements and

audited years 2013-2015

The population is an

element of the sample that will be

used in this study in order to

represent the population (Cooper &

Schindler, 2003). Analysis of the

model used in this study adjusts the

number of samples. The opinions

expressed by Gay and Diehli

(Lerbin, 2007) that the descriptive

research needed to sample at least

10% of the population.

Sample size the sampling

basis is according to Hair, Jr., et al.

(2010) as well as Tabachnick and

Fidell (2007) suggests that the ratio

of the number of samples, the

number of variants that belong in

each study, have a number of

variables at least five times, and

further advised ten times the

amount from. With the above

opinion was based on, then this

research using a sample of three

years of research. The number of

samples can be seen in table 3.2.

Table 3.2 . List S Mining and energy company sample registered in BEI 2013-

2015

No. Code The name of the

1 ANTM P T . Aneka Tambang (persero) Tbk

2 PTBA Stone Quarry PT Bukit Asam coal-Tbk

3 INCO MINE Pt. Indonesia Vale Tbk

4 MEDC Pt Medco Energy International Tbk

5 HRUM PT. Harum Energy Tbk

6 TINS PT Timah (persero) Tbk


203

7 ADRO Andro Enery Tbk Pt

8 ITMG Pt. Indo Mine Kingdom Magnificent

9 DOID Pt Makmur Tbk World Delta

Source: data research that has been processed

Research Instrument

Tools to support a research called

the research instrument, which is a

research support tools can be a

secondary data, can be either

documentary or historical report

data compiled in the archive, both

unpublished and publication. This

research uses data in the form of

historical information relating to the

company's financial statements,

information regarding the annual

financial report of the information

audit, variable research i.e.

information equity, working capital,

accounts receivable turnover,

liquidity and profitability of the

company.

Data Processing Procedure

This study uses external data will

be treated with the technique of

sports data and using a two-stage

research: (1) reviewing financial

statements, journal journal of

accounting, as well as books related

to the matter will be examined by

conducting a literature review. (2)

the secondary data collection, to

obtain data regarding the financial

statements used in this research, on

the Indonesia stock exchange (idx)

through wesite www.idx.co.id. Test

the quality of the data is crucial in

the object of the research to be

performed with the instrument.

Phase measurement results it will

be done by analyzing the data to get

the best results, from data that has

been analyzed should also qualify

the validity and reliability (Mustafa,

2009).

Test of Validity

The variables examined can be

described through a questionnaire

on the validity of the test to obtain

answers through appropriate

questions (Sugiyanto, 2007).

Programing Smart PLS 2.0 on

indicators of reflexive test validity

by loading factor value, look at

each indicator invalid constructs.

Ave (average extracted variance)

value is expected (> 0.5), or greater

than zero comma five which means

that variance indicator can be

explained as much, more than 50%

(Ghozali, 2012).


204

Test of Reliability

Reliability Test done to prove its

accuracy, consistency and precision

instrument in measuring the invalid

constructs. In the PLS-SEM by

using program Smart PLS 2.0 M3,

in measuring the earning ratios on

invalid constructs in a reflective

manner indicators: Cronbach's

alpha and composite realiability or

Dillon Goldstein's. The use of

Cronbach's Alpha to test reliability

invalid constructs will give lower

values so it is better to use

Composite Realiability in testing

the reliability of an invalid

constructs. Rule of Thumb that is

the value of the Composite

Realiability must be greater than

0.7 (Ghozali,2012).

Test of The R Square

Test The R Square m the

structural model of PLS with value

(0.77 strong, moderate, weak 0.25

0.50) and assessment of structural

model R Square value for each

variable an endogenous latent

(Ghozali, 2012).

The Test Of Hypothesis

Hypothesis test results can be seen

from the results of outer loading, if

the value of t-statistics on indicators

of invalid constructs in the model is

valid where the values of t-statistics

> 1.96. In SmartPLS 2.0 M3, to

know the significance of the first

order invalid constructs and second

order invalid constructs to open the

main menu and then select the

calculate bootstrapping (Ghozali,

2012).

Test Of Mediation

Test results of mediation reads as

follows: (a) no mediation i.e.,

mediation is not proven, (b) full

mediated means mediation proved

in full, (c) partially mediated

proven mediation in partial. Based

on the "Mediator Analysis

Procedure in PLS-SEM" according

to Hair, et al (2013) If testing the

significance of the direct effect

(pathX-Y) variable without going

through mediation or intervening

variables the results showed no

significant but testing on the

significance of indirect effect(pathX-

M. pathof M-Y) and test results of the

Direct Effect of direct influence, i.e.

Indirect Effect of indirect influence,

namely Full Mediated IE shows the

results of the test of mediation .

Data analysis (SEM Analysis with

SmartPLS 2.0)

This research uses of data analysis

methods by doing statistical

analysis and use software Smart

SEM PLS 2.0, and using the

method of regression analysis in

testing the hypothesis. In this

section will be explained about the

techniques and the use of data

analysis. A method of path analysis

or path analysis that will be used in

this research. A method of path

analysis are categorized in the

context of multivariate analysis


205

techniques as a variant of part

analysis, namely, structural

equation modelling (SEM) which is

the development of path analysis.

One of the techniques of

multivariate analysis of free

variables is to use more than one ,

with one or more dependent

variables . Hair (2010) in Sarwono

(2012) defines multivariate analysis

as follows: Multivariate analysis

includes all the techniques the

statistic simultaneously analyze

several measurements against a

particular individual or object in

one research. In the analysis of

SEM program uses Smart PLS 2.0.

Structural Equation Modelling

(SEM) one of techniques i.e. PLS

(Partial Least Square) are able to

directly analyze the latent variables,

indicator variables and error

measurement. PLS is depicted as an

alternative, if there is no indicator

that meets measurement reflective

model and when the selected weak

theory. PLS as a method of

powerful analysts, because it can be

used on any scale data, the sample

size is not large, it does not require

assumptions. PLS can also to

confirm the theory, testing the

proportions or to build relationships

that are the cornerstone of his

theory does not yet exist (Wiyono,

2011). PLS with variance based IE

the ability of avoiding problems:

Inadmissible Solution

Multi solution that is difficult to be

accepted, because PLS with base

variants, a problem on singular

matrix does not occur. This would

not be such a problem occurs over

indentified or under-identified,

unidentified, on the model of

structural recursive, for the PLS

wear structural recursive model.

Indeterminacy Factors

Indeterminacy Factors it is

irregular, difficult factor is

specified, that is to say that is when

there is an excess of unit factors in

a group of units of a particular

variable, indicators indicators of

normative and unnecessary cammon

factor to latent variables composite

is obtained. Linear combination

which comes from latent variable

called indicator. As the principle

basic usage of the two approaches

is whether structural equation

model used in development and test

theories or with the purpose of

prediction. Testing this is testing

predictions then used the approach

of variance with PLS.

F. Results Based on the output of the 2.0

version of the PLS Smart results.

Influence of ratio of assets,

liquidity, debt > Profitability (x 1, x

2, X 3 > Y)

Variable ratio, the ratio of

assets liquidity, debt ratio effect on

the achievement of profitability but


206

no effect directly against

profitability. T test results, the value

of the original sample estimated a

negative regression coefficient of

relationship direction lies in the

variables between the ratio of assets

against liquidity ratio, the ratio of

assets against profitability.

While a positive regression

coefficient of relationship direction

is located on a variable l ratio of

liquidity against the ratio of

profitability ratio, the ratio of debt

to market liquidity, as well as the

ratio of debt to profitability. When

the level of investment assets that

are cultivated on low sales, assets

not utilized well, should this not

utilized assets can still work capital

investment. This means that

companies with a ratio of assets and

low liquidity ratio will be low

earnings result and the instead.

G. Discussion Influence of ratio of assets

(Profitability > X 1 > Y)

The findings of these studies

mention that the ratio of assets

toward profitability is low it is

possible the company has excessive

investment in assets so asset is not

used properly or the company does

not have enough assets, so that the

company will lose sales that can be

achieved which could lower the

profitability, free flow of funds, and

stock prices. Turnover assets and

receivables turnover is low so that

profitability is not achieved.

Liquidity Ratio, Influence

Profitability (X 2 > Y)

The liquidity Ratio has a positive

sample of original value, while the

value of T statistics less than 1.96

against the profitability of mining

companies, this means being able to

meet its current or the level of the

company's ability in repaying debt

short-term and other financial

obligations can be keep but not add

profit means less well. Is said to be

liquid or size i.e. If healthiest

liquidity has flown well or

lancarnya ratio ratio of 100% and

liabilities including cash (cash

against current liabilities) so that

the Nileai profitability is reached.

The greater the value of the

percentage ratio of liquidity is good

it shows the company's healthy

condition.

Influence, The Debt Ratio >

Profitability (X 3 > Y)

Debt ratio positive effect towards

profitability, this means the debt

ratio capable of delivering positive

values and are able to improve the

profitability of the company, the

company should keep the ratio of

debt to total assets is low so that

percentage of the funds provided by

creditors is small, when the debt

ratio exceeds average industry

deposit the lender funds and high

resulting in high interest,

shareholders want more debt

because debt magnifies the

expected profit. The higher the

percentage the ratio of


207

debt/solvency, the weak for

companies to meet long-term

obligations, less healthy for the

company.

H. Acknowledgment Conclusion the results of the

hypothesis:

Two variables affecting liquidity

ratio, debt ratio and the ratio

between the assets. Debt ratio has

value 0.552719 from the original

value of the sample estimate, the

debt ratio is higher at the top of the

two other variables. Debt ratio is

has the most variable influence on

liquidity ratio. The ratio of assets

with small sample estimation-

0.54174 against the liquidity. The

ratio of the higher profitability in its

industrial average then the healthy,

the better for the company, to

increase the value of profitability

can be done by enhancing the

current ratio or the liquidity of the

company by way of: current assets

can reduce debt smoothly, when the

amount of debt smoothly and

current assets decreased by the

same amount, when debt increases

and the number of fluent current

assets also increased when this

occurs the company will fine.

Debt ratio has the highest

influence toward profitability by the

value of the original 0.4676224

estimation sample, whereas the

value of the original asset ratio

estimation sample towards

profitability and liquidity ratios

towards profitability in the bottom

debt ratio.

The ratio of debt to assets, namely

the total debt compared to total

assets, when the value of the

acquisition of this ratio is smaller is

better. Debt ratio effect on the

profitability of the company, this

means that the debt ratio was able

to give a positive and negative

value towards the profitability of

the company, the company should

keep the ratio of debt to total low

assets so that the percentage of

funds provided by creditors. When

a portion of the company's total

debt increased and the share of

assets also increased by the

company in good condition is fine,

especially when the debt ratio of

her getting smaller getting healthy,

but when a portion of the

company's debt was increased but

the total portion of its assets still not

increased then the portion of the

debt increased and the company in

a State that is not healthy because

it's likely to pay his debts, the

higher target for restoring a debt is

not timely, the debt ratio was not

good, the bigger the debt burden

large companies. Debt ratio is very

influential towards the profitability

of this debt could add assets but

adds to debt ratio, when used to add

debt assets will benefit the company

increase profit, but if capital debt

only adds to the burden of debts ,

then it will add to the burden of

enterprises and reduce profit.


208

Based on the results of this

research is that the effect on the

debt ratio profitability the bag on

the mining company was most

likely caused by the presence of a

slow Indonesia's economic growth

in 2011 and 2015, also due to a rise

in the interest rate of Bank

Indonesia, declining commodity

prices, interdiction export mineral

seed year 2014 by the Government

with the Mining Act was issued the

year 2009. Indonesia as the

country's major commodity

exporters such as stone-coal and

crude palm oil, very affected when

commodity prices decline.

Declining commodity prices,

caused by supply and demand is

declining.

References

[1] Adyani. (2011). Analisis

Faktor-faktor yang

Mempengaruhi Profitabilitas.

Diambil 4 Juni 2017, dari

situs World Wide Web:

http://eprints.undip.ac.id [2] Black, James A. & Dean, J.

champion. (2001). Metode

dan Masalah Penelitian Sosial.

Bandung: Refika Aditama.

[3] Cooper. Donald R. Pamela S.

Schindler. (2003). Business

Research Methods. Eighth

Edition. New York: McGraw-

Hill/Irwin.

[4] Deni, I. (2015). Pengaruh

Tingkat Perputaran Kas

Perputaran Piutang dan

Perputaran Persediaan

Terhadap Profitabilitas.

Diambil 5 Agustus 2016, situs

World Wide

Web: http://jurnal.umrah.ac.id

[5] Ekawati, E. (2014).

Manajemen Keuangan.

Jakarta: Penerbit Universitas

Terbuka.

[6] Fajriah. (2016). Analisis

Faktor-faktor yang

Mempengaruhi Profitabilitas.

Diambil 4 Juni 2017, situs

World Wide Web:

http://eprints.ac.id [7] Gendro, Wiyono. (2011).

Merancang Penelitian Bisnis

dengan Alat Analisis SPSS

17.0 & Smart PLS 2.0.

Yogyakarta: STIM YKPM

[8] Gitman, Lowrance, J. (2003).

Principle of Managerial

Finance. Ten edition, Pearson

education, inc.United States.

[9] Ghozali, Imam. (2008).

Structural Equation Modeling,

Metode Alternatif dengan

Partial least square.

Semarang: Badan Penerbit

Universitas Diponegoro

[10] Hair, J.F, Hult, G.T.M,

Ringle, C.M, & Sarstedt, M.

(2013). A Primer on Partial

Least Squares Structural

Equation modeling (PLS-

SEM). Thousand Oaks: Sage.

[11] Hair, Jr., J.F. et al. (2010).

Multivariate data analysis.

Person Education, Inc. New

Jersey: Upper Saddle River

http://eprints.undip.ac.id/

http://jurnal.umrah.ac.id/

http://eprints.ac.id/


209

[12] Hastuti, N. (2010). Analisis

Pengaruh Periode Perputaran

persediaan, Perputaran Hutang

Dagang, Leverage,

Pertumbuhan Penjualan dan

Ukuran Perusahaan Terhadap

Profitabilitas. Diambil 5

Agustus 2016, situs World

Wide Web: https://core.ac.uk [13] Husnan, S. (2014).

Manajemen Keuangan.


Terbuka.

[14] Ikatan Akuntasi Indonesia.

2009. Standar Akuntansi

Keuangan, Jakarta: Salemba

Empat.

[15] James C, Van

Home & John, M.

Wachowicz. (2005). Prinsip-

prinsip Manajemen Keuangan.

Edisi ke-12. Jakarta: Salemba

4.

[16] Jogiyanto. (2008). Metodologi

Penelitian Sistem Informasi.

Yogyakarta: Andi Offset.

[17] Kasmir. (2010). Analisis

Laporan Keuangan. Jakarta:

Bumi Aksara

[18] Lestariningsih, M. (2015).

Pengaruh Perputaran Modal

Kerja, Perputaran Piutang,

Perputaran Persediaan

Terhadap Profitabilitas.

Diambil 5 Agustus 2016, situs

World Wide

Web: https://ejournal.stiesia.a

c.id

[19] Mansoer, F, W. (2014).

Metode Penelitian Bisnis.


Terbuka.

[20] M. Sadeli, lili. 2002. Dasar-

dasar Akuntansi, Jakarta: PT.

Bumi Aksara.

[21] Riyanto, Bambang. (2009).

Dasar-dasar Pembelajaran

Perusahaan. Yogyakarta:

BPFE.

[22] Sarwono, J. (2012). Metode

Riset Skripsi Pendekatan

Kuantitatif: Menggunakan

Prosedur SPSS. Jakarta: Elex

Media Komputindo.

[23] Sawir, Agnes. (2009). Analisa

Kinerja Keuangan dan

Perencanaan Keuangan

Perusahaan. Jakarta:

Gramedia Pustaka Utama.

[24] Sugiarto. (2012). Pengantar

Akuntansi. Jakarta: Penerbit

Universitas Terbuka.

[25] Sugiyono. (2008). Metode

penelitian Kuantitatif

Kualitatif dan R&D.Bandung:

Alfabeta

[26] Syafri, H, Sofyan. (2008).

Analisa Kritis atas Laporan

Keuangan.Jakarta: Raja

Grafindo Persada.

[27] Syamsuddin, Lukman. (2001).

Manajemen Keuangan

perusahaan. Jakarta:Raja

Grafindo Persada.

[28] Tabachnick, B, G & Fidell, L,

S. (2007). Using multivariate

statistics. New York: Person

Education,

Inc.https://ejournal.stiesia.ac.i

d [29] Widowati (2015). Pengaruh

Rasio Keuangan Terhadap

Profitabilitas. Diambil 4 Juni

https://core.ac.uk/

https://ejournal.stiesia.ac.id/





210

2017, situs World Wide Web:

http://ejournal.stiesia.ac.id

http://ejournal.stiesia.ac.id/


211

LIBRARY INFORMATION SYSTEM AUDIT

SENAYAN LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(SLIMS) USING ISO 9126

Petrus Dwi Ananto Pamungkas

Department of Informatics Engineering; STMIK Bina Insani;


Abstract

The library serves as a vehicle for education, research, conservation, information,

and recreation to improve the nation's intelligence and empowerment [1]. The

function of the library as a place of education, research, and information provides

an opportunity to use the information system of Senayan Library Management

System (SLiMS) in the library in order to improve the service to the user,

increase the reading interest, and expand the insight and knowledge to educate

the nation. The use of ISO 9126 standard is able to know the quality of SLiMS

information system which is said to be free of charge of usage and license

(because it belongs to Open Source Software category [2]) to assist library

management in Indonesia. The implementation of the SLiMS information system

audit in several university libraries refers to the ISO 9126 standard by using the

Functionality, Reliability, Usability, Efficiency, Maintainability and Portability

aspects through distributing questionnaires to university librarians in charge.

With the help of the use of Google Forms it turns out that only ten universities

librarians in charge who are willing to fill out the questionnaires are IPMI IBS,

Bakrie University, Perbanas Institute Jakarta, STMIK & Bina Insani Academy,

Prasetya Mulya University, Agung Podomoro University, Indonesian Higher

Law School, Matana University, STIKS Tarakanita Jakarta, and STAI-PIQ West

Sumatra. From the results of data processing it is known that SLiMS included in

the category VERY GOOD for use in the management of libraries in college.

This means that the ten universities librarians in charge admitted and have

proven that SLiMS is very helpful in library management.

Keywords: library, Senayan Library Management System (SLiMS), audit

information system, ISO 9126.



212

A. Introduction

Library serves as a vehicle for

education, research, conservation,

information, and recreation to

improve the intelligence and

empowerment of the nation. The

library aims to provide services to

the user, to increase the passion of

reading, and to broaden the insight

and knowledge to improve the life of

the nation [1]. The college library

develops library services based on

information and communication

technologies.

The use of information systems

in the implementation must be in

accordance with the direction of

library management objectives that

exist in each college. Library

management can include planning,

organizing, actuating and

controlling. Because if any

sophisticated information system has

been created but not in accordance

with the college library

management, it will be less than

optimal use of the information

system. For example, the existing

library system has a less familiar

display so that the librarian takes a

long time to understand its use and

the librarian in charge sometimes

gets into trouble when integrating

data in the form of other files (Ms.

Word, Ms. Excel, and so on).

The presence of information

system Senayan Library

Management System (SLiMS)

which is the work of the Indonesian

nation is expected to become a

reliable library managing

application. Its use is also exempt

from usage fees or license fees as it

is included in the Open Source

Software category [2]. To know the

quality of information systems

SLiMS then conducted an audit

information system using ISO 9216

standard which is one of the

international standards are widely

used.

B. Literature Review

1. Basic Concept of Information

System Auditing

The information system is a

collection of interconnected

elements that form a unity to

integrate data, process and store also

distribute information [3]. The

information system is a combination

of people, hardware, software,

communications networks, and data

sources compiled, transformed, and

experienced streaming processes

within an organization [4].

Libraries are institutions

managing the collection of

paperworks, prints, and / or

professional record work with

standard systems to meet the

educational, research, preservation,

information, and recreation needs of

the users. The collection of libraries

is all information in the form of

papers, prints, and / or recording

works in various media that have

educational value, compiled,


213

processed and served [1]. Each

university organizes libraries that

meet the national standards of the

library regarding the National

Education Standards. The college

library develops library services

based on information and

communication technologies. The

library as a management system of

recording the ideas, thoughts,

experiences, and knowledge of

mankind, has the main function of

preserving the cultural products of

mankind, especially in the form of

documents of print and other record

works, and conveying the ideas,

thoughts, experiences, and

knowledge of mankind to the next

generations. The objective of the

implementation of this function is

the formation of a society that has a

lifelong reading and learning culture.

On the other hand, the library serves

to support the National Education

System as regulated by Law Number

20 Year 2003 on National Education

System. The library is a center of

information, science, technology, art

and culture [5].

An information system audit is the

process of collecting and evaluating

facts to determine whether an

information system protects assets,

has data integrity, and helps

organizational goals can be achieved

[6]. The audit activities of the

SLiMS library information system at

several universities refer to the ISO

9126 standard. The ISO 9126

standard is used because it has a

fairly good compromise in the scope

of management and the detail of its

processes so it is expected to have

clear and integrated guidelines in the

use of information technology.

2. Basic Concept of SLiMS

Senayan Library Management

System (SLiMS) is a library

management system software with

open source licensed under GPL v3.

This application was first developed

and used by the Library of the

Ministry of National Education,

Information Center and Public

Relations, Ministry of National

Education. As time goes by, this

application was developed by the

user community and SLiMS

activists. The SLiMS application is

built using PHP, MySQL database,

and Git version controllers. In 2009,

SLiMS received first-rate awards in

the 2009 INAICTA event for the

open source category.

The following are some of the

facilities available to users of the


System (SLiMS) [2] application,

including the Online Public Access

Catalog (OPAC) with thumbnails

featuring book covers; there is a

simple search mode (Simple Search)

and Advanced Search; book

description details are also available

XML format (Extensible Markup

Language) for web service needs;

efficient bibliographic data

management minimizes data

redundancy; masterfile / dictionary


214

table management for referential

data such as GMD (General Material

Designation), Collection Type,

Publisher, Author, Location,

Keywords and others; circulation

with features: lending transactions,

returns, collection reservations,

flexible lending rules, late

information and fines; membership

management including the creation

of membership cards; inventory

management (stocktaking)

collection; reports and Statistics;

management of periodical

publications (Kardex); support

management of multimedia

documents (.flv, .mp3) and other

digital documents (especially for

pdfs in streaming form); supports

multiple language formats including

languages that do not use writing

other than Latin; application

introductory languages available in

Indonesian, English, Spanish,

Arabic, German, Thai, Persian;

support Union Service Module;

visitor counter / library member

attendance; login for members from

the OPAC page to view the

collection members are borrowing;

system modules with features:

Global system configuration,

Module Management, User

Management (Library Staff) and

groups, Holiday settings, Auto

barcode creation, and Utilities for

backup; copy cataloging with

protocol z39.50, MARC format, and

p2p service; and notification of late

mail letters by e-mail using mail

server.

3. Basic Concept of ISO 9126

Software testing is the process

of executing programs intensively to

find mistakes. Testing is not only for

getting the right program, but also

ensuring that the program is free of

errors for all conditions [4].

Software testing is a critical element

of software quality assurance and

presenting specifications, design and

coding [7].

ISO 9126 is one of the

international standard frameworks

used to perform software quality

testing, made by the International

Organization for Standardization

(ISO) and International

Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).

This international standard has the

ability to define the quality of

software products, quality

characteristics, models, and related

metrics to evaluate and define the

quality of a software product. The

ISO 9126 model has 6

characteristics and several sub-

characteristics, as shown in the

following table of characteristic

characteristics and sub-

characteristics of the ISO 9126

model: [8]


215

Figure 1. Characteristics and Sub-

Characteristics of ISO 9126

Based on Figure 1 above can

be explained the six characteristics

of the model of ISO 9126, among

others, Functionality (Functionality)

is the ability of the software in

providing functions in accordance

with the needs of users when used

under specific conditions. A website

must be able to be accessed by users

with different system environments

without compromising existing

functionality; Reliability is the

ability of software to maintain its

performance when used under

certain conditions. The reliability of

a software can be determined from

the number of entries that can cause

failure while it is being run. This can

be observed by the user; Usability

refers to whether a product can

achieve a particular goal effectively,

efficiently, and gain satisfaction

after use. Usability aspects can be

measured using a questionnaire

instrument. This questionnaire will

be filled out by users after they try to

use the app. Ease of use is the degree

to which software is easy to use,

where it is often indicated using sub-

attributes for ease of understanding,

ease of learning, and operability;

Efficiency relates to the ability of the

software to provide a corresponding

performance against the amount of

resources used in such

circumstances. If you want to create

a reliable software, the efficiency

aspect should be really taken care of.

Inefficient use of resources, for

example, using improper algorithms

can cause software performance to

be sluggish; Maintainability relates

to the ability of the software to be

modified. Modifications include

correction, improvement or

adaptation to environmental

changes, requirements, and

functional specifications; and

Portability (Portability) relates to the

ability of a software to operate or

work in different environments. To

test the portability level of a web-

based application, the application is

attempted to run using a different

browser. In addition, experiments

using different devices can also

determine the portability level of the

software

4. Related Research

A study has been conducted to

make adjustments to software

quality models that fit the

characteristics of business

applications. The result of this

research is that software in business

activity has some unique

characteristics. The general ISO

9126 is perceived to be incapable of

covering all the unique


216

characteristics of a particular

software, one of which is a business

application. It is found the main

characteristics in a business

application that also involves the

developer, namely Usability,

Portability, Efficiency, Reliability,

Functionality, and Traceability [9].

Other research has been done

in making the quality standards of

game apps on mobile devices so that

developers can have a reference to

assess game software to be

developed. The result of this study

proves that with reference to ISO

9126 developers can pay more

attention and consider factors that

have a greater significance value in

this case is the aspect of

functionality, usability, and

portability [10].

The previous research has been

done related to the audit problem of

Axapta ERP system in PT Posmi

Steel Indonesia using ISO 9126 so

that the company has a reference in

the development of existing ERP

system. The results of the research

indicate that additional

customization facilities are required

on the forms and reports contained

in the Axapta ERP module so that

they are able to generate reports

according to the schedule

determined by the management [11].

Other studies have also been

conducted to determine the level of

community satisfaction with services

performed by Bitungsari Bogor

administrative apparatus related to

administration and other activities.

Data analysis techniques used in the

study are questionnaires and data

processing methods using the

Satisfaction Index Society in

accordance with KEP / 25 / M.PAN /

2/2004. Based on the results of data

processing according to KEP / 25 /

M.PAN / 2/2004 it can be seen that

overall that the level of service of

state apparatus in Bitungsari sub-

district is at the level of GOOD

where the certainty of service cost

and environmental comfort get

VERY GOOD appreciation while

speed of service gets spotlight

should be noticed even if it is still at

a GOOD level [12].

C. Research Methodology

The research was conducted by

using descriptive quantitative

method. The collection of data and

information is closely related to user

requirement using the application of


System (SLiMS) in the Library of

Higher Education. Data and

information obtained from primary

data and secondary data. Primary

data was obtained by distributing

questionnaires about the application

of Senayan Library Management

System (SLiMS) at Indonesian

Universities Library, while

secondary data was obtained through

literature study, through literature

study and scientific writing on

Library Information System and ISO

9126.


217

For primary data, obtained

from the questionnaire with

respondents as many as 10 (ten)

respondents who are librarians in

charge from IPMI IBS, Bakrie

University, Perbanas Institute

Jakarta, STMIK Bina Insani,

Prasetya Mulya University, Agung

Podomoro University, Indonesian

Law High School of Jentera, Matana

University, STIKS Tarakanita

Jakarta, and STAI-PIQ West

Sumatra. Respondents fill out their

opinions regarding the experience

related to the use of SLiMS

applications in their respective

college libraries.

In this research, the measured

variable is the result of the user

experience of SLiMS on the ISO

9126 information system audit

variable using Functionality,

Reliability, Usability, Efficiency,

Maintainability and Portability. Each

aspect uses a Likert scale to measure

attitudes, opinions, and perceptions

of respondents. With the Likert

scale, the variable to be measured is

translated into a variable indicator.

Then the indicator is used as a

starting point to arrange items in the

form of questions or statements

(Sugiyono, 2008: 93). Questionnaire

filling has been done by the

librarians in charge as well as direct

users of SLiMS applications. The

answer available is strongly agree

with the value 4, agree with the

value 3, disagree with the value 2,

strongly disagree with the value 1.

There are about 21 items statement

representing each aspect

Functionality, Reliability, Usability,

Efficiency, Maintainability, and

Portability.

After the data is complete then

the next step is data processing by

counting the number of respondents

who strongly agree, agree, disagree,

and strongly disagree and make

Likert scale for the total of all

attributes and each attribute is

Functionality, Reliability, Usability,

Efficiency, Maintainability, and

Portability. Likert scale is made with

the formula total answer x value x

number of respondents. Value for

very good is 4, good is 3, bad is 2,

and very bad is 1. So, Likert scale

for very good is the number of

answers x 4 x questions, for good is

the number of answers x 3 x

questions, for bad is the number of

answers x 2 x questions, and for very

bad is the number of answers x 1 x

questions.

D. Result and Discussion

1. Results of Data Analysis Based

on All Attributes in ISO 9126

The basis used to audit the

SLiMS information system of all

attributes as a whole is the Likert

Scale with the following

calculations:

a. Very good = 10 respondents x 4 x

21 questions = 840

b. Good = 10 respondents x 3 x 21

questions = 630


218

c. Bad = 10 respondents x 2 x 21

questions = 420

d. Very bad = 10 respondents x 1 x

21 questions = 210

The results of respondents'

opinions obtained by summing all

the answers for all attributes,

obtained the total value of the

answer is 728. By comparing the

results of respondents and Likert

scale, then the value 728 is classified

as very good. This means that

overall SLiMS application is very

good to be used as library

management in IPMI IBS, Bakrie

University, Perbanas Institute




Law High School of Jentera, Matana


Jakarta, and STAI-PIQ of West

Sumatra.

4.2. Result of Data Analysis Based

on Attribute Functionality

The basis used to audit the SLiMS

information system of the

Functionality attribute is the Likert

Scale with the calculation:


4 questions = 160


questions = 120


questions = 80

d. Very bad = 10 respondents x 1 x 4

questions = 40

The result of the respondent's

opinion obtained by summing all the

answers for the Functionality

attribute, obtained the total answer

value is 148. By comparing the

results of the respondent's answer

and Likert scale, then the value of

148 goes into very good

classification. This means that

SLiMS applications provide

functionality according to the needs

of users when used in specific

conditions so as to be accessible to

users with different system

environment without reducing the

existing functionality.


on Reliability Attribute

The basis for the SLiMS information

system audit of the Reliability

attribute is the Likert Scale with the

calculation:


3 questions = 120


questions = 90


questions = 60


questions = 30

Reliability is the ability of

software to maintain its performance

when used under certain conditions.

The reliability of a software can be

determined from the number of

entries that can cause failure while it

is being run. This can be observed


219

by the user. The result of the

respondent's opinion obtained by

summing all the answers for the

Reliability attribute, obtained the

total value of the answer is 105. By

comparing the results of the

respondent's answer and Likert

scale, then the value of 105 goes into

good classification. This means that

SLiMS applications are excellent in

terms of maintaining their

performance when used under

certain conditions, where the

reliability of SLiMS applications can

be determined from the number of

entries that can cause failure while it

is being run.


on Usability Attribute

The basis used for audit of

SLiMS information system from

Usability attribute is Likert Scale

with calculation:


4 questions = 160


questions = 120


questions = 80


questions = 40

The result of the respondent's

opinion obtained by summing all the

answers for the Usability attribute,

obtained the total answer value is

130. By comparing the results of the

respondent's answer and Likert

scale, then the value of 130 goes into

very good classification. This means

that SLiMS applications are easy to

understand, studied and operated by

the librarian in charge.


on Attribute Efficiency


SLiMS information system of the

Efficiency attribute is the Likert

Scale with the following

calculations:


2 questions = 80


questions = 60


questions = 40


questions = 20

The results of respondents' opinions

obtained by summing all the answers

for the Efficiency attribute, obtained

the total value of the answer is 67.

By comparing the results of

respondents and Likert scale, then

the value 67 is classified as very

good. This means that the SLiMS

application provides the appropriate

performance against the amount of

resources used in those

circumstances.


on Maintainability Attribute


SLiMS information system of the

Maintainability attribute is the Likert

Scale with the calculation:


220


4 questions = 160


questions = 120


questions = 80


questions = 40



the answers to the Maintainability

attribute, obtained the total value of

the answer is 143. By comparing the


scale, then the value of 143 is

classified as very good. This means

that SLiMS applications have the

ability to be modified which

includes correction, repair or

adaptation to environmental

changes, requirements, and

functional specifications.


on Portability Attribute

The basis used for audit of

SLiMS information system from

Portability attribute is Likert Scale

with calculation:


4 questions = 160


questions = 120


questions = 80


questions = 40



the answers to the Portability

attribute, obtained the total answer

value is 135. By comparing the


scale, the value of 135 is classified

as very good. This means that

SLiMS applications are able to

operate or work in different

environments. It is proven that

SLiMS applications are able to

operate or work very well in the

existing libraries of IPMI IBS,

Bakrie University, Perbanas Institute




Law School of Jentera, University of

Matana, STIKS Tarakanita Jakarta,

and STAI-PIQ West Sumatra.

E. Conclusion

1. Conclusion

Based on the results of the

audit information system using ISO

9126 against SLiMS that SLiMS is

classified as the very well category.

In other words that SLiMS has a

familiar look for the librarian in

charge so it does not take a long time

to understand its use. SLiMS also

proved easy to integrate data with

other file form, especially Ms. Excel.

This means that SLiMS is very

useful to use in the management of

libraries in ten universities where the

research was conducted, namely

IPMI IBS, Bakrie University,

Perbanas Institute Jakarta, STMIK &

Bina Insani Academy, Prasetya

Mulya University, Agung Podomoro


221

University, Indonesian Law High

School of Jentera, Matana


Jakarta, and STAI-PIQ West

Sumatra. SLiMS can be viewed very

well in aspects of Functionality,

Reliability, Usability, Efficiency,

Maintainability, and Portability.

2. Suggestion

For further research, it should

be able to use the latest framework

that is ISO 25010 to perform

software quality audits. The number

of respondents should also be

cultivated more widely spread

throughout the territory of Indonesia.

As for the distribution of

questionnaires to reach a broad

range should use the management of

an online questionnaire, such as

google form, monkey surveys, and

so forth.

References

[1] Presiden Republik

Indonesia, Undang-Undang

Nomor 43 Tahun 2007

Tentang Perpustakaan.

Jakarta: Sekretariat Negara

Republik Indonesia, 2007.

[2] A. Nugraha and et al.,

“Dokumentasi SLiMS

Berdasar SLiMS-7

(CENDANA) v.1,”

http://slims.web.id, 2009. .

[3] B. S. Oetomo, Perencanaan

dan Pembangunan Sistem

Informasi. Yogyakarta: Andi

Offset, 2006.

[4] A. Kristanto, Perancangan

Sistem Informasi dan

Aplikasinya. Yogyakarta:

Gava Media, 2008.

[5] Presiden Republik

Indonesia, Undang-Undang

Nomor 20 Tahun 2003

tentang Sistem Pendidikan

Nasional. Jakarta:

Sekretariat Negara Republik

Indonesia, 2003.

[6] R. Weber, Information

System Control and Audit.

New Jersey: Prentice Hall,

1999.

[7] R. S. Pressman, Software

Engineering A Practitioner’s

Approach. New York:

McGraw-Hill, 2010.

[8] F. T. Qutaishat and et al.,

“The Effect of ERP

Successful Implementation

on Employee’ Productivity,

Service Quality and

Innovation: An Empirical

Study in Telecommunication

Sector in Jordan,” Int. J.

Bus. Manag., vol. 7, no. 19,

pp. 45–54, 2012.

[9] A. R. Rosyadi and S.

Rochhimah, “Optimasi

Proses Kerangka Kerja:

Penyesuaian Model Kualitas

Perangkat Lunak Pada

Aplikasi Bisnis dengan

Konsentrasi Pengembang,”

J. Buana Inform., vol. 6, no.

2, pp. 93–102, 2015.

[10] G. A. Dwi P., R. F. Insan


222

M., and S. Rochimah,

“Pengukuran Kualitas untuk

Aplikasi Permainan pada

Perangkat Bergerak

berdasarkan ISO 9126,”

Ultim. InfoSys, vol. 5, no. 2,

pp. 83–90, 2014.

[11] H. Wicaksono, “Audit

Kualitas Software ERP

Axapta Menggunakan

Standard ISO 9126,” Bina

Insa. ICT J., vol. 3, no. 1,

pp. 107–121, 2016.

[12] Pamungkas PDA, “Indeks

Kepuasan Masyarakat Unit

Pelayanan Kelurahan

Bitungsari Bogor

Menggunakan

Kep/25/M.PAN/2/2004,”

Inf. Syst. Educ. Prof., vol. 1,

no. 1, pp. 85–91, 2016.


223

THE IMPACT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

AND DYNAMIC CAPABILITIES TOWARDS THE

SUSTAINABLE COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE OF

PRIVATE VOCATIONAL HEIS

Maria Francisca Lies Ambarwati, R Koesmaryanto Oetomo

STIKS Tarakanita

[email protected], [email protected]

Abstract

The competition among the Higher Education Institutions in Indonesia is

getting tougher. This condition leads the HEI to work hard and be

innovative in order to be survived. The purpose of this research is to

examine the impact of Information Technology and Dynamic Capabilities

towards the Sustainable Competitive Advantage of private vocational

Higher Education Institutions (HEI). The study is based on a survey

research design. The survey was conducted on 10 private vocational

institutions in Java area. The respondents are the managements and the

senior staff on each of the private vocational institutions. The total

number of respondents are 31 persons. The study hypotheses were tested

through regression analyses. The results supported the main hypotheses

for the study. The regression analyses showed positive relationships of

the Information Technology and Dynamic Capabilities which are

collectively implemented towards the Sustainable Competitive

Advantage on the 10 private vocational HEIs.

Keywords: information technology, dynamic capabilities, sustainable

competitive advantage, higher education institutions.

A. Introduction

The ASEAN Economic

Communities (AEC) which was

launched in December 2015 gives a

great impact to the business

activities in Indonesia. The fast-

changing markets require the ability

to reconfigure the organization’s

asset structure and to achieve the


224

importance of both the internal and

external transformation (Amit and

Schoemaker, 1993). The free trade

agreement has led to the expansion

of foreign employees equipped with

their best competence and skills

seeking for better careers in

Indonesia.

The competition is not only

faced by the job seekers but also by

the institutions that create the job

seekers. Higher Education

Institutions (HEIs) in Indonesia are

also facing tough competitions from

foreign HEIs from Singapore,

Malaysia, Thailand, and other

neighborhood countries. The foreign

HEIs offers good quality educations

with relatively affordable school

fees and better reputation because

their international standards.

Besides the free trade,

nowadays all industry are facing the

4.0 era. The fourth industrial

revolution encourages the advances

of science and technology, in

which the Internet of Things (IoT)

and its supporting technologies

serve as pillars for Cyber-Physical

Systems (CPS) and smart machines

are used as the sponsors to

enhance production chains (Liao.

et.al; 2017).

Based on these facts, the

Vocational Higher Education

Institutions which main objective is

to create the ready-to-work people

need to be more competitive. This is

relevant to Amin (2006) that the

great changes resulting from the

emerging competitive business

environment have caused HEIs and

universities to think the same way

as business organizations do. One of

the many factors that must be

involved in facing the competition

is by optimizing the use of

Information Technology (IT). The

main objective of using IT is to

assist organizations to obtain

m o r e accurate and relevant

information thus this can ensure

efficiency and effectiveness in the

workplace. Moreover, Hamidi et.al.

(2010) stated that nowadays

knowledge and information are the

major keys of achieving the

productivity, competition, prosperity,

and comfort; therefore a lot of HEIs

in some countries have concentrated

on approaches for improving the

achievement of better-quality

education. HEIs do surely need IT

in their operations. This is not only

how to apply IT but also how to

manage with current technology that

follows. While on the other hand

there is also a fact that some of the

vocational private HEIs nowadays

are decreasing in the number of

students. This condition without any

doubt influence the existence of the

organization in the industry. If the

problem is not solved, it will

threaten the sustainability of the

organization.

Because of that condition,

nowadays prominent HEIs in

Indonesia manage to improve the

Dynamic Capabilities in their


225

operational activities. Indeed,

according to den Hertog et al.

(2010) sustained competitiveness is

established in an organization’s

ability to improve services that

distinguish them from competitors

and enhance value to customers. It

is critical to develop a strategy

that permits organizations to

sustain and maintain

organizational effectiveness since

the competition is getting tougher

and tougher. The dynamic

capabilities perspective has emerged

as one of the most influential

theoretical views in the study of

strategic management over the past

decade (Schilke, 2013). Despite its

reputation in the literature, the

dynamic capabilities perspective has

been criticized for its ill-defined

boundary conditions and its

confusing discussion of the impact

of dynamic capabilities (Arend

and Bromiley, 2009). One

important source of concern is

that the existence of dynamic

capabilities has repeatedly been

equated with environmental

conditions characterized by great

interests (Zahra, Sapienza, and

Davidsson, 2006).

In practice, most of the HEIs in

Indonesia have actually managed to

apply the Information Technologies

in their operations. HEIs also have

applied certain strategies and made

strategic planning; such a yearly

plan, a five-year strategic planning,

and a twenty-five-year strategic

planning. These kinds of things are

proven when the HEIs are assessed

by the National Accreditation

Bodies of Universities (BAN PT).

Even though many HEIs have

implemented the current

technologies and applied strategic

planning, there are still some facts

that some HEIs are decreasing in

their performance and direct them to

the closing of the institutions.

Based on these problems, the

objectives of this research is to

analyze the impact of information

technology (IT) and Dynamic

Capabilities (DC) to Sustainable

Competitive Advantage (SCA) of

private vocational HEIs. The results

are intended to give some insights

for the private vocational HEIs so

that they will be able to find and

apply the suitable strategy in facing

the competition.

The benefits of this study is to

get some insights from several

private vocational HEIs on their

operations, and base on the findings

the HEIs could evaluate their

strategic planning in order to

formulate the most appropriate for

their situations.

B. Method

The following hypotheses were

made:

H1: Information Technology

influences the Sustainable

Competitive Advantage of private

Vocational HEIs.


226

H2: Dynamic capabilities

influence the Sustainable


Vocational HEIs.

H3: Information Technology and

Dynamic Capabilities altogether

influence the Sustainable


Vocational HEIs.

Therefore in this study the variables

are as follows:

Dependent variables:

Sustainable Competitive

Advantage (y)

Independent variables:

Information Technology

(x1)

Dynamic Capabilities (x2)

This is a descriptive quantitative

research. For the purpose of this

survey, questionnaire was designed

for data collection. The items in the

questionnaire for this survey were

measured using Likert scale.

Pretests for getting feedback

regarding the clarity of the survey

items were conducted with 30

people who work in vocational

HEIs in Jakarta. The survey was

conducted b o t h o f f l i n e a n d

o n l i n e , d e p e n d i n g u p o n

t h e a c c e s s i b i l i t y a n d

r e a c h a b i l i t y o f t h e

r e s p o n d e n t s , f r o m January to

April 2018.

C. The respondents were taken from

10 private vocational HEIs in Java

area, each institution was

represented by 5 persons. The

respondents were the senior staff

with the managerial positions from

Chief of Programs to Director. The

number of population in this study

was 40 people, but only 31

respondents sent back the

questionnaires. Participation in the

survey was solicited by assuring

confidentiality of the responses. The

hypotheses were tested through

regression analyses with the use of

SPSS 22.0.

3.Results

The results of statistics are

The influence of Information

Technology (IT) towards


Advantage.

Regression :

Y = a + bx

Y = 27,610 + 0,149X

From the regression coefficient can

be summarized that Information

Technology (IT) does not influence

Sustainable Competitive (SC), this

is explained by the significance

score 0,490, that means that sig.

0,490 > 0,005

H0 : accepted

From model summary can be

described as:

R : 0,129 the

correlation is very

low, because the

score is in the

range of 0,00 –

0,199


227

R Square : 0,017 means

that Information

Technology (IT)

influence

Sustainable

Competetive(SC)

only 1,7 %

H0 : accepted

The influence of Dynamic

Capabilities (DC) towards


Advantage.

Regression :

Y = a + bx

Y = 11,006 + 0,408X


be summarized that Dynamic

Capabilities (DC) does not

influence Sustainable Competitive

(SC), this is explained by the

significance score 0,014 that means

that sig. 0,014 > 0,005.

H0 : accepted

From model summary can be

described as:

R : 0,438 the

correlation

moderate,

because the score

is in the range of

0,40 – 0,599

R Square : 0,192 means

that Dynamic

Capabilities (DC)

influence

Sustainable

Competetive(SC)

19.2 %

H0 : accepted

The influence of Information

Technology (IT) and Dynamic

Capabilities (DC) altogether

towards Sustainable Competitive

Advantage.

Y = a + bx1 +bx2

Y = 10,046 + 0,058x1 + 0,399x2


be summarized that partially:

1. The significance score of

IT (x1) 0,784 that means

sig. 0.773 > 0.005

therefore there is no

influence of Information

Technology (IT) towards


(SC)

H0: accepted

2. The significance score of

DC(x2) 0.019 that means

sig. 0.019 > 0.005

therefore there is no

influence of Dynamic

Capabilities (DC)

towards Sustainable

Competitive (SC)

H0 : accepted

3. According to Annova

Technology (IT) and

Dynamic Capabilities


228

(DC) altogether towards


(SC) has shown the result

of: the significance score

0,049 that means sig.

0.049 > 0,005 therefore

there is no influence of

Information Technology

(IT) Dynamic Capabilities

(DC) towards Sustainable

Competitive (SC)

From the model summary table can

be summarized that:

R: 0,441 the

correlation is

moderate, in

the range 0,40

– 0,599

R Square: 0,194 that

means that both

Information

Technology

(IT) and

Dynamic

Capabilities

(DC) influence

Sustainable

Competetive(S

C) hanya

sebesar 19.4 %

H0 : accepted

4. Discussion

The study has given some

confirmatory proof that both IT and

DC influence the SCA. This means

that HEIs should give more

attention to the improvement of IT

and should try to find the best DC

in order to compete with other

institutions. The relatively low

score found in the study shows that

more efforts should be done to

improve the IT and DC.

Theoretical Implications:

From this study we confirm the

theories and previous studies

that stated about the importance

of that Information Technology

and Dynamic Capabilities in

achieving the Sustainable

Competitive Advantage.

Managerial

Implications:

The private vocational HEIs

should focus on the

implementation of IT and DC in

order to attain the SCA. In the

study the results show that most

of the private vocational HEIs

should improve the IT dan DC in

order to be more sustained.

5. Acknowledgement

I would like to thank respondents

for giving many contributions on the

participation in this study and for all

supports given.

6. References

[1] Amin, N. W. G. (2006)

Higher Education in Sudan

and Knowledge

Management Applications.

IEEE explorer, 60-65.


229

[2] Amit, R., & Schoemaker,

Paul J.H. (1993). Strategic

Assets and Organizational

Rent. Strategic

Management Journal, Vol.

14, 33-46.

[3] Arend RJ, Bromiley P.

2009. Assessing the

Dynamic Capabilities

view: Spare change,

everyone? Strategic

Organization 7(1): 75 –

90.

[4] Açıkdilli G., and Ayhan,

D. Y. (2013). Dynamic

Capabilities and

Entrepreneurial

Orientation in the New

Product Development.

International Journal of

Business and Social

Science, Volume 4 No. 11.

www.ijbssnet.com

[5] Barney, J. (1991). Firm

Resources and Sustained

Competitive advantage.

Journal of

Management,17, 99- 120

[6] Berisha-Shaqiri, A. (2015).

Impact of Information

Technology and Internet in

Businesses. Academic

Journal of Business,

Administration, Law and

Social Sciences. IIPCCL

Publishing, Tirana-Albania

, Vol 1 No 1. Access online

at www.iipccl.org

[7] den Hertog, P., van der

Aa, W. and de Jong, M.

W. (2010) 'Capabilities for

Managing Service

Innovation: towards A

Conceptual Framework',

Journal of Service

Management, Vol. 21, No.

4, pp. 490-514.

[8] Frishammar, Johan, and

Hörte, Sven Åke (2007).

The Role of Market

Orientation and

Entrepreneurial

Orientation for New

Product Development

Performance in

Manufacturing Firms.

Technology Analysis &

Strategic Management,

Vol.19 (6) pp. 765–788.

[9] Gathungu, M. and

Mwangi, Julius K. (2012).

Dynamic Capabilities,

Talent Development and

Firm. DBA Africa

Management Review, Vol

2 No 3, pp 83-100.

[10] Hamidi, F., Meshkat, M. ,

Rezaee, M.

, Jafari, M.

(2010). Information

Technology in Education.

Elsevier Ltd.

doi:10.1016/j.procs.2010.1

2.062

[11] Karami pour, M .R.

(2003). Suitable Training

with Information Age. The

Growth of Educational

Technology, p. 45 No. 20

November.2003

http://www.ijbssnet.com/

http://www.ijbssnet.com/

http://www.iipccl.org/


230

[12] Liao, Y., Loures, E. R.,

Deschamps, F., Brezinski,

G., & Venâncio, A. (2017).

The Impact of The Fourth

Industrial Revolution: A

Cross-Country/Region

Comparison. Production,

28, e20180061. DOI:

10.1590/0103-

6513.20180061.

[13] Lin, J., Chao, H., & Julian,

P. (2013). A Demand

Independent Inventory

Model. Yugoslav Journal

of Operations Research,

23(1), 129-135.

[14] Malik, A. K., Shekhar,

Ch., Vashisth, V.,

Chaudhary, A. K., &

Singh, S. R. (2016).

Sensitivity Analysis of An

Inventory Model with

Non-Instantaneous And

Time-Varying

Deteriorating Items.

Advancement in Science

and Technology. AIP

Conf. Proc. 1715(020059),

1-9.

[15] Mishra, U. (2016). An

inventory Model for

Parameter Weibull

Deterioration in

Trapezoidal Demand

under Shortages. Journal

of Statistics and

Management Systems,

19(5), 651-671.

[16] President's Information

Technology Advisory

Committee – PITAC.

(2000). Information

Technology Research:

Investing in Our Future.

National Coordination

Office for Computing,

Information, and

Communications. 4201

Wilson Boulevard • Suite

690 • Arlington, VA

22230 (703) 306-4722.

[17] Raees dana, F.L(2002).

Applications and benefits

of information technology.

Educational Technology,

Issue 2, p. 16.

[18] Rumelt, Richard P. (1984).

Towards a Strategic

Theory of the Firm in R.

B. Lamb (ed.),

Competitive Strategic

Management. Englewood

Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall,

1984, 556-570

[19] Schilke, O. (2013). On The

Contingent Value Of

Dynamic Capabilities For

Competitive Advantage:

The Nonlinear Moderating

Effect Of Environmental

Dynamism. Strategic

Management Journal.

Published online

EarlyView in Wiley

Online Library

(wileyonlinelibrary.com)

DOI: 10.1002/smj.2099.


231

Attachments

Hypothesis 1: Information Technology influences the Sustainable Competitive

Advantage of private Vocational HEIs.

Model Summary

Model R R Square Adjusted R

Square

Std. Error of

the Estimate

1 .129a .017 -.017 4.069

a. Predictors: (Constant), IT

ANOVAa

Model Sum of Squares df Mean Square F Sig.

1 Regression 8.095 1 8.095 .489 .490b

Residual 480.099 29 16.555

Total 488.194 30

a. Dependent Variable: SCA

b. Predictors: (Constant), IT

Coefficientsa

Model

Unstandardized

Coefficients

Standardized

Coefficients t Sig.

B Std. Error Beta

1 (Constant) 27.610 5.131 5.381 .000

IT .149 .212 .129 .699 .490


Hypothesis 2: Dynamic capabilities influence the Sustainable Competitive

Advantage of private Vocational HEIs.

ANOVAa

Model Sum of Squares df Mean Square F Sig.

1 Regression 93.638 1 93.638 6.882 .014b

Residual 394.556 29 13.605

Total 488.194 30


b. Predictors: (Constant), DC


232

Hypothesis 3: Information Technology and Dynamic Capabilities altogether

influence the Sustainable Competitive Advantage of private Vocational HEIs.

Model Summary

Model R R Square Adjusted R

Square

Std. Error of the

Estimate

1 .441a .194 .137 3.748

a. Predictors: (Constant), DC, IT

ANOVAa

Model

Sum of

Squares df

Mean

Square F Sig.

1 Regression 94.825 2 47.412 3.375 .049b

Residual 393.369 28 14.049

Total 488.194 30


b. Predictors: (Constant), DC, IT

Coefficientsa

Model

Unstandardized

Coefficients

Standardized

Coefficients t Sig.

B Std. Error Beta

1 (Constant) 10.046 8.504 1.181 .247

IT .058 .199 .050 .291 .773

DC .399 .161 .429 2.485 .019


Coefficientsa

Model

Unstandardized

Coefficients

Standardized

Coefficients t Sig.

B Std. Error Beta

1 (Constant) 11.006 7.711 1.427 .164

DC .408 .155 .438 2.623 .014
